Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutDraft Development Code City of San Bernardino Development Code PRELIMINARY DRAFT JANUARY 29, 1990 Title 19 City of San Bernardino Municipal Code JACOBSON Be WACK Land Use Planninl Consultants P.O. Box 2448 Santa Barbara. CA 93120 aTYOF ~ SAN BER RDINO url:x:ln 446 N. N.wpod Blvd. de3IQn :'= Beach, Co. 92663 studfo PRIDE IN PROGRESS TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO DEVELOPMENT CODE PRELIMINARY DRAFT TABLE OF CONTENTS January 29, 1990 TITLE 19 LAND USE/SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS CHAPTER Article I General Provisions 19.02 Basic Provisions 19.02.010 Title 19.02.020 Purpose 19.02.030 Authority and General Plan Consistency 19.02.040 Review Authority 19.02.050 Definitions 19.02.060 Establishment of Land Use Districts 19.02.070 General Requirements 19.02.080 Density and Intensity 19.02.090 Partial Invalidity Article II Land Use Districts 19.04 Residential Districts (Includes RE, RL, RS, RU, RM, RMH, and RH) 19.06 Commercial Districts (Includes CN, CO-1, CO-2, CG-1, CG-2, CG-3, CG-4, CR-1, CR-2, CR-3, CH, and OIP) 19.08 Industrial Districts (Includes IL, IH, and IE) 19.10 Special Purpose Districts (Includes OS, PF, and SP) 19.12 Overlay Districts (Includes A, FC, FF, FP, HM, HP, and MS) PAGE 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-2 1-5 1-22 1-23 1-24 1-24 11-1 II-53 11-95 11-114 , 11-117 PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER PAGE Article III General Regulations 19.14 Property Development Standards 19.16 Sign Standards 19.18 Off-Street Parking Standards 19.20 Off-Street Loading Standards 19.22 Landscaping Standards 19.24 Non-Conforming Structures and Uses 19.26 Subdivision Standards 111-1 111-24 III-55 111-70 111-73 111-87 111-91 Article IV Administration 19.28 Certificates of Occupancy 19.30 Home Occupation Permits 19.32 Temporary Use Permits 19.34 Minor Modifications 19.36 Minor Exceptions 19.38 Variances 19.40 Planned Development Permits 19.42 Conditional Use Permits 19.44 Tentative Parcel Maps 19.46 Tentative Tract Maps 19.48 Final Maps 19.50 Specific Plans 19.52 General Plan Amendments 19.54 Development Code Amendments 19.56 Development Agreements 19.58 Surface Mining and Land Reclamation 19.60 Applications and Fees 19.62 Hearings and Appeals 19.64 Design Review 19.66 Interpretation 19.68 Enforcement of Provisions IV-4 IV-5 IV-8 IV-12 IV-13 IV-17 IV-21 IV-25 IV-28 IV-29 IV-30 IV-31 IV-33 IV-35 IV-36 IV-41 IV-45 IV-46 IV-50 IV-52 IV-53 PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS -19.02 ARTICLE I GENERAL PROVISIONS CHAPTER 19.02 BASIC PROVISIONS 19.02.010 TITLE This Title shall be known as the "City of San Bernardino Development Code", hereafter referred to as the "Code". 19.02.020 PURPOSE The purpose of this Code is to promote the public health, safety, general welfare and preserve and enhance the aesthetic quality of the City by providing regulations to en- sure an appropriate mix of land uses in an orderly manner. In furtherance of this pur- pose the City desires to achieve a pattern and distribution of land uses which generally: 1. Retain and enhance established residential neighborhoods, commercial and industrial districts, regional-serving uses, recreation and amenities. 2. Allow for the infill and recycling of areas at their prevailing scale and character. 3. Allow for the intensification of commercial and industrial uses and mixed-density in select residential neighborhoods. 4. Accommodate expansion of development into vacant and low-use lands within environmental and infrastructure constraints. 5. Maintain and enhance significant environmental resources. 6. Provide a diversity of areas characterized by differing land use activity, scale and intensity. 7. Establish San Bernardino as a unique and distinctive place in the Inland Empire with a high quality of life and aesthetic, secure environment for the City's residen- ces and businesses. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1-1 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS -19.02 19.02.030 AUTHORITY AND GENERAL PLAN CONSISTENCY This Code is the primary tool for implementing the goals, objectives, and policies of the San Bernardino General Plan, pursuant to the mandated provisions of the State Plan- ning and Zoning Law (Government Code Section 65000 et seq.), State Subdivision Map Act (Government Code Section 66410 et seq.), California Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code 21000 et seq.), and other applicable State and local require- ments. All development within the unincorporated area of the City's Sphere of In- fluence, should be consistent with the San Bernardino General Plan. All development within the incorporated area of the City shall be consistent with the General Plan. This Code is designed to treat in one unified text those areas of regulation more typical- ly dealt with in separate zoning and subdivision ordinances, and related chapters of the Municipal Code. 19.02.040 REVIEW AUTHORITIES The development review process involves the participation of the following: 1. PLANNING COMMISSION A. APPOINTMENT The Planning Commission shall consist of 9 members appointed by the Mayor and Common Council and serve pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2.17 of the Municipal Code. B. DUTIES The Commission shall perform the duties and functions prescribed in this Code. The Commission shall prepare, recommend adoption, implement and periodically review and recommend revisions to the General Plan and this Code for the desired physical development of the City, and any land within its Sphere of Influence. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1.2 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS - 19.02 C. POWERS Final approval for variances, residential developments encompassing 16 or more units, commercial developments encompassing 30,000+ square feet, industrial developments encompassing 50,000+ square feet, Conditional Use Permits, Tentative Parcel Maps, and Tentative Tract Maps, subject to appeal to the Mayor and Common Council. Also, the Commission recommends to the Mayor and Common Council for final determination on the following entitlements: Specific Plans, General Plan Amendments, Development Code Amendments, Development Agree- ments, and Surface Mining and Land Reclamation Plans. 2. DIRECTOR OF PLANNING AND BUILDING SERVICES A. APPOINTMENT The Director of Planning and Building Services shall be appointed by the Mayor and Common Council. B. DUTIES The Director shall perform the duties and functions provided in this Code, in addition to the day-to-day and long range management of the Planning Department. C. POWERS Final approval authority for: Certificates of Occupancy, Home Occupation Permits, Temporary Use Permits, Minor Modifications, Minor Exceptions, residential developments encompassing up to 3 units, and sign permits, subject to appeal to the Planning Commission. 3. DEVELOPMENT REVIEW COMMITTEE CORCl A. MEMBERSHIP The DRC members shall consist of an urban design professional, and representatives of the following departments: Director of Planning and Building Services, or designee (Chairperson), Public Works, Fire, Police, Parks and Recreation, Public Services, and the Redevelopment Agency. The representatives shall be the Director of the Department or their desig- nee. PRELIMINARY DRAFT "1.3 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS. 19.02 B. DUTIES .-I The DRC shall perform the duties and unctions provided in this Code. C. POWERS Final approval authority for: residential developments encompassing 4 to 15 units, commercial developments encompassing up to 30,000 square feet, industrial developments encompassing up to 50,000 square feet, design review and adoption of Negative Declarations, subject to appeal to the Planning Commission. 4. ENVIRONMENTAL HEARING OFFICER A. APPOINTMENT The Environmental Hearing Officer shall be the Director of Planning and Building Services, or designee. B. DUTIES The Officer shall make determinations of a categorical exemption, nega- tive declaration, or the need for preparing an EIR for discretionary applica- tions. Decisions of the Officer shall be final unless appealed to the Plan- ning Commission. PRELIMINARY DRAFT ,,1-4 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS -19.02 19.02.050 DEFINITIONS Abuttino (Adiacent). Two or more parcels sharing a common boundary, of at least 1 point. Abandoned. To cease or suspend from developing or maintaining a building or use for a stated period of time. Abandoned Activitv. A business or activity with no reported sales or activity for a period of at least 180 days. Exceptions are temporary closures for repairs, alterations, or other similar situations. Access. Safe, adequate, and usable ingress or egress to a property or use. Accessory Buildino or Structure. A structure detached from a principal structure on the same lot, incidental to the principal building, and not designed for human habitation. Action. The decision made by the review authority on a land use application, including appropriate findings, environmental determination and conditions of approval, where ap- plicable. Adult-oriented businesses. See Section for specific definition of terms. Aoriculture. The use of land for farming, dairying, pasteurizing and grazing, horticulture, floriculture, viticulture, apiaries, animal and poultry husbandry, and accessory activities, including but not limited to storage, harvesting, feeding or maintenance of equipment ex- cluding stockyards, slaughtering or commercial food processing. Airport or HeliDort. Any area of land designated and set aside for the landing and taking off of any aircraft regulated by Federal Aviation Administration. ~. A public or private way, at the rear or side of property, permanently reserved as an ancillary means of vehicular or pedestrian access to abutting property. Alteration. Any construction or physical change in the internal arrangement of rooms or the supporting members of a building or structure, or change in the appearance of any building or structure. Ancillarv Use. A use incidental to and customarily associated with a specific principal use, located on the same lot or parcel. Animal hospital. A place where animals or pets are given medical or surgical treatment and are cared for during the time of such treatment; the ancillary use of the premises as a kennel or a place where animals or pets are boarded for remuneration. PRELIMINARY DRAFT ,1-5 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS. 19.02 Antenna. A device for transmitting or receiving radio, television, or any othertrans- mitted signal. Apartment. A portion of a structure designed and used for occupancy by 2 or more in- dividual persons or families living independently of each other, including duplex, triplex, fourplex, and other multi-unit configurations. Aoplicant. Owner(s) or lessee(s) of property, or their agent(s), or person(s) who have contracted to purchase property contingent upon their ability to acquire the necessary permits under this Code, orthe agent(s) of such persons. Attached. Any structure that has a wall or roof in common with another structure. Automobile sales lot. An open area used for the display, sale and/or rental of new or used automobiles. Automobile Service Station. An area which provides for the servicing or fueling of motor vehicles, including tube and tire repairs, battery charging, storage of merchandise and supplies related to the servicing of motor vehicles, sale of gasoline and other fuel and lubricants, motor vehicle washing, grease racks, and motor vehicle repairs, exclud- ing body and fender work, engine overhauling and replacement, transmission work and other similar activities. . Automobile wrecking. The wrecking or dismantling of used motor vehicles or trailers, or the storage of, sale of or dumping of dismantled, partly dismantled, or wrecked motor vehicles or their parts. Awnin9. A roof-like cover that is attached to and projects from the wall of a building for the purpose of shielding from the sun. Basement A story partly or completely underground. A basement shall be counted as a story for purposes of height measurement where any portion of a basement has more than 1/2 of its height above grade. Bed and Breakfast. A transient lodging establishment primarily engaged in providing overnight or otherwise temporary lodging for the general public and may provide break- fast to the extent otherwise permitted by law. ~. A mound or embankment of earth. em. A parcel of land surrounded by public streets, highways, freeways, railroad rights-of-way, flood control channels, creeks, washes, rivers or unsubdivided acreage or any combination thereof. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1-6 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS. 19.02 Block Face. One complete side of a block, usually facing a public street. -, BoardinQ House. A structure where lodging and meals for between -5"and 15 boarders is provided for compensation. Buildina. Any structure having a roof supported by columns or walls. BuildinQ Area. The net portion of the lot remaining after deducting all required setbacks from the gross area of the lot. Building CoveraQe. The percent of lot area which may be covered by all the footprints of buildings or structures on a lot. Buildina Heiaht. The building height is the vertical distance from the finished grade to the highest point of the structure, excluding chimneys and vents. Please refer to Sec- tion for specific provisions (e.g., building pad, foundation, etc.). Buildina. Princioal. A building in which the principal use is conducted. Buildina Site. The ground area of a building together with all open spaces required by this Code. Carport. A permanent roofed structure not completely enclosed to be used for vehicle parking for the occupants of the premises. / Certificate of Occuoan<;v. A permit issued by the Building ancfSiiftlfy Department prior to occupancy of a structure to assure that the structure is ready for occupancy with all defects corrected and all construction debris removed and the site graded to final grade. Additionally, all on-site amenities (I.e., paving, landscaping, etc.) shall be in place prior to the issuance of the permit. Block face l J l STREET IE e: '" - - - - ..- .. - .. - .. - ...h...... ........... :-:.:.:.:.~:.:.:.:.:.:-:.:.~:.:.:-:-:.:-:.:. :::~:~:::::::::::::::~~:~:::::::::~::::: ..................... STREET r PRELIMINARY DRAFT '1.7 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS. 19.02 ~. The City of San Bernardino. Clirlk;. A place for outpatient medical services to human patients. QlliQ. An association of persons (whether or not incorporated) organized for some com- mon non-profit purpose, but not including a group organized primarily to render a ser- vice customarily carried on as a business. Combination Residence/Office Use. A structure used for a residence and an office where no major external structural alterations or additions are made and no advertising is permitted except for up to a 2 sqaure foot attached sign identifying the name of the occupant or business. Commercial Vehicle. A vehicle customarily used as part of a business for the transporta- tion of goods or people. Commission. The Planning Commission of San Bernardino. Community Apartment. A development in which an undivided interest in the land is coupled with the right of exclusive occupancy of an apartment located on the land. Communitv Care Facility. Consistent with Health and Safety Code (Section 1267.8) the intermediate care facility shall include provisions for developmentally disabled habilita- tive - nursing or congregate living. Conditional Use Permit. A discretionary entitlement which may be granted under the provisions of this Code and which when granted authorizes a specific use to be made of a specific property, subject to compliance with all terms and conditions imposed on the entitlement. Condominium. A development consisting of an undivided interest in common for a por- tion of a parcel coupled with a separate interest in space in a residential or commercial building on the parcel. Construction Commencement. Satisfactory completion of the site preparation, grading, forms and foundations, including reinforcing steel, and all electrical, plumbing and air conditioning groundwork. Council. The Mayor/Common Council of San Bernardino. County. The County of San Bernardino, hereafter referred to as "County". .Qmm. An open, unoccupied space, other than a yard, on the same lot with a building and bounded on 2 or more sides by the walls of a building. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1.8 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS. 19.02 Dav Care Facilitv. Children. A facility which provides non- medical care to children under 18 years of age in need of personal services, supervision, or assistance essen- tial for sustaining the activities of daily living or for the protection of the individual on less than a 24 hour basis. Consistent with Health and Safety Code (Section 1596.78), family day care homes are further divided into the following 'categories: Small (up to 6 children), medium (7 to 12 children) and large (13 + children). Day Care facilities in- clude family day care homes, infant centers, pre-schools, and extended day care . facilities. Qw. Shall always be consecutive calendar days unless otherwise stated. Densitv. The number of dwelling units per gross acre, unless otherwise stated, for residential uses. Deoartment. The San Bernardino City Planning and Building Services Department, hereafter referred to as the "Department". DesiQn. Includes the planning and engineering of the following: street alignments, grades and widths; drainage and sanitary facilities and utilities, including alignment and grades thereof; location and size of all required easements and rights-of-ways; fire roads and fire breaks; lot size and configuration; traffic access; grading; land to be dedi- cated for park or recreational purposes; building and other such specific physical re- quirements. Detached. Any building or structure that does not have a wall or roof in common with any other building or structure. Develooment. The placement or erection of any solid material or structure; discharge or disposal of any dredged material or any gaseous liquid, solid or thermal waste; grad- ing, removing, dredging, mining or extraction of any soil or materials; change in the den- sity or intensity of use of land, including, but not limited to, subdivision pursuant to the Subdivision Map Act (commencing with Section 66410 of the Government Code), and any other division of land, including lot splits, except where the land division is brought about in connection with the purchase of such land by a public agency for public recrea- tional use; change in the intensity of use of water, or of access thereto; construction, reconstruction, demolition, or alteration of the size of any structure including any facility of any private, public or municipal utility; and the removal of any major vegetation. As used in this Code, "structure" includes but is not limited to any building, road, pipe, flume, conduit, siphon, aqueduct, telephone line, and electrical power transmission and distribution line. A "project", as defined in Government Code Section 65931, is included with this definition. Development Code. A unified text incorporating those areas of regulation more typically presented in separate zoning and subdivision ordinances and related chapters of the Municipal Code, hereafter referred to as the "Code". . PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1.9 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS. 19.02 Director. The Director of the San Bernardino Planning and Building Services Depart- ment, hereafter referred to as "Director". Dormitorv. A structure intended principally for sleeping accommodations, and where no individual kitchen facilities are provided, where such structure is related to an education- al or public institution or is maintained and operated by a recognized non-profit welfare organization. Dwellino. A structure or portion thereof designed for residential occupancy, not includ- ing hotels or motels. Dwellina. Multiple. A structure containing 2 or more dwelling units or a combination of 2 or more separate single family dwelling units. DwellinQ Unit. One or more rooms including bathroom(s) and a kitchen, designed as a unit for occupancy by 1 family for living and sleeping purposes. Easement. A grant of 1 or more property rights by the property owner for the use by the public, a corporation or another person or entity. Educational Institution. A school, college or university, supported wholly or in part by public funds or giving general academic instruction equivalent to the standards prescribed by the State Board of Education. Entertainment. Any act, play, revue, pantomime, scene, dance act, or song and dance act, or any combination thereof, performed by 1 or more persons whether or not they are compensated for the performance. Family. An individual, or 2 or more persons related by blood, marriage or legal adop- tion, or a group of not more than 6 persons who are not so related living together as a single housekeeping unit. Frontaae. The side of a lot abutting a street (the front lot line), except the side of a comer lot. STREET FRONTAGE $:m:W~ .ijtl~:~~m),tt1~~~* i;=if;:}'~1$~~W;%: ~W.iWft~_: ~_~:tIDj$f . . : . : . I .. .. .. .. .. .. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1-10 1/29/90 BASIC PRO'llS10NS - '9.02 Front wall. The nearest wall of a structure to the street upon which the structure faces, but excluding cornices, canopies, eaves, or any other architectural embellishments. GaraQe. An enclosed building, or a portion of an enclosed building used for the parking of vehicles. General Plan (Amendment). The City of San Bernardino General Plan as adopted by the Mayor and Common Council, who may amend the Plan from time to time, hereafter referred to as the "General Plan". Grade. The lowest horizontal elevation of the finished surface of the ground, paving, or sidewalk at a point where the height is to be measured. The degree of rise or descent of a sloping surface. 8% ~~ 80 PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1-11 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS - 19.02 "Granny" Flat. An additional dwelling unit not exceeding 640 square feet in area having separate living and sanitation facilities attached or detached from an existing single family dwelling on a lot designated for single family use as defined in Government Code Section 65852.1. Gross Acreaoe. The total area within the lot lines of a lot or parcel of land before public streets, easements or other areas to be dedicated or reserved for public use are deducted from such lot or parcel, and does not include adjacent lands already dedi- cated for such purposes. Utility Easement " New Streets / CD C ~ '0 ~ Existing Street GROSS ACREAGE Gross Floor Area. The area included within the surrounding exterior finish wall surface of a building or portion thereof, exclusive of courtyards. Guest House. Living quarters, having no kitchen facilities, located on the same premises with a main building and occupied for the sole use of members of the family, temporary guest, or persons permanently employed on the premises. Half Storv. A story under a gable, hip or gambrel roof, plates of which are not more than 2 feet above the floor of such story. Home Occupation. An activity conducted in compliance with Chapter 19.30 carried out by an occupant conducted as an accessory use within the primary dwelling unit. Hospital. An institution, designed within an integrated campus setting for the diagnosis, care, and treatment of human illness, including surgery and primary treatment. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1.12 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS -19.02 .!::!.Qlil.!. Guest rooms or suites occupied on a transient basis for compensation. All ' . .;- rooms shall gain access from an interior hallway. Junk and 8alvaQe Facility. Primary or accessory use of structures and/or land for storage, dismantling and/or selling of cast-off, unused, scrap or salvage material of any sort. Kennel. Any lot where 4 or more dogs, cats, or other small animals over the age of 4 months are kept, whether such keeping is for pleasure, profit, breeding, or exhibiting, in- cluding places where said animals are boarded, kept for sale, or hire. Kitchen. Any room, all or part of which is designed and/or used for storage, refrigera- tion, cooking and the preparation of food. LandscapinQ. An area devoted to or developed and maintained predominantly with na- tive or exotic plant materials including lawn, ground cover, trees, shrubs, and other plant materials; and also including accessory decorative outdoor landscape elements such as pools, fountains, paved or decorated surfaces (excluding driveways, parking, load- ing, or storage areas), and sculptural elements. Land Use District. A portion of the City within which certain uses of land and structures are defined, and regulations are specified. 1Q1. A parcel, tract or area of land established by plat, subdivision, or as otherwise per- mitted by law, to be used, developed or built upon. The classification of lots are: Corner. A lot located at the intersection of 2 or more streets at an angle of not more than 135 degrees. If the angle is greater than 135 degrees, the lot shall be considered an "interior lot".(8ee Figure -l. EIag.. A lot having access or an easement to a public or private street by a nar- row, private right-of-way. Interior. A lot abutting only 1 street. JSn. A lot with a side line that abuts the rear line of any 1 or more adjoining lots. Reverse Corner. A corner lot, the rear of which abuts the side of another lot. Throuah. A lat having frontage on 2 generally parallel streets, with only 1 primary access. Lot Area. The total horizontal area included within the lot lines of a lot. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1-13 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS -19.02 tr"~ .. LOTD '. tTA LOTB. LOTC .6,800, y :7.200 S.F.: 6.480j 7.200 S.F'j S.F/ LOT E a ~.F. "--...z.. 7.920 S'~'. . ~TF : AVERAGES'" ..QUIRED. 7."'''. ~.i I I t:; ~ ... II) !!! " - ~ ..--1 a "'. 2j FLAG LOT ~ .. .. REAR YARD INTERIOR SIDE YA : FRONT YARD LOT A 7.200 S.F. LOTB 6.480 S.F. LOTC 7,200 S.F. LOTD 6,800 S. F. LOT E 7,920 S.F. LOT F 7,600 S.F. TOTAL 43,200 S.F. 43,200 S.F.+6 LOTS = 7,200 S.F. AVE. FRONT LOT UHf REVERSED CORNER : LOT I .. ..-L KEY LOT .. INTERIOR LOT THROUGH LOT . 1-14 .. CORNER LOT STREET 'I PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 I CORNER STREET SIDE YARD7 : :::~~~j~;~~~~~~~~~mmm~m~~~*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~;~j~~~m~t!~;~;~!~~~1~ .. ( BASIC PROVISIONS. 19.02 10' i 1 r~ LOT "'1- LINE I : I I : 1..-..1 FRONT LOT LINE r" i 10' ~ " /4 LOT: LINE (' : L.. ..J FRONT LOT LINE .. o o ,...- MID POINT LOT DEPTH o I' FRONT II) LOT :LINE -1--.. I" : '" Z ::l .... o ..... ....: ~I V.' " :I: .... e ~ .... o ..... .. 10'+ ~R 'LOT r .' LINE ( : -t-.._..J FRONT LOT LINE "4 i-.. r REAR : LOT LINE ..-4 ", :""'-~t '0 ;;4 ..;:, ..-1 PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 "- FRONT SETBACK LINE 1'1- 1'111 BASIC PROVISIONS - 19.02 Lot Averaging. The design of individual adjoining lots within a residential subdivision in which the average lot area equals the minimum prescribed area for the applicable land use district. To maintain an average, some lots may be reduced to a maximum of 10 % below the minimum lot size, while a corresponding number of lots shall each maintain a lot area of at least 10% above the minimum lot size. Lot Depth. The average distance between the front and rear lot lines or between the front line and the intersection of the two side lines, if there is no rear line. Lot Frontage. The portion of the lot contiguous to the street. Lot Line. Any boundary of a lot. The classifications of lot lines are: Front. On an interior lot, the line separating the parcel from the street. On a comer lot, the shorter lot line abutting a street. (If the lot lines on a corner lot are equal in length, the front lot line shall be determined by the Director.) On a through lot, the lot line abutting the street providing the primary access to the lot. Interior. Any lot line not abutting a street. ~. A lot line, not intersecting a front lot line, which is most distant from and most closely parallel to the front lot line. In the case of an irrigularly shaped lot or a lot bounded by only three lot lines, a line within the lot having a length of 10 feet, parallel to and most distant from the front lot line shall be interpreted as the rear lot line for the purpose of determining required yards, setbacks, and other provisions of this Code. ~. Any lot line which is not a front or rear lot line. Lot Width. The horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at right angles to the lot depth at a midway point between the front and rear lot lines. PRELIMINARY DRAFT .1-15 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS .19.02 Manufactured Home. A structure, transportable in 1 or more sections, and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a per- manent foundation when connected to required utilities. Median. A paved or planted area separating a street or highway into 2 or more lanes of opposite direction of travel. Mixed Use Develooment. The development of a parcel(s) or structure(s) with 2 or more different land uses such as, but not limited to a combination of residential, office, manufacturing, retail, public, or entertainment in a single or physically integrated group of structures. Mobile Home. Same as "Manufactured Home", but subject to the National Manufac- tured Housing and Construction and Safety Act of 1974. .MQ1e1. Guest rooms or suites occupied on a transient basis for compensation with all rooms gaining access from an exterior walkway. Net Acreage. The total area within the lot lines of a lot or parcel of land after public street easements or other areas to be dedicated or reserved for public use are deducted from such lot or parcel. NonconforminQ Structure. A structure which conformed to applicable laws when con- structed but does not conform to the provisions of this Code. NonconforminQ. lIIeaal. A structure, lot, or use which did not conform to applicable laws when constructed or initiated, and does not conform to the provisions of this Code. Nonconformina Lot. A lot, the area, frontage or dimensions of which do not conform to the provisions of this Code. Nonconformina Use. A use complying with applicable laws when established but does not conform to the provisions of this Code. Parcel. A parcel of land under one ownership that has been legally subdivided or com- bined and is shown as a single parcel on the latest equalized assessment roll. Person. Any individual, firm, co-partnership, joint venture, association, social club, fraternal organization, company, joint stock association, corporation, estate, trust, or- ganization, business, business trust, public agency, school district, State of California, and its political subdivisions or instrumentalities, receiver, syndicate or any group or combination thereof, acting as a unit, including any trustee, receiver or assignee. Parkw~. The area of a public street that lies between the curb and the adjacent proper- ty line or physical boundary definition such as fences or walls, which is used for landscaping and/or passive recreational purposes. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1.16 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS - 19.02 Permitted Use. Any use allowed in a land use district and subject to the provisions ap- plicable to that district. Principal Use. The primary or predominant use of any lot, building or structure. Public Right-of-W&y. A strip of land acquired by reservation, dedication, prescription or condemnation and intended to be occupied by a road, trail, water line, sanitary sewer and/or other public uses. Quarry. A place where rock, ore, stone and similar materials are excavated, processed for sale or for off-site use. Queue Line. An area for temporary parking and lining of motor vehicles while awaiting a service or other activity. Recreational Vehicle. A vehicle towed or self-propelled on its own chassis or attached to the chassis of another vehicle and designed or used for recreational or sporting pur- poses. The term recreational vehicle includes, but is not limited to, travel trailers, pick- up campers, camping trailers, motor coach homes, converted trucks or buses and boats, and boat trailers. Recycling. The process by which waste products are reduced to raw materials and transformed into new products, including automobiles. Residential Care Facility. A family home, group care facility, or similar facility for 24 hour non-medical care of persons in need of personal services, supervision or assis- tance essential for sustaining the activities of daily living or for the protection of the in- dividual. Resort Hotel. A group of buildings containing guest rooms and providing outdoor recrea- tional activities. Rest Home. Premises used for the housing of and assisted caring for the aged and in- firm. There shall be only incidental convalescent care not involving either a nurse or physician residing on the premises. There shall be no surgery, physical therapy or other similar activities. Restaurant. A use providing preparation and retail sale of food and beverages, includ- ing cafes, coffee shops, sandwich shops, ice cream parlors, fast food take-out (Le., pizza), and similar uses, and may include licensed "on-site" provision of alcoholic beverage for consumption on the premises when accessory to such food service. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1-17 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS -19.02 Restaurant. Drive-Thru. A use providing preparation and retail sale of food and beverages, as defined under "Restaurant" with the added provision of 1 or more drive- thru lanes for the ordering and dispensing of food and beverages to patrons remaining in their vehicles. Review Authority. The person, committee, Commission or Council responsible for the review and/or final action on a land use entitlement. Roundina of Quantities. The consideration of distances, parking spaces, unit density, density bonus calculations, or other aspects of development or the physical environ- ment expressed in numerical quantities which are fractions of whole numbers; the num- bers are to be rounded to the nearest highest whole number when the fraction is .5 or more, and to the next lowest whole number when the fraction is less than .5, except as otherwise provided in this Code. Satellite Dish Antenna. An apparatus capable of receiving or transmitting communica- tions from a satellite. Schools Elemental}' Junior and High. Institutions of learning which offer instruction in the several branches of study required to be taught in the public schools by the Educa- tion Code of the State of California. Second Dwelling Unit. An additional dwelling unit not exceeding 640 square feet, having separate living and sanitation facilities attached or detached from an existing single-family dwelling on a lot designated for single-family or multi-family use as defined in Government Code Section 65852.2. Senior HousinQ. A structure(s) providing residence for a group of senior citizens (60 years of age or more) with central kitchen, dining, recreational, etc. facilities with separate bedrooms and/or living quarters. . '.~_' 0 / Setback. The required distance that a building or structure must be located from a lot line. On comer lots, the shortest street frontage shall be the front yard in residential land use districts, while the longest street frontage shall be the front yard in commer- cial/industrialland use districts. On flag lots, the rear yard location shall be determined through project review. \ Setback. Front Average. The average front yard setback of a group of 5 adjacent dwell- ing units. The setback on any unit may vary up to 10 feet as long as the average set- back of all 5 units equals a minimum req uired for the zoning district. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 0,1-18 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS - 19.02 Building setback illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllrlllll .- ..... w w '" ..... lI> '" CO< ...." Parking setback . I~ l I . . ~.. . :.~ Landscape setback J:;J} o .. STREET Co CO< ..... M ., CO< . ..--I- UNIT A.....25' UNIT 8.....37' UNIT C.....28' UNIT D.....23' UNIT E.....37' 150' 150'--5 LOTS=30' AVERAGE PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1-19 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS. 19.02 SidewalklParkinQ Lot Sale. A promotional sales event conducted by 1 or more busi- nesses which is held outside the confines of the commercial or manufacturing struc- ture(s) in which such business is normally conducted and which sale involves the out- door display within a paved or concreted area on the same lot as the structure(s) of merchandise which is normally displayed within the structure(s). Sale events shall be conducted solely on private property and not encroach within public rights-of-way. Sign. Any object, device, display or structure, situated outdoors or indoors, which is used to advertise, identify, display, direct or attract attention. (See Chapter 19.16 for sign standards and additional definitions). ~. The degree of deviation of a surface from the horizontal, usually expressed in percent or degrees (See "Grade"). Solar Facilities. The airspace over a parcel that provides access for a solar energy sys- tem to absorb energy from the sun. Soecific Plan. A plan consisting of text, maps, and other documents and exhibits regulating development within a defined area of the City, consistent with the General Plan and the provisions of Government Code Section 65450 et. seq. Stable. Commercial. A structure for the keeping of horses, mules or ponies which are rented, used or boarded for compensation. Stable. Private. An accessory structure for the keeping of horses or ponies for the use of occupants of the premises so long as the number of animals kept do not exceed those permitted by Section 19.06.030 (F). Standard Industrial Classification ISIC) System. The classification of establishments by type of activity which is determined by its principal product or group of products produced or distributed, or services rendered. The purpose of the system is to facilitate the collection, tabulation, presentation and analysis of data relating to the estab- lishments. Storace. A space or place where goods, materials and/or personal property is stored. ~. That portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and the sur- face of the floor next above it, or if there is no floor above it, then the space between such floor and the ceiling above it. Street. Any public or private thoroughfare, which affords a primary means of access to abutting property. Structure. Anything constructed or erected, the use of which requires location on the ground or attachment to something having location on the ground. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1.20 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS. 19.02 Swao Meets. (Indoor/Outdoor) Retail sale or exchange of new, handcrafted, and/or secondhand merchandise during daylight hours on weekends and holidays by in- dividuallicensed vendors. Temporary Use. A use established for a specified period of time, with the intent to dis- continue the use at the end of the designated time period. Transient Basis. A continuous period of 2 weeks or less. .usa. The purpose (type and extent) for which land or a building is arranged, designed, or intended, or for which either land or a structure is occupied or maintained. Use Initiation. The implementation of a use on a parcel or occupancy of a structure, or construction of substantial site improvements after a building permit has been issued, subject to determination by the Director. Variance. A descretionary entitlement which permits the departure from the strict ap- plication of the development standards contained in this Code. Yam. An open space on a parcel of land, other than a court, unobstructed and unoc- cupied from the ground upward, except for projections permitted by this Code. Yard. Front. An area extending across the full width of the lot between the front lot line or the existing or future street right-of-way and a structural setback line parallel thereto. Yard Interior Side. An area extending from the required front yard or, where there is no required front yard, from the front lot line to the required rear yard or, where there is no required rear yard, to the rear lot line and from the interior side lot line to a setback line parallel thereto. Yard. Rear. An area extending across the full width of the lot between the rear lot line and a setback line parallel thereto. Yard rear. side street. An area extending from the required front yard or, where there is no required front yard, from the front lot line to the rear lot line, and from the side street lot line, or the existing or future side street right-of-way (which ever is greater) to a struc- tural setback line parallel thereto. Zero Lot Line. The location of a structure on a lot in such a manner that 1 or more of the structure's sides rest directly on a lot line. PRELIMINARY DRAFT '1-21 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS -19.02 19.02.060 ESTABLISHMENT OF LAND USE DISTRICTS 1. ESTABLISHMENT OF DISTRICTS San Bernardino shall be divided into land use districts which consistently imple- ment the General Plan. The following districts are established: RE (Residential Estate) District RL (Residential Low) District RS (Residential Suburban) District RU-1 (Residential Urban-7200 Sq. Ft.) District RU-2 (Residential Urban-6200 Sq. Ft.) District RM (Residential Medium) District RMH (Residential Medium-High) District RH (Residential High) District CN (Neighborhood Commercial) District CO-1 (Commercial Office) District CO-2 (Commercial Office-Conversion) District CG-1 (Commercial General) District CG-2 (Commercial General-Base Line/Mt. Vernon) District CG-3 (Commercial General-University Village) District CGc4 (Commercial General- Theme Center[sJ) District CR-1 (Commercial Regional-Malls) District CR-2 (Commercial Regional-Downtown) District CR-3 (Commercial Regional-Tri-City/Club) District CH (Commercial Heavy) District OIP (Office Industrial Park) District IL (Industrial Light) District IH (Industrial Heavy) District IE (Industrial Extractive) District OS (Open Space) District PF (Public Facilities) District SP (Specific Plan) District A (Airport Overlay) District FC (Freeway Corridor Overlay) District FF (Foothill Fire Zones Overlay) District FP (Flood Plain Overlay) District HM (Hillside Management Overlay) District HP (Historic Preservation Overlay) District MS (Main Street Overlay) District 2. ADOPTION OF LAND USE DISTRICT MAP The boundaries of the land use districts established by this Section shall be shown upon the map designated as the .City of San Bernardino Official Land Use District Map., on file with the City Clerk, and available at the Department. PRELIMINARY DRAFT i11-22 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS. 19.02 3. RULES APPLYING TO UNCERTAIN BOUNDARIES ON LAND USE DISTRICT MAP The following shall apply in determining uncertain boundaries of a district as shown on the Official Land Use District Map: A. Where a boundary follows a public street or alley the centerline of the street shall be the boundary. Where a boundary follows a lot line, the lot line shall be the boundary. B. Where a district boundary divides a lot or parcel, the location of the boundary, unless indicated by dimension, shall be determined by referenc- ing the adopted Land Use District Map and/or legal description of the ap- proved general plan amendment case for exact dimensions. C. Where any public street is officially vacated or abandoned, the land use district regulations applied to abutting property shall thereafter extend to the centerline of such vacated or abandoned right- of-way. D. In case any uncertainty exists, the Director shall detenmine the location of the district boundary. 19.02.070 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. APPLICATION All land or buildings shall be used and constructed in accordance with this Code. 2. CONFLICTING PERMITS AND LICENSES TO BE VOIDED All penmits or licenses shall be issued in conformance with the provisions of this Code. Any penmit or license issued in conflict with this Code shall be null and void. 3. SIMILAR USES PERMITTED When a use is not specifically listed in this Code, it shall be understood that the use may be permitted if it is detenmined by the Director, pursuant to Section 19.04.030 that the use is similar to other uses listed. 4. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS When interpreting and applying the regulations of this COde,the provisions shall be the minimum requirements, unless otherwise stated. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1-23 1/29/90 BASIC PROVISIONS -19.02 5. CONFLICT WITH OTHER REGULATIONS Where conflicts occur between the provisions of this Code and the Building Code or other regulations of the City, the more restrictive shall apply. It is not intended that this Code shall interfere with, repeal, abrogate or annul any easement, covenant, or other agreement in effect at the time of adoption. Where this Code imposes a greater restriction upon the use of structures or land, the provisions of this Code shall apply. Nothing contained in this Code shall be deemed to repeal or amend any regula- tion of the City requiring a permit or license or both. Nor shall anything in this Code be deemed to repeal or amend the Building Code of the City. 19.02.080 DENSITY AND INTENSITY The density and intensity limitations established in the Land Use Element of the General Plan shall apply to each lot. 19.02.090 SEVERABILITY If any chapter, section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Code is for any reason, held to be invalid or unconstitutional, such decision shall not effect the validity of the remaining portions of this Code. The Council hereby declares that it would have adopted this Code and each chapter, section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase thereof irrespective of the fact that any 1 or more portions of this Code might be declared invalid. PRELIMINARY DRAFT "1.24 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 ARTICLE II - LAND USE DISTRICTS CHAPTER 19.04 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS 19.04.010 PURPOSE 1. The purpose of this Chapter is to achieve the following: A. Reserve neighborhood areas for residential living with a broad range of dwelling unit densities (Le., low-density estate, single-family detached and attached, multi-family, and housing for special needs) consistent with the General Plan and appropriate standards of public health, safety, wel- fare, and aesthetics. B. Ensure adequate light, air, privacy, and open space for each dwelling. C. Minimize traffic congestion and avoid the overloading of public services and utilities. D. Protect residential neighborhoods from excessive noise, illumination, unsightliness, odor, smoke, and other objectionable influences. E. Facilitate the provision of public improvements commensurate with anticipated increase in population, dwelling unit densities, and service re- quirements. F. Provide lands to accommodate housing units which meet the diverse economic and social needs of the residents; locating development to achieve the following: I. Retain the scale and character of existing residential neighborhoods; 2. Facilitate the upgrade of declining and mixed-density residential neighborhoods; and 3. Allow expansion into vacant and low-intensity use lands within infrastructure and environmental constraints. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-I 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES -19.06 2. The purpose of the individual -residential land use districts is as follows: A. RE (RESIDENTIAL ESTATE) DISTRICT This district is intended for low density residential units located on large lots and conveying an "estate" character with a minimum average lot size of 1 gross acre per unit. Verdemont Area Plan Standards shall apply. n '..i" ' B. Rl (RESIDENTIAL lOW) DISTRICT This district is intended to promote the development of low-density, large lot, single-family detached residential units with a minimum average lot size of 10,800 square feet. The Rl district allows 3.1 units per gross acre; recorded Tract numbers 12756 and 13172 permit a maximum density of 3.5 units per gross acre. Verdemont Area Plan Standards shall apply. C. RS (RESIDENTIAL SUBURBAN) DISTRICT This district is intended to promote the development of single-family detached units in a suburban setting with a minimum lot size of 7,200 square feet, and a maximum density of 4.5 units per gross acre. D. RU (RESIDENTIAL URBAN) DISTRICT These districts are intended to promote the development of detached and attached units, duplex, mobile home parks, and small lot subdivisions as part of a residential planned development where the intent is to con- solidate lots to achieve maximum open space. The RU-1 district requires a minimum lot size of 7,200 square feet and the RU-2 6,200 square foot lots for 2 single-family units or duplexes on existing lots of record, recorded prior to June 2, 1989. The RU district allows a density of 1 to 7 units per gross acre, and permits the development of senior citizen and senior congregate care housing at a maximum density of 12 units per gross acre with a marketing feasibility study and a conversion plan. E. RESIDENTIAL MULTI-FAMilY DISTRICTS These districts are intended to promote the development of multi-family townhomes, condominiums, and apartments.. 1. RM (Residential Medium) District This district requires a minimum lot size of 14,400 square feet with a density of 1 to 12 units per gross acre. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-!. 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 2. RMH (Residential Medium Hiahl District This district requires a minimum lot size of 20,000 square feet with a density of 1 to 21 units per gross acre. 3. RH (Residential Hiahl District This district requires a minimum lot size of 20,000 square feet with a maximum density of 32 units per gross acre. All subdistricts listed above permit the development of senior citizen and senior congegate care housing at a density of 50% greater than that allowed in the subdistrict with a marketing feasibility study and a conversion plan. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 II.~ PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 11-'1 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 RE RL RS RU RM RMH RH 4. Recreational Uses A. Clubhouses C C C C C. C C B. Golf Course C C C C C C C C. Golf Course Related C C C C C C C Facilities D. Swimming Pool /. P P P P D D D E. Tennis Court, Private D D D D D D D F. Trails, Equestrian P P P P X X X 5. Accessorv Uses A. Antennae, Vertical C C C C C C C I B. Garage D Dr D D D D D C. Guest Houses C C C.C X X X D. Patio D1 Dc'D'D D D D E. Satellite Dish Antennae C C C C C C C F. Storage -B- O-D.- D D D D 6. Q1Mr A. Churches C C C C C C C B. PubliC/Private D D D D D D D Utility Facilities C. Other such uses that the Director may find to be similar with those uses previously listed, pursuant to Se~tion 19.04.030. 7. Home Occupations P P P P P P P (Subject to Home Occupation Permit) 8. Temporary Uses P P P P P P P (Subject to Temporary Use Permit) NOTE: Uses not specifically listed above are prohibited in accordance with Section 19.02.070. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II... 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 19.04.030 SIMILAR USE DETERMINATION It is recognized that every conceivable use can not be identified in this Code, and an- ticipating that new uses will evolve over time, this Section establishes the Director's authority to compare a proposed use and measure it against those listed in this Code and the Standard Industries Classification Manual for determining similarity. In determining "similarity" the Director shall make all of the following findings: 1. The proposed use shall meet the intent of, and consistent with the goals, objectives and policies of the General Plan; 2. The proposed use shall meet the stated purpose and general intent of the district in which the use is proposed to be located; 3. The proposed use shall not adversely impact the public health, safety and general welfare of the City's residents; and 4. The proposed use shall share characteristics common with, and not be of greater intensity, density or generate more environmental impact, than those uses listed in the land use district in which it is to be located. 19.04.040 LAND USE DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 1. GENERAL STANDARDS The standards contained in Table 04.01 (Residential Zoning District Develop- ment Standards) relating to density, lot area and configuration, building setbacks, building lot coverage and height, accessory building and structure height, dis- tance between buildings, and private outdoor living space, apply to all residential districts, and shall be determined to be minimum requirements, unless stated as maximum by this Code. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-' 1/29/90 ''--' RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 TABLE 04.01 RESIDENTIAL ~1NC1~RICJ DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SblNtard RF= Rl R~ RIJ.1 RU.' R:U RUJ.I R~ C61'~ ce.k MaximLm 3.1.,K ~ l.J..w/J..lt 4-1 Uni~ 4.5 8 8 12 21 '1'6"" 12 Senior 12 Senior 18 Senior 31 Senior 47 Senior j!~ /llE 1>0 Sbll~ 'b LOlArea(I) 14.1lOO tAu (s.l.) 1.... 10.800 uV. 7,200 7,200 7.200 20,000 20,000 I "',' ~. 7Jo ~/.,. '/ .J4/tJNJ. Lol Width ~o (feel) 150 80 60 60 60 60 60 60 ~o Lol Doplh (feel) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 lOP /(10 Front Selbacl< 30... 25av. 20 20 25av. 20av. 2Oav. 10 , (feel) 35 20 min. 18 min. 20 min. 15 min. 15 min. Rear Se_ ri (feel) 20 2Oav. 2Oav. 10 10 10 10 10 ID l"'....;tt. i? ....;"'. Side Selbacl< Each side 1 slOly: 5' pl.. l'far... 15'olwaJl (<~ _ f5 (Ieel) 5 5 5 5 5 2 SIDry: 10' pi.. I' far... 15' olwaJl1hjl Side Setbacl< . SInleI Side (feel) /5 15 15 15 15 , 5 15 15 10 f Bui6ding Lol Coverage (Maximum %) 35 35 35 40 40 50 50 50 So loe DislanCe Be_n Bldgs. (Ieel) 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 20 dO .N Private Outdoor Uving Space ..JII..r"Oef ,I les5 (s.l.) ) NA NA NA 100 s.f. or 25% of unit sizet '~~....o:o, O.i-J~r Sf.;; C~{' N'",," "4- JJI1 30 -1,; .{ <\1::'+ $"; tt' AreA. Imum Structure Ht in 3 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 J.. 1 DC SIDries (Ieel) (45) (35) (35) (35) (35) (42) (42) (56) (30) 1\1.".;",,,,,,..,,, N~. ~ Ir Ir S g i)- IJ- Id- Id- Nfl 6 . J' of D-,eil,;"~ UAih/ 0.1 "av. = Average w'~ vJ e :.-1- ..( :I:;l.l? R = i:.es;de.....+;... i' min. = minimum E = f"a.rt ,f r~I'S M'J= i'J.~()"", (1) For lots of record prior to June 2, 1989 the minimum lot area is 6,200 s,f. and existing lot widths and depths are permitted. 1<: :5ee 5,"'C+,o' G ') fOf" alt,...>tlo!c 501 Ben.>s l-\-':"j~-r. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11.7 1 /29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 TABLE 04.01 RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Stand;ud RF RI RS RU-1 RLJ_2 RM RMH RH Maximum Units/Acre 3.1.3.5 4.5 8 8 12 21 32 12 Senior 12 Senior 18 Senior 31 Senior 47 Senior Lot Area(l) (5.1.) 1 acre 10,800 7,200 7,200 7,200 14,000 20,000 20,000 Lot Width (feet) 150 80 60 60 60 60 60 60 Lot Depth (feet) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Front Setback 30av. 25av. 20 20 25 avo 20av. 20 avo (feet) 35 20 min. 18min. 20 min. 15 min. 15min. Rear Setback (feet) 20 20av. 2Oav. 10 10 10 10 10 Side Setback Each side 1 story: 5' plus l' for ea. 15' of wall (feet) 5 5 5 5 5 2 story: 10'plus 1'forea.15'ofwall Side Setback Street Side (teet) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Building Lot Coverage (Maximum 'Yo) 35 35 35 40 40 50 50 50 Distance Between Bldgs. (feet) 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 20 Private Outdoor Uving Space (5.1.) NA NA NA 300 s.f. or 25% of unit size Maximum Structure Ht. in 3 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 Stories (teet) (45) (35) (35) (35) (35) (42) (42) (56) avo = Average min. = minimum (1 ) For lots at record prior to June 2, 1989 the minimum lot area is 6,200 s.t. and existing lot widths and depths are permitted. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11.7 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS RE (RESIDENTIAL ESTATE) ZONE MIN. LOT AREk I ACRE MAX LOT COVERAGE: 35% SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Rl (RESIDENTIAL lOW) ZONE MIN. LOT AREA: /O,BOO SQUARE FEET MAX LOT COVERAGE: 35% PRELIMINARY DRAFT II.! 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS RS (RESIDENTIAL SUBURBAN) ZONE MIN. LOT AREA: 7.200 SQUARE FEET MAX. LOT COVERAG~ 35% SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS RU-l (RESIDENTIAL URBAN) ZONE MIN. LOT AREA: 7.200 SQUARE FEET MAX. LOT COVERA~ 40% PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-"1 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS RU-2 (RESIDENnAL URBAN) ZONE MIN. LOT AREA: 7,200 SQUARE FEET MAX LOT COVERAGE: 40% SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS RM (RESIDENnAL MEDIUM) ZONE MIN. LOT AREA: 14,400 SQUARE FEET MAX LOT COVERAGE: 50% ./ STORY: 5' M/N. SlDE YARD SETBACK nus /' FOR EVERY IS' OF WALL HEIGHT 2 STORY: 10' MIN SIDE YARD SETBACK PLUS " FOR EVERY IS' OF WAll HEIGHT PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-10 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS RMH (RESIDENTIAL MEDIUM HIGH) ZONE MIN. LOT AREA: 20,000 SQUARE FEET MAX. LOT COVERAGE: SO% ., STORY: S'MIN. SIDE YARD SETBACK Pf.US I'FOREVERY IS'OFWALL HEiGHT 2 STORY: JO' MIN SIDE YARD SETBACK PLUS "FOR EVERY '5' OF WALL HEIGHT SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS RH (RESIDENTIAL HIGH) ZONE MIN. LOT AREA: 20,000 SQUARE I'm" MAX. LOT COVERAGE: 50')1; · I STORY: 5' MIN. SIDE YARD SETBACK PlUS I' FOR EVERY IS' OF WALL HEIGHT 2 STORY: 10' MIN SIDE YARD SETBACK Pf.US I' FOR EVERY IS' OF WALL HEIGHT PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-// 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 2. LAND USE DISTRICT SPECIFIC STANDARDS In addition to the general development requirements contained in Chapter 19.14 (Property Development Standards), the following standards shall apply to specific residential districts: RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS SPECIFIC STANDARDS Soecific Standards RE RL RS RU RM RMH RH 1 . Accessory + + + + + + + Structures 2. Day Care Facility 3. Density Bonus + + + 4. Front/Rear Yard Averaging 5. Golf Courses & + + + + Related Facilities 6. Guest House + + + + 7. Minimum Dwelling + + + + + + + Room Size 8. Minimum Dwelling + + + + + + + Size 9. Mobile Home & + + + + + + + Manufactured Housing 10. Mobile Home Park + + + + Subdivision 11. Private Tennis + + + + + + + Court 12. Recreational + + + + + + + Vehicle Storage 13. Second Dwelling + + + Unitl"Granny"Housing 14. Senior Group + + + + + Housing Key: "+" applies in the land use district. 3. ACCESSORVSTRUCTURES Accessory structures in residential land use districts are subject to Planned Development review and shall be compatible with the materials and architecture of the main dwelling of the property. Accessory structures may ~ be con- structed on a lot containing a main dwelling unit. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-IL 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 2. LAND USE DISTRICT SPECIFIC STANDARDS In addition to the general development requirements contained in Chapter 19.14 (Property Development Standards), the following standards shall apply to specific residential districts: Soecific Standards RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS SPECIFIC STANDARDS RE RL RS RU RM RMH RH CG,-J- eK-~ + t- +- + + + + + + + + + + + -+- + + + oj. + + .... 1. Accessory Structures 2. Day Care Facility 3. Density Bonu~~j/~ + + 4. Front/Rear Yard .",.}~ Averaging 5. Golf Courses & Related Facilities 6. Guest House 7. Minimum Dwelling Room Size 8. Minimum Dwelling Size 9. Mobile Home & Manufactured Housing 10. Mobile Home Parkor t- Subdivision 11. Private Tennis Court 12. Recreational Vehicle Storage 13. Second Dwelling UnitrGranny"Housing i'.-. 1j; Seni~rGFQI.Ip c:.t:u./ ! . 4i + + + + r--~....-t1OUslng I '5. Moult, .F.M', Iy lIovs,'",,> ... -I- + + + -I- + Key: "+" applies in the land use district. 11.0. $'.....1\ ~of SubJivis.o' 3. ACCESSORY SiRUC'TURES /1. Pi...eJ f!e>;tle.-/,.( t + I- t t- +- T Acce~toW"'StruCtures in residential land use districts are subject to Planned Development review and shall be compatible with the materials and architecture of the main dwelling of the property. Accessory structures may Q be con- structed on a lot containing a main dwelling unit. + -I- -+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +- + + + + + + + + + + + + + i + + + + + ~ + + + -+ + + + + + + f ~ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +- -+ ;- + + + PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29190 11-/1- RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 4. DAY CARE FACILITY DESIGN STANDARDS Day Care Facilities are permitted for 6 or less children, and are subject to Planned Development Permit or Conditional Use Permit review for 7 or more children, pursuant to Section 19.04.020. The facilities shall be constructed in the following manner: A. The facility shall conform to all property development standards of the land use district in which it is located. Medium fa~dl' large facilities shall 'lot be located within ~~o feet '1 cJ: t.tt 0" ~4t..) another aCllty. t'o u ,e M.::tu '- J) lVC . &L ) t1"3 . C. An outdoor play area of no less than 75 square feet per child, but in no case less than 450 square feet in area shall be provided. The outdoor play area shall be located in the rear yard. Stationary play equipment shall not be located in required side yards. B. D. A 6 foot high solid decorative fence or wall shall be constructed on all property lines, except in the front yard. In the front yard, the fence or wall shall not exceed 42 inches in height. Materials, textures, colors, and design of the fence or wall shall be compatible with on-site develop and adjacent properties. All fences or walls shall provide for safety with con- trolled points of entry. E. On-site landscaping shall be consistent with that prevailing in the neighborhood and shall be installed and maintained, pursuant to Chapter 19.22 (Landscaping Standards). Landscaping shall be provided to reduce noise impacts on surrounding properties. F. All on-site parking shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 19.18 (Off-Street Parking). In addition, 1 on-street passenger loading area shall be provided and maintained for use during the hours of operation of a small facility, and shall be located immediately adjacent to the entrance of the center, subject to the approval of the City Engineer. Medium and large facilities shall provide on-site vehicle turnaround or separate entrance and exit points, and passenger loading sp. aces provided at 1 ;2 space for each 4 children. Vc. / ef!(J-ftiL i"/lD' . -G. All on-site lighting shall be stationary, directed away from adjacent properties and public rights-of- ways, and of an intensity compatible with the residential neighborhood. H. All on-site signage shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 19.16 (Sign Standards). PRELIMINARY DRAFT lI'l!1 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 I. The facility shall contain a fire extinguisher and smoke detector devices and meet all standards established by the City Fire Marshall. J. A facility within a residential land use district may operate up to 14 hours per day, 6 days per week, between the hours df 6:00 A.M. and 8:00 P.M. K. Outdoor activities may only be conducted between the hours of 8:30 A.M. to 6:00.P.M. II .. . "JL OJ.Q \,(.d 't J\ t Il ,'Mi'. A facility shall be state licensed and shall be operated according all applicable state and local health and safety regulations. L. 5. DENSITY BONUS This section contains 2 density bonus provisions. The first entitlement is based upon the provision of affordable housing pursuant to State Government Code Section 65915. The second provision is intended to provide density bonus in- centives for the incorporation of on-site amenities. A. AFFORDABLE HOUSING State Government Code Section 65915 provides for the granting of a den- sity bonus or other incentives of equivalent financial value when a developer of housing agrees to construct at least 1 of the following: 1. Twenty-five percent of the total units of a housing development for persons and families of low or moderate income, as defined in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code. 2. Ten percent of the total units of a housing development for lower-income households, as defined in Section 50079.5 of the Health and Safety Code. 3. Fifty percent of the total dwelling units of a housing develop- ment for qualifying residents, as defined in Section 51.2 of the Civil Code. A request for a density bonus shall require Planned Development review and be subject to the following provisions: 1. For the purpose of this Section, "density bonus" shall mean a density increase of 25% over the otherwise maximum allowable residential density under this Code and the General Plan. When determining the number of housing units which are to be affor- dable, the density bonus shall not be included. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-1'1 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 2. The density bonus shall only apply to housing developments consisting of 5 or more dwelling units. 3. The density bonus provision shall not apply to senior group housing. 4. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for any dwelling unit in a development for which "density bonus units" have been awarded or incentives have been received, the developer shall submit documentation which identifies the restricted units and shall enter into a written agreement with the City to guarantee for 20 years their continued use and availability to low and moderate-income households. The agreement shall extend for 30 years if federal, state, county, or city funds are utilized. The terms and conditions of the agreement shall run with the land which is to be developed, shall be binding upon the successor in interest of the developer, and shall be recorded in the Office of the San Bernardino County Recorder. The agreement shall include the following provisions: a. The developer shall give the City the continuing right-of-first- refusal to purchase or lease any or all of the designated units at the fair market value; b. The deeds to the designated units shall contain a covenant stating that the developer or his/her successor in interest shall not sell, rent, lease, sublet, assign, or otherwise trans- fer any interests for same without the written approval of the City confirming that the sales price of the units is consistent with the limits established for low- and moderate-income households, which shall be related to the Consumer Price Index; c. The City shall have the authority to enter into other agree ments with the developer or purchasers of the dwelling units, as may be necessary to assure that the required dwell- ing units are continuously occupied by eligible households. 5. "Density bonus units" shall be generally dispersed throughout a development project and shall not differ in appearance from other units in the development. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IHS- 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 B. AMENITIES BONUS PROVISION. This provision allows an increase in the maximum permitted density of 15% in the RU, RM, RMH, and RH land use districts. Increases of up to 15% may be granted by the Commission based upon the finding(s) that any proper combination of the following amenities are provided in excess of those required by the applicable land use district: 1. Architectural features that promote upscale multi-family development; - 2. Additional mature landscaping; 3. Additional open Space; 4. Attached garages; 5. Additional recreational facilities (Le., clubhouse, play area, pool/jacuzzi, tennis court, etc.); and 6. Day care facilities. 6. VARIABLE FRONT YAROtpROVISIONS " f Front setbacks required by the base district in Table 04.01 shall be averaged on the interior lots within a single family detached or duplex subdivision. The front yard setback of a group of 5 adjacent dwelling units shall vary up to 10 feet from that required. The average setback of all 5 units must equal the mini- mum required for the zoning district. 7. GOLF COURSES AND RELATED FACILITIES STANDARDS Golf course developments are subject to Conditional Use Permit review and shall be constructed in the following manner: A. State-of-the-art water conservation techniques shall be incorporated into the design and irrigation of the golf course. B. Treated effluent shall be used for irrigation where available. C. Golf courses incorporated into residential developments shall be located to serve as a buffer between adjacent public rights-of-way and the primary development. D. Perimeter walls or fences shall provide a viewshed window design along all public rights-of-way, incorporating a mix of plasters and wrought iron fencing or equivalent treatment. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-1'" 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 E. All accessory facilities, including but not limited to, club houses, maintenance buildings, and half-way houses shall be designed and lo- cated to ensure compatibility and harmony with the golf course setting. 8. GUEST HOUSE DESIGN STANDARDS Guest houses are subject to Conditional Use Permit review and shall be con- structed in the following manner: A. All guest houses shall conform to all development standards of the underlying land use district. B. There shall be no more than 1 guest house on any lot. C. The floor area of the guest house shall not exceed 500 square feet. D. The guest house shall not exceed the height of the main dwelling. E. There shall be no kitchen or cooking facilities within a guest house. F. The guest house" shall conform to all of the setback regulations outlined in the applicable land use district. G. A guest house shall be used only by the occupants of the main dwelling, their non paying guests, or domestic employees. The guest house shall not be rented. 9. MINIMUM DWELLING ROOM SIZE STANDARDS Minimum room size standards are as follows: Room Minimum Area in Square Feet Garage Bedroom Full bath (Tub, toilet and lavatory) Three-quarter bath (Stall shower, toilet and lavatory) Half bath (toilet and lavatory) 400 t46 /:A () 50 40 30 PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-17 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 10. MINIMUM DWELLING SIZE STANDARDS The following minimum dwelling areas are computed by calculating the living area as measured from the outside of walls and excludes garages, carports and exterior courtyards. . A. The minimum area requirements for single family land use districts as follows: 1. Single-family Detached Dwellings. Livable Area in Sauare Feet Bedrooms Maximum Number Baths Minimum Number 2 3 or 2 bedrooms and den 1,9001'\ /(P!:1)--" Condominiums) and Multi-family Developments. 1 400 ILifO , ) 1,70OR i ,L/O U-) 1 1/2 1 3/4 4 2 2. Livable Area in Square Feet Bedrooms Maximum Number Baths Minimum Number 850 1,250 1,650 1 2 3 1 1 3/4 2 B. The minimum area requirements for apartments in the multi-family land use districts are as follows: Livable Area in Square Feet Bedrooms Maximum Number Baths Minimum Number 600 800 1,000 1,200 1 2 3 3+ 1 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-I~ 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS -19.04 11. MOBILE HOME AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING DESIGN STANDARDS Manufactured or mobile homes are subject to Planned Development Permit review and shall be installed in the following manner: A. Mobile or manufactured homes may be used as single-family dwellings if the home is certified under the National Mobile Home Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974. B. Mobile or manufactured homes which are used as single-family residences shall be installed on an approved permanent foundation sys- tem in compliance with this Code. C. Prior to the installation of any mobile or manufactured home, the Director shall determine that the subject lot together with the proposed mobile or manufactured home is compatible with surrounding development. This determination shall include an assessment of on-site design and develop- ment standards and materials, architectural aesthetics, setbacks, building height, accessory buildings, access, off-street parking and minimum square footage requirements, and any other criteria determined ap- propriate by the Director. D. The following Specific Design Standards shall govern the installation and construction of manufactured and mobile homes. 1. All homes shall have a minimum eave dimension of 1 foot. 2. All siding shall be non-reflective and shall be installed from the ground up to the roof. 3. All roofs shall have a minimum pitch of 1 :4. 4. All homes shall have a minimum width (across the narrowest portion) of 20 feet. 12. MOBILE HOME PARK SUBDIVISION DESIGN STANDARDS Mobile home parks and/or subdivisions are subject to Planned Development Per- mit review and shall be constructed in the following manner: A. Individual mobile home space minimum setbacks shall be measured from the edge of internal streets and space lines as follows: 1. Front -10 feet 2. . Side - 5 feet 3. Rear - 10 feet PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-Iq 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 B. Maximum mobile home space coverage (mobile home and its accessory structure) shall be 75%. C. Each mobile home shall be equipped with skirting, or provided with a support pad which is recessed to give the appearance of the mobile home being located on-grade. D. All on-site utilities shall be installed underground. E. The mobile home park shall be provided with parkingas required by Chapter 19.18 (Off-street Parking Standards). F. A common recreation area which may contain a recreation building shall be provided in the park for use by all tenants and their invited guests. The area shall be provided in 1 common location with a minimum ag- gregate area of 400 square feet of recreational space for each mobile home space. G. All exterior boundaries of the mobile home park shall appear similarto conventional residential developments and shall be screened by a decora- tive wall, fence or other comparable device 6 feet in height, with a mini- mum 6 foot wide landscaped area provided along the inside of the perimeter screen. H. Common open space shall be landscaped in accordance with a land- scape plan approved by the review authority and in a manner consistent with Chapter 19.22 (Landscaping Standards). 13. PRIVATE TENNIS COURT DESIGN STANDARDS Private tennis courts are subject to Planned Development Permit review and shall be constructed in the following manner: A. Tennis courts shall not encroach into the front and side setback or within 10 feet of rear property line. B. There shall be no more than 1 tennis court for each residential parcel of land. The review authority may approve additional tennis courts in multi- family developments in the RM, RMH, and RH land use districts. C. Private tennis courts shall not be used for commercial purposes, and shall be used only by the residents and their invited guests. D. All tennis court fencing shall not exceed 10 feet in height as measured from the court surface, and shall be completely screened from public view. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-2.0 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 E. All tennis courts shall be recessed 4 feet and shall be further screened with a combination of walls, berms and landscaping. F. A plan for overhead court lighting shall be subject to Planned Develop- ment Permit review. G. Ught standards shall not exceed the following heights as measured from the court surface: 1. Eighteen feet with 4 poles on each side. 2. Twenty feet with 3 poles on each side. H. All illumination fixtures shall be energy efficient and directed downward and away from adjoining properties and public rights-of-way. I. Hours of lighting operation shall be determined during permit review; in no instance shall lighting be used after 10:00 P.M. 14. RECREATIONAL VEHICLE STORAGE FACILITIES Developments within the multi-family land use districts shall provide recreational vehicle storage facilities; the storage facilities shall be reviewed as part of the Planned Development Permit and shall be constructed in the following manner: A. Centralized storage areas shall be provided for recreational vehicles, boats, etc., at a minimum of 1 space for each 8 dwelling units. Any frac- tional space requirement shall be construed as requiring 1 full storage space pursuant to Chapter 19.18 (Off- Street Parking Standards). B. Individual storage spaces shall measure not less than 12 feet by 30 feet, and shall have direct access to a driveway with a minimum paved width of 25 feet. C. Storage areas shall be paved and drained. D. Storage areas shall be completely screened from exterior view by a combination of landscaping, masonry walls, fences or other comparable screening devices 8 feet in height and subject to the approval of the Direc- tor. 15. SECOND DWELLING UNITr'GRANNY" HOUSING DESIGN STANDARDS Second dwelling units require a Planned Development Permit and shall be con- structed in the following manner: PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-11 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 D. F. \ H.) A. No more than 1 second dwelling unit shall be permitted on any parcel or lot. B. A second dwelling unit may only be permitted on a residential lot on which there is already built 1 owner occupied single-family detached dwell- ing unit (main unit), and such second unit shall be constructed or attached to the existing main dwelling unit living area. C. A second dwelling unit may not be permitted on residential lots already having 2 or more dwelling units. The parcel upon which the second dwelling unit is to be established shall conform to all standards of the land use district in which it is located. E. Any increase in the floor area of an attached second unit shall not exceed 15% of the existing living area of the main dwelling. The total area of floor space for a detached second unit shall not exceed 640 square feet. G. The second dwelling unit shall be architecturally compatible with the main dwelling. The second dwelling unit shall be provided with parking in addition to that required for the main dwelling, pursuant to Chapter 19.18 (Off-Street Parking Standards). No variance or minor exception may be filed for al- lowing parking within the required front or sideyard setbacks. I. The second dwelling unit shall not be metered separately from the main dwelling for gas, electricity, and water/sewer services. J. Priorto issuance of a building permit for the second dwelling unit, a covenant of restriction to run with the land, shall be recorded which specifies that the use of the second unit as an independent dwelling may continue only as long as the property is owner- occupied. K. The applicant for the Planned Development Permit shall be the owner of the subject property. L. This section shall not validate any existing illegal second dwelling unit. An application for a permit may be made pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 19.40 (Planned Development Permits) to convert an illegal second unit to a conforming legal second unit, and the standards and re- quirements for said conversion shall be the same as for newly proposed second dwelling units. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IH'2. 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 19.04 M. The following findings shall be made (in addition to those outlined in Chapter 19.40 [Planned Development Permits]) in order to approve a per- mit for a second dwelling unit: 1. The second dwelling unit is compatibfe with the design of the main dwelling unit and the surrounding neighborhood in terms of landscaping, scale, height, length, width, bulk, lot coverage, and ex- terior treatment, and will not cause excessive noise, traffic, or other disturbances to the existing neighborhood or result in significantly adverse impacts on public services and resources. - \2. ) ~ The second dwelling unit shall not cause a high concentration of such units sufficient to change the character of the surrounding residential neighborhood. 16. SENIOR CITIZEN OR SENIOR CONGREGATE CARE DESIGN STANDARDS Senior group housing developments are subject to Planned Development Permit review and shall be constructed in the following manner: A. A bus turnout and shelter on the on-site arterial frontage shall be dedicated. B. Private dial-a-ride transportation shuttles shall be provided; number to be determined during project review. C. The parcel upon which the senior group housing facility is to be established shall conform to all standards of the underlying land use district. D. The senior group housing shall conform with all local, state, and federal requirements. E. The number of dwelling units shall be based on the underlying land use district. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II.Z~ 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 F. The minimum floor area for each residential unit shall be as follows: Studio: 410 square feet One-bedroom: 510 square feet if kitchen-dining living areas are combined. 570 square feet if kitchen-dining living areas are separate. Two-bedroom: 610 square feet if kitchen-dining living areas are combined. 670 square feet if kitchen-dining living areas are separate. G. The main entrance to the facility, common areas, all living units and within the entire facility shall be provided with handicapped access pur- suant to Section 19.18.050. H. Indoor common areas and living units shall be provided with all necessary safety equipment (e.g., safety bars, etc.), as well as emergency signal/intercom systems. I. Adequate internal and external lighting including walkways shall be provided for security purposes. The lighting shall be energy efficient, sta- tionary, deflected away from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way, and of an intensity compatible with the residential neighborhood. J. Common recreational and entertainment activities of a size and scale consistent with the number of living units shall be provided. The minimum size shall equal 1 00 square feet for each living unit. K. Common laundry facilities of sufficient number and accessibility, consistent with the number of living units and the Uniform Building Code shall be provided. L. The development may provide one or more of the following specific internal common facilities for the exclusive use of the residents: 1. Central cooking and dining room(s). 2. Beauty and barber shop. 3. Small scale drug store not exceeding 500 square feet. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1I-%.,/ 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - 19.04 M. Off-street parking shall be provided in the following manner: 1. One covered parking space for each dwelling unit for the exclusive use of the senior citizen residents. 2. One uncovered parking space for every 2 dwelling units for employee and guest use. 3. All off-street parking shall be located within 150 feet of the front door of the main entrance. 4. Adequate and suitably striped paved areas for shuttle parking. Shaded waiting areas shall be provided adjacent to the shuttle stops. 5. Design standards relating to handicapped parking, access, surfacing, striping, lighting, landscaping, shading, dimensional re- quirements, etc. shall be consistent with the standards outlined in Chapter 19.18 (Off-Street Parking Standards). N. The project shall be designed to provide maximum security for residents, guests, and employees. O. Trash receptacle(s) shall be provided on the premises. Trash receptacle(s) shall comply with Public Works Standard No. 508 and be of sufficient size to accommodate the trash generated. The receptacle(s) shall be screened from public view on at least 3 sides by a solid wall 6 feet in height and on the fourth side by a solid gate not less than 5 feet in height. The gate shall be maintained in good working order and shall remain closed except when in use. The wall and gate shall be architec- turally compatible with the surrounding buildings and structures. The receptacle(s) shall be located within close proximity to the residential units which they are intended to serve. P. Residential occupancy shall be limited to single persons over 60 years of age or married couples of which one spouse is over 60 years of age. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-%$ 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 G19.04.050 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT DESIGN GUIDELINES 1. PURPOSE The following design guidelines are intended as a reference to assist the designer in understanding the City's goals and objectives for high quality residential development. The guidelines compliment the mandatory site development regulations contained in this chapter by providing good examples of potential design solutions and by providing design interpretations of the various man- datory regulations. The design guidelines are general and may be interpreted with some flexibility in their application to specific projects. The guidelines will be utilized during the City's design review process to encourage the highest level of design quality while at the same time providing the flexibility necessary to encourage creativity on the part of project designers. The design guidelines are formatted into two general catagories; 1) single family residential and 2) multiple family residential. Each category is further divided into architectural guidelines and site planning guidelines. 2. APPLICABILITY The provisions of this section shall apply to all residential development within the City except for the Central Business District where large scale, mid to high rise residential structures may be located.. Any addition, remodeling, relocation or construction requiring a building permit subject to review by the Develop- ment Review Committee shall adhere to these guidelines where applicable. 3. SINGLE FAMILY SITE PLANNING An important goal of the single family site planning guidelines is to create func- tional and visual variety along local streets. It is the intent of the guidelines to discourage subdivisions where identical homes march down long, uninterrupted straight streets, with no variation in building placement or the street scene. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-'U 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 A. VARIED FRONT SETBACKS Placement of homes and garages close to or back from the street creates different patterns of visible open space. The buildings themselves, when close to the street, also add diversity to the view. B. INTERRUPTION OF STRAIGHT STREETS' On straight roads, knuckles or cul de sacs can be introduced to limit the length of straight stretches. C. VARIED SIDE YARD SETBACKS Varying the distance between adjoining homes, or between homes and fences, results in different types of yards and private patio areas. Varied Front Setbacks Interruption o( Straight Streets litD Staggering o( setbacks to each entry creates variety and identity. Varied Side Yard Setbacks PRELIMINARYDRAFf 1/29/90 11-17 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 D. AlTACHED HOUSING Attached homes can look like two or more separate dwellings, or can look like one large home, depending on how they are treated. Attached hous- ing can yield larger open areas between buildings. E. LOT ORIENTATION On curves or at comers, lots can often be oriented in a different direction than those at mid-block. In these cases some lots can be non-rectangular and angled on the street. Projects should be oriented so that a majority of primary living spaces receive direct sunlight for the daylight hours. In new projects buildings should be positioned to minimize the impact of shadows on adjacent properties and within the project. F. VARIED LOT WIDTHS Making some lots wider, and some narrower, than the average can provide different amounts of open area between buildings. It also allows placement of different shapes and sizes of homes. On narrow lots, a varia- tion of only three or four feet can make a perceptible difference. Lot Orientalion Varied Lot Widths PREUMINARYDRAFT n-2.S 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 G. VARIED GARAGE PLACEMENT AND ORIENTATION When lot size permits, garages can be on the front side of the house and can be entered from the front or side. They can also vary in size. Garages can be detached and connected to the home by breezeways. H. ZERO LOT LINE HOMES Zero lot line homes (flush to the side lot line) lend themselves well to crea- tion of courts and patios that a traditional center plot may prevent. The two yield different street scenes. I. CUL DE SAC TREATMENTS Closed cul de sacs are preferable in general. However, for longer cui-de- sacs, openings should be provided at the ends for pedestrians. J. STRAIGHT AND CURVED STREETS While straight streets are the most efficient, occasional curves can provide changing street scenes. Curves that seem very slight in a bird's-eye view are readily perceived by the driver and interrupt the line of sight. Varied Garage Placement and Orientation Zero Lot Une PREUMINARYDRAFT 11-2.'1 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 K. WALLS Walls and fences are an integral part of the streetscape. All fencing and walls are to be provided by each project builder at the time of develop- ment. Fencing or walls are required: 1. Between individual residential units and residential projects adjacent to parks, open spaces, and major roadways. 2. Walls should be of plaster or smooth stucco finish or other approved masonry. They should be designed in a style, materials and color to comple- ment the dwelling units to which they are attached. 3. Other materials may include wrought iron, tile insets or grillwork. The recommended choice for wrought iron is 1" pickets, at a maxi- mum of 6" on center. 4. Wall planes should be articulated per the following standards: a. Length: No wall should make a continuous unarticulated plane of more than 50'. The wall should make a jog which measures a minimum of 18" deep by 8' long every 50'. b. Pilasters: Pilasters should be placed a minimum of every 25' and on every change in wall direction or 5' elevation change. c. Height: Wall height should not exceed 6'. .~.: -f ~n 70' ..~.: t- .~~ ".. ... Elevation of Staggered Wall Elevation of Planters/Wall ~~-'-~ ..~.~..... Elevation of Wall with Breaks PREUMINARYDRAFr II- ;0 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. G19.04 1. GARAGES 1. Garage door setbacks should allow driveway parking that keeps the sidewalk clear of vehicles. Garage door setbacks from the back of sidewalk should be avoided between five and eighteen feet. 2. Garages should have a single story mass at the front of the building to provide an architectural transition in two story massing. 3. Angled garages are encouraged to break up the monotony of all garage doors being parallel to the street. '~~m%HaW .~'Il ,. illlllt~mHH !lltdlilll"'ll :;:.: :::~~,:::~:~~ ~ " , 5-20 If. Driveway Cars wfll park in tao short of a driveway creating Q traffic hazard - pedestrian traffic is forced out info road. 0-5 If. Driveway Cars are discouraged from parking in too short of a driveway - pedestrian traffic unobstructed. 25 If. Driveway Adequate space for 0((- street parking - pedestrian Jane nof severely obstructed. Garage has single story mass. Upper portion of building is set back. Stepped setbacks to match adjacent buildings. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II.~I 1/29J90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 M. INFILL IN EXISTING NEIGHBORHOODS To the extent possible, new single family development in existing neigh- borhoods should be integrated with the housing units in the adjacent area. 1. Site setbacks of residential projects should be either: a. Equal to the average setback of all residences and buildings on both sides of public streets within 100 feet of the property lines of the new project, or; b. Equal to the average of the two immediately adjacent buildings. In cases where averaging between two adjacent existing buildings is chosen, the new building may be averaged in a stepping pattern between the setbacks of adjacent buildings, or the new building's entire frontage may be built on the average setback line. _"_n_.._ 0"- ~A:! 0 Stepped setbacks to match adjacent buildings. o 0 DOli 0 Average of setbacks on both sides of street. Average of setbacks of adjacent buildings. PRELIMINARYDRAFr 1/29/90 ll-';:z.. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 2. New development in existing neighborhoods should incorporate distinctive architectural characteristics of surrounding develop- ment, for example: window and door detailing, decoration, materials, roof style and pitch, finished-floor height, porches, bay windows, and the like. 3. New development should continue the'functional, on-site relation- ships of the surrounding neighborhood, For example, in many older neighborhoods common patterns that should be continued are entries facing the street, front porches, and parking at the rear. Roof Vent Brackett Gable End Porch Roof Vent Gabl9 End Typical Brackels Porch Roof Vent Rafter Tails Porch N. GRADING Development should relate to the natural surroundings and minimize grading by following the natural contours as much as possible. Graded slopes should be rounded and contoured to blend with the existing ter- rain. Significant natural vegetation should be retained and incorporated into the project whenever possible. Contact the City's Parks, Recreation and Community Services Department regarding requirements for cer- tified arborist report concerning existing vegetation. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-!>~ 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 4. SINGLE FAMILY ARCHITECTURE There is no particular architectural "style" required for residential structures but the focus should be on the development of a high quality residential environ- ment. In general, the architecture should consider compatibility with surround- ing character, including harmonious building style, form, size, color, material, and roof line. Individual dwelling units should be distinguishable from one another. A. FACADE AND ROOF ARTICULATION The articulation of building facades and the massing of buildings give them richness and scale. Long uninterrupted exterior walls should be avoided on all structures. All structured walls must have "relief" to create an interesting blend with landscaping, buildings, and the casting of shadows. The integration of varied texture, relief, and design accents on building walls can soften the architecture. For sloped roofs, both vertical and horizontal articulation is encouraged. Roof lines should be representative of the design and scale of the units under them. Roof articulation may be achieved by changes in plane of no less than 2 feet 6 inches and/ or the use of traditional roof forms such as gables, hips, and dormers. Flat roofs and A-frame type roofs are prohibited. Undesirable Architectural Treatment Vedical Adiculation Added Mulfi Planed R.oo(s and Awnings Add Desirable Adiculation Horizontal Adiculation Added PRELIMlNARYDRAFf II-3'1 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 B. VARIED BUILDING DESIGN Building designs should be varied in tract developments to create variety and interest. A significant difference in the massing and composition (not just finish materials) of each adjacent house must be accomplished. One design should not be repeated more frequently than each fourth house. C. ATIACHED UNITS 1. Single family attached products should be architecturally articulated to project an image of customized homes. Preferred configurations include architectural treatment either as apparently large single- family units or as traditionally classic rowhouses. 2. Walls or other features should be used to lengthen the horizontal elements of elevations and reduce the visual impact of garage doors. 3. Driveways should be grouped with a separating planting strip to provide maximum effective turf areas. 4. Garages should have single-story mass at the front of the building to allow a stepped-back architectural transition into two story mass- ing. Garages shall be set back from the street sufficiently to allow driveway parking without overhanging the sidewalk. PREUMINARY DRAFT II-35 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 D. SCALE Structural form and scale should relate to the use of the building as a single family residence. Also, the scale of buildings should be within a human scale so as not to overwhelm or dominate its surroundings. E. MATERIALS The choice and mix of materials on the facades of buildings and garage doors is important in providing an attractive living environment. Materials should be consistently applied and should be chosen to work harmoniously with adjacent materials. Piecemeal embellishment and fre- quent changes in materials should be avoided. Materials tend to appear substantial and integral when material changes occur at changes in plane. Material or color changes at the outside comers of buildings give an impression of thinness and artificiality which should be avoided. Material changes not accompanied by changes in plane also frequently give material an insubstantial or applied quality. Materials to be avoided include; metal or aluminum siding and roofs, reflective materials and finishes, and unfinished concrete block. F. VENTS AND DOWNSPOUTS Roof flashing, rain gutters, and downspouts, vents, and other roof protrusions are to be finished to match the adjacent materials and/ or colors. Change in plane with change in material Recammended Material or color change at outside comer Not recommended Co-planer materials Not recommended PREUMINARY DRAFT II-;", 1129/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. G19.04 G. EQUIPMENT SCREENING Any equipment, whether on the roof, side of building, or ground, must be screened. The method of screening must be architecturally compatible in terms of materials, color, shape, and size. The screening design should blend with the building design. Where individual equipment is provided, a continuous screen is desirable. H. ANCILLARY STRUCTURES The design of ancillary structures (guesthouses, cabanas, barns, storage sheds, etc.) should be architecturally compatible with the main structure through the use of building walls/ roofs/ trellises, fence/wall connections, and/or landscaping. I. GARAGE DOORS Garage doors should appear to be set into the walls rather than flush with the exterior wall. Garage door design should be kept simple, clean, and unadorned. They are a major visual element of a home. Plywood is acceptable when three or more panels are used or when joints are sealed with trim. A variety of compatible designs should be used throughout a project to insure variety. The design of the garage door should relate to the particular architectural style selected. ~\[Qm lFAfirnlflO DO ED am I:ID - Garage door wood trim PRELIMINARY DRAFT ll-'O7 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. G19.04 5. MDL TIPLE FAMILY SITE PLANNING Multiple family and cluster housing because of their higher densities, tend to generate large parking areas and a decrease in private open space. If not proper- ly designed, parking facilities can dominate the site and open spaces may be relegated to left over areas, not related to the buildings or the people who live there. Residential developments surrounded by high walls, parking lots, and rows of carports along public streets are examples of practices to be avoided. Perimeter parking drives are discouraged because parking areas provide a poor image of a project and often function as barriers between the project and the sur- rounding community. The guidelines that follow are intended to help mitigate the effects of these situations and to provide a pleasant residential environment within the context of higher density development. A. BUILDING ARTICULATION Long, unbroken building facades and box-like forms are to be avoided. Building facades should be broken up to give the appearance of a coHec- tion of smaller buildings. To the extent possible, each of the units should be individually recognizable. This can be accomplished with the use of balconies, setbacks and projections which help articulate individual dweH- ing units or coHections of units, and by the pattern and rhythm of win- dows and doors. B. CLUSTERING OF UNITS Clustering of multi-family units should be a consistent site planning ele- ment. Buildings composed of a series of simple yet varied plans assure compatibility and variety in overall building form. Articulated facade gives appearance of a collectian of smaller buildings PRELIMINARY DRAFT I1-~e 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 The following design techniques should be considered and implemented whenever possible: 1. Varying front setbacks to unit within same building. 2. Staggered and jogged unit plans. 3. Use of reverse building plans to add articulation. 4. Maximum of two adjacent units with identical wall and roof lines. 5. Variety of orientations to avoid the monotony of garage door corridors. C. MAXIMUM ATIACHED UNITS The maximum number of individual units within one building is eight (8). Variations with mixtures of 4,5, and 6 units per structure are en- couraged and should be developed throughout a project. D. PROJECT ENTRIES Project entry areas provide the resident and visitor with an overview to the project. They should provide an open window with landscaping, recreational facilities, and project directories. Special attention should be given to hardscape and landscape treatments to enhance the overall project image. E. ENTRY DRIVES The principal vehicular access into a multiple family housing project should be through an entry drive rather than a parking drive. Colored, textured paving treatment at entry drives is encouraged, however, stamped concrete is not permitted within public street right-of-ways. F. ON-SITE PARKING AND DRIVES 1. In higher-density projects, there are three means of accommodating parking: parking drives, parking courts, and garages within residential buildings. Projects with either long, monotonous park- ing drives or large, undivided parking lots are not desired. When cost considerations preclude parking within residential buildings, dispersed parking courts are the desired alternative. 2. Parking drives, when located on the periphery of a project, isolate the development from its surroundings. Unless the new and exist- ing adjacent uses are considered incompatible, the extent of perimeter parking drives should be minimized. 3. Parking areas should be visible from the residential units which use them. PREUMINARY DRAFT 11-3'1 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. G19.04 G. PARKING COURTS 1. A parking court of any length should not consist of more than 2 double-loaded parking aisles adjacent to each other. 2. The length of a parking court should not exceed 14 stalls. 3. Parking courts should be separated from each other by buildings or by a landscaped buffer not less than 30 feet wide. H. PARKING DRIVES 1. There should be no more than an average of 10 spaces of uninter- rupted parking, whether in garages, carports, or open parking areas. 2. Each average of 10 spaces of parking should be separated from additional spaces by a landscaped bulb not less than 12 feet wide. Architectural elements, such as trellises, porches, or stairways, may extend into these landscaped bulbs. MAX. 2 AISLES 30' MIN. S <l: "' :! ~ ::! + H Maximum of 2 aisles in parking court. Average of 14 spaces per parking court bay. -JJ- MIN. Use 12' wide landscape bulb il parking bays average 10 spaces. -!J-- MIN. PRELIMINARYDRAFf II-I/O 1129/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 I. GARAGES 1. Individual parking garages within residential buildings should be enclosed behind garage doors. 2. Garages with parking aprons less that 20 feet in length should have automatic garage door openers and/or sectional roll-up doors. J. CARPORTS Where carports are utilized, they must follow the same criteria for spatial arrangement as parking courts (#7 above). Carports may be incorporated with patio walls or used to define public and private open space, but in- corporating carports into exterior project walls adjacent to streets is strong- ly discouraged. The ends of each cluster of carports should be landscaped. K. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS FROM PARKING Landscape bulbs should, wherever possible, align with major building entrances to provide pedestrian access to the building entrance from a parking court or drive. Bulbs that align with entrances should be at least 2 car spaces wide and should include a pathway as well as a vertical landscape or architectural element, for example, a trellis or a tree. Link parking areas to major building entrances when possible using textured paving and trellises. ............... .,~~~jI~~ilt~ !~l~~I~~l*~1 j~~@jttW !~:::liflJ,11 PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-'ll 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 1. OPEN SPACE Residents of housing projects should have safe and efficient access to use- able open space, whether public or private, for recreation and social ac- tivities. The design and orientation of these areas should take advantage of available sunlight and should be sheltered from the noise and traffic of adjacent streets or other incompatible uses. . Required common open spaces should be conveniently located for the majority of units. Private open spaces should be contiguous to the units they serve and screened from public view. Projects should have secure open spaces and children's play areas that are visible from the units. M. PLANTED AREAS All areas not covered by buildings, drives, parking or hardscape should be appropriately landscaped. Landscaping is used to frame, soften, and embellish the quality of environ- ment, to buffer units from noise or undesirable views, to break up large ex- panses of parking, and to separate frontage roads within a project from public streets. To accomplish these design objectives, landscape elements need vertical dimension. Trees and tall shrubs are needed in addition to grass and ground cover. Trees can also be used to provide shading and climatic cooling of nearby units. II Ii ~ Max. of 8 units per building Orient project entry toward open spoce/recreation area. ENTRY DRIVE Open parking and corports should be clustered into parking courts. PREUMINARY DRAFr ll-'12. 1129/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 N. TRASH ENCLOSURES Trash bins must be fully enclosed in accordance with City of San Bernar- dino Public Works Department Standard No. 508. Said enclosures should be softened with landscaping on their most visible sides whenever pos- sible. Recommended locations include inside parking courts or at the end of parking bays. Location should be conveniently accessible for trash col- lection and maintenance and should not block access drives during load- ing operations. O. SUPPORT FACILmES Any support buildings within multi-family residential areas such as laundry facilities, recreation bulldings and sales/lease offices must be con- sistent in architectural design and form with the rest of the complex. Tem- porary sales offices must be compatible with these standards. P. MAILBOXES Where common mailbox services are provided, they should be located close to the project entry near recreational facilities. The architectural character should be similar in form, materials, and colors to the surround- ing buildings. Mailbox locations must be approved by the U.S. Postal Ser- vice. Solid doors Trash enclosure at end of parking row PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-"/~ 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 Q. SITE GRADING Site grading must recognize existing drainage patterns, and landforms while providing appropriate transition of architectural elements to grade. Site grading must also provide for an uninterrupted flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffic through the development. The plan must direct and provide adequate flow of surface run-off to catch basins while gracefully contouring the land to blend with existing conditions at the boundaries of the site. . Street drainage should be collected in curb gutters. The use of center- swale drainage devices is strongly discouraged. Parking lots may drain to a single concrete swale at the edge of the aisle. R. SECURITY Multiple family projects should be designed to provide the maximum amount of security for residents and visitors. Parking areas should be well let and located so as to be visible from residential units. Landscaping should be planned and maintained to provide views into open space areas. 6. MULTIPLE FAMILY ARCHITECTURE There is no particular "style" proposed for multi-family residential structures. The primary focus should be on constructing a high quality residential environ- ment. The criteria presented here strives for this "quality" through descriptions and examples of appropriate buildings materials and architectural expression. In general, the design of multiple family developments should consider com- patibility with surrounding activities. Often, such projects are development ad- jacent to single family neighborhoods and measures must be taken to insure that the height and bulk of higher density projects do not impact these lower density residential areas. Many of the same architectural principles and techniques discussed under the single family category of these guidelines are also applicable to multiple family projects and these should be reviewed by the designer in conjunction with the following. PREUMINARY DRAFT 11-"1'1 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 A. FACADE AND ROOF ARTICULATION Separations, changes in plane and height, and the inclusion of elements such as balconies, porches, arcades, dormers, and cross gables mitigate the barracks-like quality of flat walls and roofs of excessive length. Secon- dary hipped or gabled roofs covering the entire mass of a building are preferable to mansard roofs or segments of pifched roof applied at the building's edge. Extremely long buildings, if they are appropriately ar- ticulated, may be acceptable; however, buildings (including garages and carports) exceeding 150 feet in length are generally discouraged. Buildings containing 3 or more attached dwellings in a row should incor- porate at least one of the following: 1. For each dwelling unit, at least one architectural projection not less than 2 feet from the wall plane and not less than 4 feet wide should be provided. Such projections should extend the full height of single story buildings, at least one-half the height of a two-story building, and two-thirds the height of a three-story building. 2. A change in wall plane of at least 3 feet for at least 12 feet for each two units. Unarliculated buildings are undesireable. BEl EIE1 Architectural projections for two stories i!I'liliill'I"lli!il:il!!!I!i~~::!~.:I:::f~[I::r:rrrf':,'Wl:%:f,:,:,ff ......j --"t/2. MIN. ~ Staggered units permitted PREUMINARY DRAFT 11- 'i5" 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 B. SCALE Because multiple family projects are usually taller than one story, their bulk can impose on surrounding uses. The scale of such projects must be considered within the context of their surroundings. Buildings with greater height may require additional building setbacks so as not to dominate the character of the neighborhood. . Large projects must be broken up into groups of structures. The use of single "mega-structures" is to be avoided. C. MATERIALS Materials selected for multiple family projects should be very durable and require low maintenance. Piecemeal embellishment and frequent changes in materials should be avoided. D. BALCONIES, PORCHES, AND PATIOS The incorporation of balconies, porches, and patios onto or within the building form is encouraged for both practical and aesthetic value. These elements should be integrated to break up large wall masses, offset floor setbacks, and add human scale to buildings. Common exterior balconies and corridors that provide access to units should not require circulation past adjacent unit windows and entries. Low roof planes Balconies and pafios Clustered access Low privacy walls Articulate wall planes PREUMINARY DRAFT ll-'I(g 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 E. DWELLING UNIT ACCESS Avoid the use of long access balconies or corridors which are monotonous and impersonal. Instead, access points to units should be clustered this in- creases security while secluded entrances may invite security problems. To the extent possible, the entrances to individual units should be plainly visible. Use of distinctive architectural elements and materials to denote prominent entrances is appropriate. F. EXTERIOR STAIRS Simple, clean, bold projections of stairways are encouraged to comple- ment the architectural massing and form of a buildings. Stairways should be of smooth stucco, plaster or wood, with accent trim of complementary colors. Thin-looking open metal prefabricated stairs are not permitted. G. CARPORTS, GARAGES AND ACCESSORY STRUcruRES Carports, detached garages, and accessory structures should be designed as an integral part of the architecture of projects. They should be similar in materials, color, and detail to the principal buildings of a development. Carports may utilize flat roofs but must not project above any exterior walls adjacent to streets. Prefabricated metal carports are prohibited. Where garages are utilized, doors should appear set into walls rather than flush with the exterior wall. Their design should be simple and un- adorned. H. GUITERS AND DOWNSPOUTS Gutters and downspouts should be concealed unless designed as a con- tinuous architectural feature. Exposed gutters used as an architectural fea- ture must be colored to match fascia or wall material. Exposed downspouts must be colored to match the surface to which they are at- tached unless copper is used. Roof vents must be colored to match roofing materials. I. SOLAR PANELS Solar panels are to be integrated into the roof design, flush with the roof slope. Frames must be colored to match roof colors. Natural aluminum finish is strongly discouraged. Any support equipment must be enclosed and screened from view. PREUMlNARY DRAFT ll- 'f7 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 J. MECHANICAL AND UTILITY EQUIPMENT All mechanical equipment whether mounted on the roof or ground must be screened from view. Utility meters and equipment must be placed in locations which are not exposed to view from the street or they must be suitably screened. All screening devices are to be compatible with the ar- chitecture and color of the adjacent buildings. . K. ANTENNAS All antennas should be placed in attics or building interiors. It is recom- mended that all units be pre-wired to accommodate cable reception. Satel- lite dish antennas are specifically prohibited on roofs and should be con- sidered early in the design process in terms of location and any required screening. Utility meters and other outdoor equipment must be suitably screened from view. Screening devices must be compatible with adjacent buildings. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11- .,e, 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 7. MULTIPLE FAMILY IN-FILL IN SINGLE FAMILY NEIGHOBORHOOD Efforts must be made to integrate new multiple family projects into existing neighborhoods so that they are compatible with the adjacent. A. FRONT YARD SETBACKS Front yard setbacks for new multiple family proejcts must be equal to or greater than the average setbacks for the two adjacent properties. If one or both of the adjacent properties are vacant then the average shall be cal- culated on the next adjacnet occupied property. B. ARCHITECTURAL COMPATIBILITY New multiple family development in existing neighborhoods should in- corporate architectural characteristics and maintain the scale of existing structures on the propert and surrounding development, for example; window and door detailing, facade decoration, materials, color, roof style and pitch, porches, and the like. C. SITE DESIGN New multiple family developments should be designed to continue the on-site relationships of the original structure(s) and surrounding neighbor- hood. Site access should be taken from the adjacent alley whenever pos- sible. RESIDENTIAL SIDE ELEVATION Original single story SFD New Mum Family addition ~ I:" Appropriate transition from I story to 2 story MFD PREliMINARY DRAFT rr-4f, 1/29/90 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 jo5'd[ ODD ODD EXISTING SFD ELEVATIONS ~.~ INAPPROPRIATE INFIU STRUCTURE Mulfi family structure or addition does not conform to adlacent SF forms. APPROPRIATE INFIU OF MULTI-FAMILY Articulation and form conforms to existing structure. PREUMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 II-SO RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS - G19.04 00- DtI- O"~ "J '0 '0'0' li:TD '0 I] '0 i ~..~..~..~..=-L TYPICAL EXISTING SFD --r-t:.. .. I 0 Illl_1 't,lllll1~ 0 . . ..:.:.......~'.;. ....~.,.,,~. ~.................. . Tlr . ,;;,~; 11 ('PI [J ~ ill_i. U U .. .. . . IWillKIW[ I 1"111 Ifk ~.:::;:.:. l~t~llll~f.I~ ; : t"' %~l IIilll1 \t~\f.~l~ : 0 lilllI ::::::;::::::::::::::: ..~ Jm~f1;f:~ .':~':':'.'.' . .*~:.::;-:::.:::::{ ........... 0: ..1 UNACCEPTABLE INFILL OF MF Unacceptable Inf111 of Mulfl-Famlly structures does not conform to articulatIon and scale of adjacent single family structures. . ACCEPTABLE INFILL OF MF Appropriate Inf/II of Mulfl-Fam/ly unlts.fransltlons and conforms to archItectural artIculatIon of adjacent single famIly strucfures. II-SI 1129/90 PREUMINARYDRAFr RESIDENTIAL DISTF.lICTS. 19.04 19.04.060 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS All uses shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Chapters: 1. Chapter 19.42 2. Chapter 19.30 3. Chapter 19.22 4. Chapter 19.20 5. Chapter 19.18 6. Chapter 19.40 7. Chapter 19.16 8. Chapter 19.32 9. Chapter 19.38 Conditional Use Permits Home Occupation Permits Landscaping Standards Off-Street Loading Standards Off-Street Parking Standards Planned Development Permits Sign Standards Temporary Use Permits Variances PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-51. 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES -19.06 CHAPTER 19.06 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS 19.06.010 PURPOSE 1. The purpose of this Chapter is to achieve the following: A. Provide appropriate commercial areas for retail and service establish- ments, neighborhood convenience and office uses required by residents of the City in a manner consistent with the General Plan. B. Provide adequate space to meet the needs of commercial development, including off-street parking and loading. C. Minimize traffic congestion and avoid the overloading of utilities. D. Protect commercial areas from excessive noise, illumination, unsightliness, odor, smoke, and other objectionable influences. E. Promote high standards of site planning, and landscape design for commercial and office developments within the City. F. Provide employment opportunities for existing and future residents of the City and those of adjacent communities. G. Provide for land uses which meet the needs of and attract regional populations, in addition to local residents. H. Ensure compatibility with adjacent land uses. 2. The purpose of the individual commercial land use districts are as follows: A. CN (NEIGHBORHOOD COMMERCIAL) DISTRICT This district is intended to provide for the continued use, expansion, and new development of small scale, low-intensity neighborhood commercial uses which serve and are in proximity to residential neighborhoods throughout the City. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-5~ 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES - , 9.06 B. CQ-1 (COMMERCIAL OFFICE) DISTRICT This district is intended to provide for the continued use, expansion, and new development of administrative and professional offices, hospitals, and supporting retail uses in proximity to major transportation corridors and ensure their compatibility with adjacent residential and commercial uses. Additionally, this district permits a maximum density of 54 units per gross acre for senior citizen and senior congregate care housing. C. CO-2 (COMMERCIAL OFFICE-CONVERSION) DISTRICT This district is intended to promote the conversion, rather than the demoli- tion of existing residential structures where feasible, in designated areas for low-intensity administrative and professional offices. Additionally, this district permits a maximum density of 54 units per gross acre for senior citizen and senior congregate care housing. D. CG-1 (COMMERCIAL GENERAL) DISTRICT This district is intended to provide for the continued use, enhancement, and new development of retail, personal service, entertainment, office and related commercial uses along major transportation corridors and intersec- tions to serve the needs of the residents; reinforcing existing commercial corridors and centers and establishing new locations as residential growth occurs. E. CG-2 (COMMERCIAL GENERAl-BASElINE/MT. VERNON) DISTRICT. This district is intended to enhance the economic activity of the Baseline Street and Mount Vernon Avenue, and other appropriate commercial cor- ridors; infilling and intensifying existing development, establishing new key activity centers and nodes, allowing for the development of medium and medium high residential density as alternative uses. The residential development shall have a minimum contiguous area of 1 gross acre with a density of 4.6 to 14 units per gross acre along Mount Vernon Avenue and Baseline Street and other designated locations west of 1-215 and 14.1 to 24 units per gross acre along Base Line Street and other designated locations east of 1-215. Additionally, a bonus density of 50% for the development of senior citizen and senior congregate care housing shall be permitted, subject to the approval of a Conditional Use Permit. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-51 , /29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES - 19.06 F. CG-3 (COMMERCIAL GENERAL-UNIVERSITY VILLAGE) DISTRICT This district provides for the development of properties adjacent to Califor- nia State University at San Bernardino along North Park Boulevard, Ken- dall Drive, and University Parkway for commercial and personal service uses to meet the needs of students, faculty, and visitors. G. CG-4 (COMMERCIAL GENERAL-THEME CENTER[S]) DISTRICT This district is intended to promote the upgrading and enhancement of Mount Vernon Avenue, between 4th and 8th Streets, by establishing an ethnic-themed specialty commercial center, including retail, restaurant, entertainment, gift shops and similar uses. Additionally, this district shall facilitate the reuse of the railroad depot and adjacent properties for retaiVspecialty commercial and similar uses. H. CR-1 (COMMERCIAL REGIONAL-MALLS) DISTRICT This district is intended to maintain and enhance Central City and Inland Center Malls and adjacent properties as the principal region-serving retail centers of the City. I. CR-2 (COMMERCIAL REGIONAL-DOWNTOWN) DISTRICT This district is intended to permit a diversity of regional-serving uses in the Downtown area including local, county, and state governmental/ad- ministrative, professional offices, culturaVhistoricaland entertainment, con- vention facilities, hotels/motels, financial establishments, restaurants, sup- porting retail and services, educational institutions, public open spaces, and residential and senior citizen housing. Development of sites exclusive- ly for residential uses shall have a minimum contiguous area of 1 gross acre, with a maximum density of 54 units per gross acre. Senior citizen and senior congregate care housing shall permit a maximum density of 150 units per gross acre, subject to the approval of a Conditional Use Per- mit. J. CR-3 (COMMERCIAL REGIONAL-TRI-CITY/CLUB) DISTRICT This district is intended to permit a diversity of regional-serving uses in- cluding corporate and professional offices, retail commercial, entertain- ment (theaters, nightclubs, etc.), financial establishments, restaurants (ex- cluding drive-throughs in the Tri-City/Commercecenter area only), hotels/motels, warehouse/promotional retail, supporting retail and ser- vices, and similar uses. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1105'S 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES - 19.06 K. CH (COMMERCIAL HEAVY) DISTRICT This district is intended to accommodate automobile and truck sales and repair facilities, lumberyards, and related hardware sales, plant nurseries, light industrial manufacturing and storage facilities, and similar uses requir- ing extensive or indoor space for their sales, service, and/or storage, ex- cluding neighborhood commercial uses. L. OIP (OFFICE INDUSTRIAL PARK) DISTRICT This district is intended to establish the Waterman Avenue corridor and other appropriate areas as distinctive office industrial parks and corporate centers serving City and regional needs. 19.06.020 PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PERMITTED AND CONDITIONAllY PERMITTED USES: The following list represents those uses in the commercial/industrial land use districts which are subject to a Planned Development Permit (D) or Conditional Use Permit (C): See Table 06.01. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II.S"~ 1/29/90 UJ 0 0 0 0 0 0 ::c 0 0 ...J 0 0 a.. ::c 0 0 0 (") , en a: I- 0 a: I- ~en Ow ...I en <:;:) ....~O ol-W . en 1= :8:;:)- wO:E ...I~a: CDOW 0 <tZll. I-<U- ...10 0 <I- -en 0- a:...I W :E :E 0 0 1/29/90 6 ~ CIl 0.0. -0 ea ~ ~ () ::I. ==c ::I 0 ()o_ ''::: t5 Ol::l <(-0 c.. Ql () X Ql QlQleaCll ::;o:!: E.!!? CIl - c::---- "5oseao () 'u 0- - "t:; t5 "0 ~-g Ol::lCo.Ql <(-oeaCll_ ~ ::I CIl ==C]) ::I () ()o_ oc ~ 0lC]) <(CIl "'" , () eo o.Ui ~ o C\J o <( r-- o A CIl Ql () 02: C]) CIl ~ ea c oc C]) - ~ "'" r-- o ~ - CIl C]) ~ o u.. Ol C -"::'0) C C ::10_ .co. -a. Olea c~ :c; .!!l c u..ea cx:i o Ol o i c:i Ol c .2 oE ea - C]) :::2 Ol c 02 oE rn o o CIl ea c 010 "0'';:: c () ea ~ - - 0- x Oc]) o ~ C\J ~ (") ~ LlJ () Cl Cl J: Cl Cl Cl () Cl Cl Cl d Cl Cl () Cl () Cl c.. Cl Cl Cl Cl 1/29/90 .!. - Ol a. :J CIl 0- ~ "Or: Q) e: 0 - Ole:U.!!? 0- == ~ _!: 0 Cii CIl III c:O-c:- -- e: CIl -- Ql ::i:-c:EE.2 ..t ~ e: _2 III - ~ ~ "C Q) CIle:"O C: c: ca"S OCllIll.c "Ol~ '!oJ I 0 Q) Ole:...., > c: 0 U._ .- := as co 32u,:::~ -- 2 e: CIl :J_oa. co III uo cj LI'i ~ , u ~ 20 -- IIlU e: Ol o ~ uE >.0 > u Ol' CIl5 z; c.o ~ o e:CIl 0"0 ~ U~o :J-- .=as~ ~.o .= OClle: ()o.o III U r-: ~ B <Ii - U :J "0 0 ~ Ol o.e: ~ III "0 -- III CIl~ U CIl III U ~ -.- ~ Ol :J _u.o "00. e:_ "0 o :J Ol 0 "0"0_ 320l ~ c:eEC5 "OCIl a. e: E 0 -E III Olo.O:=1Il Olo. 8 u ~ ~ .::.s .~ ~ :J ca..c: Q)(/) a; "OCIl Ol -';;-0 Ou .c >< 0 Q.U)"C"C_ a.'- Ctl ' o >< ~ ~c. e: e: U-Ql <:;;:::EOl Cl 0 ~ N M C\l C\l C\l C\l LU Cl :I: Cl Cl Cl Cl () () Cl Cl Cl :::! Cl Cl Cl Cl () () Cl () a. Cl 0 Cl :I: Cl Cl () Cl '" Cl , a: () (\J Cl , a: () ~ , Cl a: () .r . Cl Cl Cl ~ 0 Cl () (\J , 0 Cl () ~ , 1/29/90 "0 0- 00. :i: ~ "OX e: Cll ca ....J!!a> Cll 0 ~ .o:::::J.3 E "0 'c :J 0 ~ -I a..2 "0 e: ca f!! .a~ .2 :5 ~- :J X u.; "0 .~ ca "0 e:U) ca- ~u Cll :J 0."0 cae a. 0. -.i (\J .n (\J <0 (\J 0> e: ;: e: U)'e: I .~ C- .c .=_ :J"OU)ca 0. e: :J '(3 _ ctI "0 .... o>.e:Cll e: 0>'- E ;c"C e:'- Cll E .- .r:._ 0 ~U)- a.=ca() r-: (\J Cl "OU) e:o ca :J U)"O cae .2 0. E"O CllCll .r: = ()ca .n l' (\J <Xi (\J c , .~ "0 -Cll ~ro E f!! U) :J Cll Q) "'C .~ - e: - o _ U) ~ 'u :J - 0>"0 Cll e: e: a.._ ._ Ol C\I 'U) 00 U).- 'E ~ "Oc.. e: U) ca :J ~ 0 CllCll De: Dca :J_ a:Cii o '" c.. Cllo> ~ e: CllE U).!!l t5.s :J- "0"0"0 e:0e: ca~ca ~o. Cll~o> .r:~.~ 'Ctt_C Cll ca e: ...J~g ~ '" U) t:U).9 O-U) .O!5Cll ~"O"O.o -e:0U) o ca ~ ca . 0.- Cll' 0. e: U) Cll Cll ocn-u _ctS~x (J) 0> 0 Cll C\I '" llJ :c () () () Cl () -() Cl == () Cl () Cl a.. \ Cl Cl 0 :c Cl Cl () d: C\J , a: () ~ . a: () '<t , C\J o () ~ , z () (I) , U " :;::: (I) as - .... , 0 (I) as E_ (I) as C6"O c: " "as" :; I:: I:: _ as (I) Effio I:: I:: U I:: - a. 0 as uu.<:: - as_ as-I:: as!!l E += .. 00"':2'; U (I) " ~1ii E as- Ol" OlE a. g.1ii (I) E (I) ~ .... I:: oU"EC: E 1:: I:: ~Q)'t:Q) 1ii (I) -- (I) (I) (I) 8 (I) 1::1::1:: as ;:-'" (I) (I) (I) 0(1) .~ co: .- Q) lo... "C U ~-;:: as I:: 0 E -I:: :;E I::-EI:: E I:: 8(1) 00. o.E ::I -=EOlI::--O as- U -- a. --- 0.0. (I) (l)Ole2oas{gu E ~ "I:: .r:. (/'J a. (1).<:: _lo...a.a. a. a. .c U 1::-5 ::I U E-- U CI)-- E (1)-- 1::-- co:c:- ..... " as 0::1 (I) ::I U::I as ::I Q)o-c-o-o"O -- " asasasc- -;:C"OXCT NO(l).<::asOI:: .... I:: I:: E ()g- .... c- a.. __ u..E';(I) llJO(l)U(I)(I) 1-(1) ::i: ~ U _!: a. _~ Ol as '" Lli I- <0 r..: <Xi '<t Lt) C') C') C') C') C') C') C') 1/29/90 D , I'1Q Ian UJ Cl Cl () () ::c Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl () () () == Cl Cl Cl Cl () () a. Cl Cl () Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl () () () Cl Cl () C\J Cl Cl () , a:: () ~ , Cl Cl () () a:: c: Cl Cl () <ll () a. () () Cl Cl () () Cl Cl () () () () () () Z () () () OOOl ::J c: O.t: Q) ::J 00 I::UQ) <ll <ll .- =-... Q)::)U) U c: ::J .!a <ll "0 ::2 E.!: Ol - E E ::J Q) (5 c: ::J <0 Ol Ol M Q) Ol ~ o - 00 c: ~ III C\J C\J ~ ..0 ~ oo2l Q).- 1ii C: -Q) en en "0- Q)<ll .'!:: en c: 0 ;:,a. >- .0 c: o ~ t:: o a. 00 c: <ll ~ ~ .- I-<ll Ol c: c:'Ci) -O::J .c._ 0 Ol-.c ._ <ll Q) e:?t ... -O<ll ~o.3: 000 -c:"O o <ll c: ::2';:<ll "0, IC~... .o<llOlQ)c: ~_.-cnO U) 'Ci) ~ C ,- "Occ~ca c:~<lloot:: <ll--E<ll0 <llC:2o.g. 8~$ ~lij ....J ~.;: ~ .=, , 00 c: ~ - "oc: <ll.2 eca =t:: <ll 0 a:: a. Ol M o ~ - ~ C\J ~ M ~ UJ E - a. Q) U x Q) 00 . <ll ooOl Q) .!: <ll - ~ Q) ::J 0.- .- <ll a. c: to ~ 1/29/90 lJ.J :c Cl Cl ::::! C- O :c Cl ci: () ('IJ ci: () ~ ci: ('IJ o () ~ , ~ c o ~ t:: 000 Q.Q) ooU c.- Ol 2: .... Q) 1-00 r-..: ~ -t:: 00 -Q. Coo Q) C E l!! Q)- Cl.... C Q) l!!Cl .... C <(Q) 00 ('IJoo I'- Ol ~Q. Cl Cl Cl Cl () Cl Cl () Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl () Cl Cl Cl () Cl () Cl () Cl () Cl Cl () Cl 00 C o :;::; Ol U .c :J E E o () "000 C Q) Ol.2 00 2: OlQ) Cloo cS2:- .C Ol t5 :~ Q) C -Ol lJ.Joo a:i ~ ol ~ () () 00 E Q) - 00 >. 00 Q) 00 :J - Q) c: <( C') ol ~ Cl Cl Cl , Q) ioo ...."0 -0 Q)O OlCl OOQ) Q)- _.0 o <1l J::.... ~-5 J:: ~ u.: o Ll) F () () () () O~ _ Cl :J C <1l= "O~ Q)U OOQ) =>..=. Ll)OO ~t:: OOl Ll)Q. () () Q) lij' > 1ii 00 ~Q) c- :J Ol """)00 C')~ olO oJ:: Ll):;: Cl Cl Cl 00 '"0 Q)o io ....Cl -Q) Q)- -.0 ~~ Q):J -"0 o C J::o ~C ~ Ll) Cl Cl Cl Cl ; , - ....Q)>. Q)....- CiiccQ. E:;:Q. "O:J Cl....oo C Ol C .- ~ Q} "0 -"0 .- CJ) 10,;;., :J - Ol CD .~ Cl ~ ('IJ Ll) () () () () Q) E o J:: Q) :is o ""~ ""Q) 1'-- ('IJ Ll) UJ J: Q Q == Q Q 0 0 0.. 0 0 Q 0 . ~ Q 0 0 0 Q 0 0 0 Q Q 0 0 0 ~ . 0 Q 0 0 a: Q '<t , 0 Q 0 Q Q 0 0 Q C) Q 0 Q Q 0 0 Q 0 Q 0 Q Q 0 0 0 Q 0 Q 0 Q Q Q 0 0 0 Q C\J 0 , 0 Q ~ , 0 Q Q Q Q 0 1/29/90 , C al .c E CDlJl E ~ -0 ~- CDlJl CCD CDlJl C)'O CD o .~ CD lJllJl CDC C .Q =1U 0_ lJl lJl al C) '<t ll) ll) lJl CD .... o "Ow :ij~ -0 CD lJl .... lJl alCD 0.0 0.0 <(al CD o C CD C 's; C o QlJl ~CD ~.... '<to ll)W lJl 0. o - lJl ~ o :J .... I- <( '<t ll) ll) .!!l Cii E , '2 ~ <( 0> C') ll) lJl ~ o - lJl "0 o o u. CD > "" OlJl E .... 0.!!1 _al :J CD <("0 C') ll) '<t ll) <0 ll) ll) ll) G lJl -"0 CD CDC.... .... _ 0 :J'"- _ .lJl .- lJl E 0) C :JCCD -:CE CDlJlo. E'-'- o C :J ....:;0" ......_CD lJl CD l;l a. e> C ~ UJ C\J ~ co ll) ci :J , CD .~ lJl .... :J 0.... <(~ C\JCD ~ > ex) .~ ll)"O lJl CD o "Oal co. ale> CD.S C~ ~c: al'c UJ"O r-: ll) co ll) 1/29/90 LlJ J: :::! a. C") ci: u (\J ci: C") , o u (\J 6 u ~ 6 C1l CJ) u Ol a. Cl e :i: e .;:: 00 C")..c: ~o <Xl.2 ll)Ol u u o u o u o u o u o u o C1l ::J o CD e Ol Qi- u.- C1l Ol ~~ Ol ll) >< <-1 u ----"...------ -------- u uooooo 000 0000 uooooo 000 0000 uooooo 000 0000 uooooo 000 0000 uooooo 000 0000 uooooo 000 0000 o 00 0000 o 00 0000 o 00000 000 0000 C1l ~ C1l C1l :0 >- Ol ........ 0 a... C) C1l 4::: CDC1lCD C1l" C1l -:Sue C1lQ)O Q) -CI)(tS".::ca __ ....0 E >'-Q).o~ - ~OCl j?:-Ol =.!!!:::>OlO e 0.....0 .....0) Q)c:o>::::::.... o.l!! _C1l '"__Ol> ClClQ. C1l C1l....e_C1le~....oCD u- O-CD >Ole,,-uC1lOl ClOt~-~Ee::JCl-~!Ol~~ 2 5-8.8lii.g OlE 0 Cl~ tTO~ CD a. 0::iCl)CDCI)J:U0C1l.3C1)::iu.~ZO (\J~~(\JC")ll)COI'- <Xl0l'<t(\JC")'<tll) ~(\J'<t'<t'<t'<t'<t'<t '<t'<ttOOlOlOlOl 0l0l0l0l0l0l0l0l 0l0l0l0l0l0l0l ll)ll)ll)ll)ll)ll)ll)ll) ll)ll)ll)ll)ll)ll)ll) H J: o o o o o o o o o o () - '5 ~ u j?:-C1l o e _0 -ii) +:0 o.;:l Q.; CDC1l o .!: o co o o o o o o o o o o () j?:- ,g :, "Ci) .-:: oUi Q.e CD'- "'O.~ (/) e" o ~ g 20; ~ co . of' " " I' ,,~ ~) ~ .~ >- c o o ~ ...:. - o ..c: - ::J o CI) . 1/29/90 UJ o o N , II: () o ~ d::. () o o o o o o o E Cn(/) ouiSQ) CJ lo... """ CJ "0 Q) .c .- C -'" ~ C: caea>Q) >..0 . Vl _ Vl"o oc >. "- c: =,.~ Q) co u"o <1l Q)OQ)Vl UlE"oQ) N <0 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o ~ Q) .C ~ <1l u Q) u C ~ :;j Vl E ui - C Q) Ol"O <1l C Q) <1l u . C ~ Q) ~ 0).2 :;j -'" 2: cneQ> E.oVl '" <0 "'" <0 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Q) rn Vi Q) <1l Q) II: ~ Vl Q) Q) .cu 5:5 "00 c- <1l~ OlE c_ "- Vl "OQ) 0> J: .S Lri <0 r-..: <0 I o o I "0 C <1l Ol . C Vl .- a. Ol E E c o <1l.- OUOl ... ."0 . Vl 0 VlQ)-Vl Ci)cn....Q) _::JQ)CJ 00.c<1l J:.coc.. o I'- () () () () () () () -- Vl Vl ~ Q) <1la .a..c .!!!~>a.Vl $ .... a:.- Q) o"OO/l.c-.;::; ::E c . ~ <1l rn CO ~Z E E8.~~~ J:Ul-;:2- ~ ~ ~'" "'" 00 0 1'-1'- I'- .0 o o o o () o () o o o o o Vl Q) u "2: Q) Vl <1l c o ~ Q) a.. C\i I'- , 1/29/90 LU :c ...J c.. :c a C"l r:i: a N r:i: ~ r:i: a ~ o a C"l 6 a ~ 6 a z a a o o o a o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 00 Ql U .~ Ql 00 00 00 Ql c: '(jj ~ a:l 00 - - Ql o Ql E.._E .QC c>" C. ::J .... c: .~ cu 0' ~ '(jj"":it Ql 0 <ll8l<ll ca u Olea- UQl>.Ciiciug :;:I (/) > E'- Q)"O -caCU :J...._ Q>Q)Q)2?C-Q):J ::i:",,:c .LU..c:O - C. :it N<llC"l._"l'QlOl L()'El.():JIJ')(/)CO f2 ~f2 gf2(j)f2 c<:i I'- a a a a c> c: -:52 c>~ c: <ll = c. .2!" c: c: <ll<ll E . 0000 .- Ql "u ~.~ .- Ql 000 E.!:: o <ll -co ~ Ql <~ LO I'- a o oa oaaaa a o a oaaaa a o o o o o o o o ao a o aaa ao a o aaa o o o <ll - i5.. c: E!? Ql C"l ~~ (/) ()O) (ij'~ ~ ~ ~ 0- >. Q)Q) ~Q;.~ "O_.S:? Q) c: c> c: ._..c: C: (/) ~c: += o):J~~Q) 0) Ql ~ c:oQl:it<ll c: t58l .'Ii ~C.E~~o (j) 2 ca ~> co _ .9 co '5 - I-c..'(jja:_c..< ~a< ~ ffi C"l"l' <ll0l <ll~~<NOl'ffi E ,....,...Q>.,....'EC\JC\J(")V'lCtQ,(I) LO LO ~ LO Ql LO LO LO LO LO Ql '0- I'-I'-.....I'-~I'-I'-I'-I'-I'-~ J o o o o 00 00 ~ Ql 0.2 Ql 2: c: Ql <ll 00 Q) .~ U <ll .!!? c. ::i: ~ <0 I'- o o o o o o o o e::. Ql :it .~ C) - c: .r:::. _._ U'- " _<ll_ <ll C. Ql 3:~3: ~~N C"lUOl <0.2<0 I'-UI'- 1/29/90 UJ ::c ....J c.. ::c () C') r:i: () C\J r:i: () ~ r:i: ~ , o () c c c C() C() C() C() C() C() c C() c tJJ 0) .... :J - tJ "c.. C o ".;::; o :2 0) a. III - o 0) 0) .5O "0 0 5tJJ:2 ~1llC\J -o:t-C') ex:>cex:> r---2?r--. cx:i r-. l!? 0) m 0) .s:: - o ~ "OtJJ C 0) 1ll.2 - ~ c 0) 0) tJJ E c 0) 0 tJJ.- :J- E ~ <(t; OJ r-. c () C()()C()~ c () C()()C()~ c () C() C()~ c () c C()~ c C()~ () c C()()C()~ () c C()()C()~ c ul .... o >Ow o. '5 ~t:o.gci :J llloo-E - c.."'O::JQ) tJJ tJJ III OlctJJ..!:OF 0_Q) () 1;lotJ :s =Eddd Ci-a1ij ~~~E.!!l~~ <(tJC..!!!.s::tJlJ:lo:2..:;..:; ~lll~g~:JC')()<(lJ:l() T"""QT'"""CN-g(",)"'d"mmm ~ .s~ 1;l ~ a~ ~ ~ ~ ~ K ~ ~ ~ C C () () C C () () C () C () ()() C ()() ()() tJJ 0) tJ .~ 0) tJJ .s:: - III 0) ::c ~ OlE 2~ ~ "Olll->< - a. c 0) O/S-lll .x_ _::J..c ""llltJJOO - .r=. -"'0 OltJlllo_o .=ca"aUcQ l!?ctJJ<(~lJ:l :Jgo<(_<( Z",::CC')lllOJ LO~tOOJ~OJ o 00-0 ex:> ex:>ex:> ex:> o ex:> C\J C') OJ ~ c o U 0) (j) .... 0) a. ""'=' E .... 0) c.. 0) tJJ => >- .... ~ o a. E ~ tJJ 0) .... :J c- O) a: . LlJ :c -l C) C) c.. Cl C) Cl C) C) Cl Cl Cl Cl C) Cl C) C) Cl Cl Cl Cl N Cl C) Cl C)C) C) Cl Cl Cl Cl r:i: C) ~ C) Cl , Cl Cl a:: C) '<t , Cl Cl Cl C) Cl CJ C) Cl Cl C) Cl C)C) Cl C) N , Cl C) Cl C)C) C) Cl Cl C)C) Cl Cl CJ C) Cl ~ Cl , Cl C) Cl C)C) C) Cl C)C) CJ C) N Cl Cl C) C) Cl C) Cl Cl , C) ~ , Cl Cl C) C) Cl C) Cl Cl 0 C) Z ~ C) C) ~ ~ l!! , ~ C Qi III 0 C al .s::: <.> 0 III 0 E rn >- 0 ~ rn . ~ al rn - N rn .~ as <<i o 0> rn al c,rn "c t::"O"OC 0 .E -=:;:: (/J l!!lll rn al al ::J <.> <.> ..... al ..... ::J lllccal a. o - c ::J - C 0 .~ III .~ al<.> III E - III III 'E :E .... (/) Q) 0 g>oilll"O al c E.- <.> rn _ _ III o .!!! :2 .0, .C c E al 0 al LlJ~>-rnErn ~ c al rn Ernlllo> cnca(/)= Q) 0';:; .. C5 en .!!1 rn rn ~a rn <rnlllalOal ::J .!!! .2 (jj alrn <cl!!al alc.s:::Qial al (jj .oc Qi <.:J III <.:J.- Cl .- C) .- Q) Co c:: 0 E.Q ..... , a:: .~ 5 ~ .....Q .0 C\J- .~ .":: ::;;:~C:tO U ";:; 0> ::J~ N .!!! L!) = (0 = rn _ lll._ g><.:Jlll"O~ ~--C>> al(ij (f) al "Oal 0 ",-",<.:J",<.:J :ElllOo (0 III 0(0 <.:JalCal :a: -l LlJrn C/) c:o~co$aJ$ 0>.0_ :E .~ co .:: .:..CO LlJlllrnlllrn o. ~ N '" ..t (0 r-: 0> ex) ex) ex) ex) ex) ex) ex) 1/29/90 L 1/29/90 LJ..I J: ...J 0.. o J: () '" ci: () N ci: () ~ ci: '<t , o () '" 6 () N 6 () o o o o , III 0 '0, E a> a>- >a. "' 1:1 0 a>C) --Ol > ~ )( "';: co: ctS Q) Q) ~cD"- -CJ U>Q)'EC:: a>._ c: a> ctl X-Q) c:: LJ..I ctl Ol E :;::: -, ~ en o o o o :>, - . a> C)_ =ctl .elll :J1:I a.c: <Jictl C).: +=<1> ~"E -,0 N en o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o a> .~ c: o.Q 0..(3 ~ a> N- N e en a. o o o o , c: o <JiE C)1:I C:C::>, :g ~.~ o;::co C).Q a. =11i~ .e)(ctl :Jctl_ o.._a> '" en M o o o o o o o - oa> c: e o :J 1;;....- g _a> III III .... E :s ~ e EEOl "'O::Je <( ..c: a. -.i en o o o o o o o o III :J c: - 0 o!9.cUJ - c: E ctla>1:Ictl -=EC"- lIlc:ctlOl 'c 0 >. e .- "-.~ a. E'- - 1:1 > ctlOl c: :J c: <( a> 0"._ - o LO en o o o o o III E oe c:Ol o e :a a. .... C) .-m 'E c: 0 .- c: Eo 1:IC) <(a> CD en o o o o :>,- _ctl "C: c: :JO 0; a> ctl III c: - .... ctla> C:ccn 0,- "- :;;"0 "cu cae=:: 2ctlctl "- en 1/29/90 LlJ :c -l a.. C\J ci: o ~ ci: o ~ o o z o ~ ~ o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o ...: CD - C CD a> 11l c c CD CQ)ctS <_0 [0=1: OCDCD orn> ~oo~ - :; "0 < < o o ~ o o c o ~~ C.- :0= E.e o CD og o~ 0'- o~ ~ ~ CD 00 :::lOO , - "OC CD CD .~ E ~a. o OQi 0> OCD ~"O o N o >- Ui :::l o .:;; CD ~ a. 00 CD 00 :::l CD 00 o .<:; - .<:; - .~ o ~ l!l 'E 'in CD .c o - "0 c -= >- 11l . ER ~O gN 00 ~oi C5~ CD 0 .r:::.; -0 -CD jgCl) -0 00- CD- 00 C :::l 11l .<:;:::l o e? :::l :::l 00 a. ~ . CD "0 .<:;CD o.~ u. o o ~ o o Cl c 'in :::l o .<:; ~ o '2 CD CI) LlJ o o ~ ci c.o o ..t o Ol ~ c o .... o CD CI) .<:; - .~ CD o c 11l "E o o al c "0 CD - :0 E e a. ~ 11l CD > o .c 11l "0 CD - .!!? ~ 11l o -= '0 CD a. 00 - o c 00 CD 00 ::::> LlJ I- o Z COMMERCIAL ZONES. 19.06 19.06.030 LAND USE DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 1. GENERAL STANDARDS A. The following standards are minimum unless stated as maximum: See Table 06.02. B. COMMERCIAL LAND USE DISTRICT STANDARDS The following standards shall apply to development in all commercial dis- tricts, except as otherwise provided for in this Code: 1. All uses shall be conducted within a completely enclosed structure. Limited outside uses (e.g. patio dining areas and nurs- ery sales limited to plants and trees) shall be approved with a Planned Development Permit. 2. There shall be no visible storage of motor vehicles, trailers, airplanes, boats, recreational vehicles, or their composite parts; loose rubbish, garbage, junk, or their receptacles; tents; equip- ment; or building materials in any portion of a lot. No storage shall occur on any vacant parcel. Building materials for use on the same premises may be stored on the parcel during the time that a valid building permit is in effect for construction. 3. Every parcel with a structure shall have a trash receptacle on the premises. The trash receptacle shall comply with Public Works Standard No. 508 and be of sufficient size to accommodate the trash generated. The receptacle(s) shall be screened from public view on at least 3 sides by a solid wall 6 feet in height and on the fourth side by a solid gate not less than 5 feet in height. The gate shall be maintained in working order and shall remain closed ex- cept when in use. The wall and gate shall be architecturally com- patible with the surrounding structures. 4. All roof-mounted air conditioning or heating equipment, vents or ducts shall not be visible from any abutting lot, or any public street or right-of-way. This shall be accomplished through the extension of the main structure or roof or screened in a manner which is ar- chitecturally integrated with the main structure(s). 5. Elevations of all structures shall be architecturally treated to ensure compatibility with all neighboring structures. 6. An intensity bonus of up to 12 square feet for each 1 square foot of permanent space for properly designed and administered day care facilities may be approved by the review authority. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11.57 1/29/90 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 0 0 LO ~ 0 N ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 0 q 0 0 0 0 LO LO 0 "- ~ ~ 0 -' 0 0 LO 0 0 0 LO lIlN 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ "- ~LO ~ . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LO ~ ~ -' . . . . . . lIlN ~LO en 0 C 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1Il N en a: 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ LO C') ~ w< ~ ZC 0 -' NOZ 0 LO 0 0 0 0 1Il0 C!Nj:! 0_ ~ ~ ~ ~ LO NC') 0 <O...Ien ~ 0<1- 0 wC3z -' 0 0 0 0 0 0 1Il0 ...Ia:w 0 a:lw:= 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ LO NC') j:!:=c. ~ :=0 0 -' 0...1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1Il 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ LO N C') ()w 0 > ~ w C 0 0 -' 0 LO 0 0 0 0 1Il0 c:: 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ LO NC') Cll ~ a.. 0 . '-' 0 -' ;;::: 0_ LO 0 0 0 0 lIlN '0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ LO ~LO CD a. ~ en 0 -' Cll 0 LO 0 0 0 0 lIlLO N ~ ~ ~ ~ LO ~N - 0 r--: 1Il c:: 0 ;: '5 ~ c:: .c 0 '-' c:: '-' Cll CD - CD Cll ~ CD .c .c ;;;: 01 - ~ .:.:. .:.:. a>;g 0 '-' '-' .:.:. .:.:.~ - 'a; <( Cll '-' '-'CD 010 CD - Cll Cll Cll"O f!!E CD :c~ U ..0 ..0 1Il CD E - - ..0 ..0 ,- 0 CD - Qi Qien CD :J CD ~ CD ~ ...J CD ~E '-' ~:J is' en en en enQi c:: :J .2E_ 0 1Il - :J - 1Il - ~ CD ~ O'x Cll '-' 0'- - en en c:: Cll CD - :J :JXCD e e CD "0 "0- _ Cll 1Il ~ ~ Cll CD US .- en O::i: i:SCi5 -::i:u. -' C) u. c: en~ ...J~ en~~ . 1Il //-5'8 1/.,.41.... COMMERCIAL ZONES. 19.06 SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MIN. LOT AREA: SQUARE FEET MAX. LOT COVERAGE: <; MIN. REAR SETBACK IF ADJACENT TO 'R'DIST. I I !/ ~,. " ~,"'--- /' .... '. / .... " .... .................. , '. / , / .... / < .... , .... "~,........ " .... MIN. SiDE............ .... .... SETBACK '! __............. .... ADJACENT TO. " .... "R"DIST. SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MIN. LOT AREA; SQUARE FEET MAX. LOT COVERAGE, .... , .... .... '. .... ""- .... .... MIN. .-.<-............ SlOE SETBACK '. ........... IF ADJACENT ""- TO 'R' D/ST. " PRELIMINARY DRAFT II- 5'1 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES. 19.06 SITE DEVelOPMENT STANDARDS MIN. LOT AREA: SQUARE FEET MAX. LOT COVERAGE: I I I I ~ .."--... '. '-.... ./' .."--... "'--- . """ . . ""'" . ."--... SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS MIN. LOT AREA: SQUARE FEET MAX. LOT COVERAGE: I I I I I ................. . .""" ./ . .' .""". """ """'.. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II- c.o 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES - 19.06 2. LAND USE DISTRICT SPECIFIC STANDARDS In addition to the general development requirements contained in Chapter 19.14 (Property Development Standards), the following standards shall apply to specific commercial land use districts: See Table 06:03. A. ADULT BUSINESSES Adult businesses are permitted, subject to a Conditional Use Permit, in the CG-1, and CH land use districts. For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions shall apply: 1. Adult Arcade. An establishment where, for any form of considera- tion, one or more motion picture projectors, slide projectors or similar machines, for viewing by 5 or fewer persons each, are used to show films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides or other photographic reproductions which are characterized by an em- phasis upon the depiction or description of "specified sexual ac- tivities" or "specified anatomical areas.. 2. Adult Bookstore. An establishment which has as a substantial portion of its stock-in-trade and offers for sale for any form of con- sideration anyone or more of the following: a. Books, magazines, periodicals or other printed matter, or photographs, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides or other visual representations which are charac- terized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of .specified sexual activities. or .specified anatomical areas"; or b. Instruments, devices or paraphernalia which are designed for use in connection with .specified sexual activities." 3. Adult Cabaret. Nightclub, bar, restaurant or similar establishment which regularly features live performances which are characterized by the exposure of "specified anatomical areas. or by "specified sexual activities," or films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides or other photographic reproductions which are characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of .specified sexual ac- tivities. or "specified anatomical areas." 4. Adult Motel. A motel or similar establishment offering public accommodations for any form of consideration which provides patrons with closed-circuit television transmissions, films motion pic- tures, video cassettes. slides or other photographic reproductions which are characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of "specified sexual activities. or .specified anatomical areas." 11-", 1/29/90 PRELIMINARY DRAFT (J) I-(J) (.)C ~ , ii:0: a: C')I-<C (.) o(J)C '<t cDCz . Cl O...Ji5 (.) W<C(J) CO) ...J- , m(.)(.) Cl 0:- (.) i5w!!:: C\l :E(.) , :EW Cl oc.. (.) (.)(J) ~ , Cl (.) a.. - u .'" - l/) '5 CD l/) ::l e "tl - '" c: .!!! 0 (.) >::: l/) CD CD .s:: III CD III '(ii ~ - 0 CD Cl CD C- - III III c: III ~ '" CD en - c: c: Cl III en a: - c: 0 0 c: III CD CD .s:: CD CD ~ += III 'w .~ c: > ~ CD Cl Cl u E CD '" c: ::l CD 'w c: ::l .!fl Cl - C- 'w c: ~.s:: - en .2 0 ::l CD :0 :0= :I: CD .s::1Il rn ~ en f!! :I: C- o 0- 'c 1-= 0 Q) '" CD 0 CD E E ffi III CD '.0 :::E - Q) u CD ~ .s:: III en u .2 :+ - 0 E ::l > CD", , .~ .~ > "3 0 c: 0 c: c: >- 'c , c: c: "5 - "tl u CD ::l.!!2 0 0 .'" III ~ 'c CD CD 0 CD -u ClUJ >. < <.- < <0 CD (.) ~ en en(.) en ....J CD c:( CD (.) ci UJ u.: Cl :I: - ..., ::.:: ...i :.::: lI-b7. 1/at1/9t! COMMERCIAL ZONES -19.06 5. Adult Motion Picture Theater. An establishment where, for any form of consideration, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides or similar photographic reproductions are shown, and in which a substantial portion of the total presentation time is devoted to the showing of material which is characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas." 6. Adult Theater. A theater, concert hall, auditorium or similar establishment which, for any form of consideration, regularly fea- tures live performances which are characterized by the exposure of "specified anatomical areas" or by "specified sexual activities." 7. Establishment of an Adult Entertainment Business. Includes any of the following: a. The opening or commencement of any such business as a new business; b. The conversion of an existing business, whether or not an adult entertainment business, to any of the adult enter- tainment businesses defined herein; c. The addition of any of the adult entertainment bus- inesses defined herein to any other existing adult entertain- ment business; or d. The relocation of any such business. 8. Massaae Parlor. An establishment where, for any form of considera- tion, massage, alcohol rub, fomentation, electric or magnetic treat- ment, or similar treatment or manipulation of the human body is ad- ministered unless such treatment or manipulation is administered by a medical practitioner, chiropractor, acupuncturist, physical therapist or similar professional person licensed by the State. This definition does not include an athletic club, health club, school, gymnasium, reducing salon, spa or similar establishment where massage or similar manipulation of the human body is offered as an incidental or accessory service. 9. Public Park. A park, playground, swimming pool, beach, pier, reservoir, golf course or athletic field within the City which is under the control, operation or management of the City, the County, or the State. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II. Co~ 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES - 19.06 10. Reliaiaus Institution. A structure which is used primarily for religious worship and related religious activities. 11. School. An institution of learning for minors, whether public or private, which offers instruction in those. courses of study required by the California Education Code or which is maintained pursuant to standards set by the State Board of Education. This definition in- cludes a nursery school, kindergarten, elementary school, junior high school, senior high school or any special institution of Educa- tion, but it does not include a vocational or professional institution of higher education, including a community or junior college, col- lege or university. 12. Sexual Encounter Establishment. An establishment, other than a hotel, motel or similar establishment offering public accommoda- tions, which, for any form of consideration, provides a place where two or more persons may congregate, associate or consort in con- nection with "specified sexual activities" or the exposure of "specified anatomical areas." This definition does not include an establishment where a medical practitioner, psychologist, psychiatrist or similar professional person licensed by the State engages in sexual therapy. 13. Soecified Anatomical Areas. Includes any of the following: a. Less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus or female breasts below a point immediately above the top of the areole: or b. Human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered. 14. Soecified Sexual Activities. Includes any of the following: a. The fondling or other erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus or female breasts; b. Sex acts, normal or perverted, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral copulation or sodomy; c. Masturbation, actual or simulated; or d. Excretory functions as part of or in connection with any of the activities set forth in subdivisions a. through c. of this subsection. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II. "'f 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES - 19.06 15. Substantial EnlarQement. The increase in floor area occupied by the business by more than 10%, as such floor area exists on the ef- fective date of this Code. The following standards shall apply to adult businesses: 1. Prohibition. It is unlawful to cause or permit the establishment or substantial enlargement of an adult arcade, adult bookstore, adult cabaret, adult motel, adult motion picture theater, adult theater, massage parlor or sexual encounter establishment within two thousand feet of another such business or within one thousand feet of any religious institution, school or public park within the City or within one thousand feet of any property designated for residential use or used for residential purposes. 2. Measurement of Distance. The distance between any 2 adult entertainment businesses shall be measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures, from the closest exterior structural wall of each business. The distance between any adult entertainment business and any religious institution, school or public park or any property designated for residential use or used for residential purposes shall be measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures, from the closest property line of the adult entertainment business to the closest property line of the religious institution, school or public park or the property desig- nated for residential use or used for residential purposes. 3. Sians. All on-site signage shall conform to Chapter 19.16. B. ALCOHOL BEVERAGE CONTROL "ABC" LICENSE A business or establishment requiring an issuance of an "ABC" license is subject to a Conditional Use Permit, and shall comply with the following standard(s), in addition to conditions imposed by the Commission: The structure subject to the "ABC' license shall not be located within 1000 feet of any religious institution, school, or public park within the City; 100 feet of any property designated for residential use or used for residential purposes; and shall not be located in such close proximity to another similar use to cause oversaturation of the neighborhood. The license ap- plication shall be reviewed by the police department prior to City approval. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-(,,5 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES. 19.06 C. AUTOMOBILE SALES Automobile sales dealerships, new and/or used, in the City must conform with the intent of this Code and shall enhance and promote the image of the City. A Planned Develop- ment Permit shall be required, and all dealerships must be constructed in the following manner: I. The minimum site area shall be 15,000 square feet. 2. Automobile sales shall be confined to an indoor showroom with a limited number of demonstration models. 3. All vehicles stored outdoors shall be completely screened from public view with a combination of landscaping, trellises and walls as appropriate. 4. All parts, accessories, etc., shall be stored within a fully enclosed structure. 5. Service and associated car storage areas shall be completely screened from public view. 6. All on-site lighting shall be stationary and directed away from adjoining properties and public rights-of-way. 7. All landscaping shall be installed and permanently maintained pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 19.22 (Landscaping Standards) 8. All on-site signage shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 19.16 (Sign Standards) 9. All loading and unloading of vehicles shall occur on-site and not in adjoining streets or alleys. 10. All vehicles associated with the business shall be parked or stored on-site and not in adjoining streets and alleys. 11. An adequate on-site queuing area for service customers shall be provided. Required parking spaces may not may not be counted as queuing spaces. 12. No vehicle service or repair work shall occur except within a fully enclosed structure. Service bays with individual access from the exterior of the structure shall not directly face or front on a public right-of-way. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II. "" 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES -19.06 13. Off-street parking requirements shall be established during project review to adequately accommodate all on-site uses includ- ing showroom, office, parts and service areas, as well as employee and customer parking. D. AUTOMOBILE REPAIR AND DISMANTLING Automobile repair and dismantling establishments are subject to a Planned Development Permit review and shall be constructed in the fol- lowing manner: 1. The minimum site area shall be 15,000 square feet. 2. The site shall be entirely paved, except for structures and land- scaping, so that vehicles are not parked in a dirt or otherwise not fully improved area. 3. All landscaping shall be installed and permanently maintained pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 19.22 (Landscaping Stan- dards). 4. All stored, damaged, or wrecked vehicles shall be effectively screened so as not to be visible from adjoining properties or public rights-of-. way. 5. Service access shall be located at the rear or side of structure(s) and as far as possible from adjoining residential uses. 6. Repair activities and vehicle loading and unloading shall be prohibited on adjoining streets and alleys. 7. Service bays with individual access from the exterior of the structure shall not face the public right-of-way. 8. All trash shall be deposited in the designated trash area which shall be screened from public view. The gate of the trash area shall be maintained in good working order and shall remain closed except when in use. The trash receptacle(s) shall comply with Public Works Standard No. 508 and be of sufficient size to accom- modate the trash generated. 9. All on-site lighting shall be stationary and directed away from adjoining properties and public rights-of-way. 10. All on-site signage shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 19.16 (Sign Standards). PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-'7 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES - 19.06 11. All repair activities and operations shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed structure. Outdoor hoists shall be prohibited. 12. All repair facilities shall close all windows when performing body and fender work, hammering, sanding or other noise-generating ac- tivity. Exterior noise shall not exceed 65 dBA at the property line. 13. All on-site parking shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 19.18 (Off-Street Parking Standards). A specific parking plan shall be developed as part of the permit review process. 14. No work shall be performed on vehicles between the hours of 8:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. Monday thru Saturday; no work shall be performed on Sundays. 15. The premises shall be kept in a neat and orderly condition at all times. 16. All used or discarded automotive parts or equipment or permanently disabled, junked or dismantled vehicles shall be per- manently screened from public view. 17. All hazardous materials resulting from the repair or dismantling operation shall be properly stored and removed from the premises in a timely manner. Storage, use and removal of toxic substances, solid waste pollution, and flammable liquids, particularly gasoline, paints. solvents and thinners, shall conform to all applicable federal, state and local regulations prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. E. BONUS HEIGHT Proposed structures within the CR-2 land use district shall have a maxi- mum height limit of 100 feet. This section provides a special incentive to increase the maximum allowable height limit up to 150 feet through a program which encourages such additional amenities as deemed desirable by the Commission. These amenities may include, but not limited to. the following: 1. Mixed Use Developments (I.e., residential above commercial office and retail uses, restaurants, theaters, etc.); 2. Enhanced pedestrian activities; 3. Improved signage and additional landscaping; PRELIMINARY DRAFT II- "B 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES. 19.06 4. Additional parking; 5. Ground level and second floor plazas; 6. Outdoor cafes; 7. Artistic sculptures and aquatic amenities; and 8. Day care facilities. F. CONVENIENCE STORES The retail sales of groceries, staples, sundry items and/or alcoholic beverages within structures of less than 5000 square feet of gross floor area are subject to a Planned Development Permit review, and shall be constructed and operated in the following manner: 1. The minimum site area shall be 10,000 square feet. 2. The site shall have direct frontage along a major or secondary street. The site shall not have direct access on a local residential street. 3. One access drive may be permitted for each street frontage. The design and location of the access drive(s) shall be subject to the approval of the Director. 4. No convenience store shall be located less than 1000 feet from an existing or previously approved convenience store, or an exist- ing elementary, junior high school, or high school, as measured from one property line to another. 5. All on-site lighting shall be energy efficient, stationary and directed away from adjoining properties and public rights-of-way. 6. All on-site signage shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 19.16 (Sign Standards). 7. All landscaping shall be installed and permanently maintained pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 19.22 (Landscaping Stan- dards). 8. All on-site parking shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 19.18 (Off-Street Parking Standards). A specific parking plan shall be developed as part of the permit review process. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-cD'! 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL 2:0NES - 19.06 9. The premises shall be kept in a neat and orderly condition at all times. 10. All trash shall be deposited in the designated trash area which shall be screened from public view on at least 3 sides by a solid wall 6 feet in height and on the fourth side by a solid gate not less than 5 feet in height. The gate shall be maintained in good working order and shall remain closed except when in use. The trash recep- tacle(s) shall comply with Public Works Standard No. 508 and be of sufficient size to accommodate the trash generated. 11. If on-site dispensing of automotive fuels is provided, the design, location and operaUon of these facilities shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 19.06.030 (K) (Service Station Standards). Additionally, the cashier location shall provide direct visual access to the pump islands and the vehicles parked adjacent to the islands. 12. A bicycle rack design to accommodate a minimum of 6 bicycles shall be installed in a convenient location visible from the inside of the store. 13. Each convenience store shall provide 2 public restrooms located within the store; 1 for men and 1 for women. 14. Public pay telephones provided on-site shall not be set up for incoming calls. Public telephones shall be featured with call out service only. 15. On-site video games may not be installed or operated on the premises. 16. A convenience store adjacent to any residentially designated district shall have a 6 foot high decorative masonry wall along property lines adjacent to such districts. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11.70 1/29/90 G. DRIVE-THRU ESTABLISHMENTS COMMERCIAL Z,ONES -19.06 This section contains standards for drive-thru establishments as well as prohibition of same in specified land use districts. 1. Establishments providing drive-thru facilities shall not be permitted in the CN, CR-2 or CR-3 (north of 1-10) land use districts. 2. Pedestrian walkways should not intersect the drive-thru drive aisles, but where they do, they shall have clear visibility, and they must be emphasized by enriched paving or striping. 3. Drive-thru aisles shall have a minimum 25 foot interior radius at curves. 4. Drive-thru aisles shall provide sufficient stacking area behind menu board to accommodate a minimum of 5 cars. 5. All service areas, rest rooms and ground mounted and roof mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened from view. 6. Landscaping shall screen drive-thru or drive-in aisles from the public right of way and shall be used to minimize the visual impact of readerboard signs and directional signs. DRIVE.THRU RESTAURANT DRIVE-THRU LANE WITH 5 CAR (MIN) BACK-UP TO MENU BOARD. r-',,""-, ~'-> . INDICATE DRIVE-THRU ENTRY SIGN DRIVE-THRU AREAS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO BE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE MAIN STRUCTURE. ..............., c=.J SHARED ENTRY DRIVE. MENU BOARD SHALL FACE AWAY FROM THE STREET. MIN. 25' INTERIOR RADIUS AT CURVE. USE LANDSCAPE TO SCREEN THE DRIVE-THRU AISLES FROM PUBLIC R.O.W. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II- 71 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES. 19.06 H. MINI-MALLS Mini-malls (small scale multi-tenant shopping centers) are subject to a Planned Development Permit and shall comply with the following stand- ards. 1. All development and operational standards outlined in Section 19.06.030 (F) (Convenience Stores), except for items Nos. 4 and 13, shall apply. 2. The development shall provide internal continuity, uniformity, and compatibility relating to architectural design, vehicular and pedestrian access, and on-site provisions for landscaping, loading, parking, and signage. 3. To the extent feasible, the on-site vehicular circulation system shall provide continuity with adjacent and similar commercial developments. 4. No outdoor displays or sale of merchandise shall be permitted. However, limited outdoor sales may be allowed subject to the is- suance of a Temporary Use Permit. I. MINI-STORAGE Mini-storage facilities are subject to a Planned Development Permit and shall be constructed in the following manner: 1. The minimum site area shall be 20,000 square feet. 2. The site shall be entirely paved, except for structures and land- scaping. 3. All on-site lighting shall be energy efficient, stationary and directed away form adjoining properties and public rights-of-way. 4. All landscaping shall be installed and permanently maintained pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 19.22 (Landscaping Stan- dards). 5. All on-site signage shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 19.16 (Sign Standards). PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1I.7l. 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES. 19.06 6. The site shall be completely enclosed with a 6 foot high solid decorative masonry wall, except for points of ingress and egress (including emergency fire access) which shall be properly gated. The gate(s) shall be maintained in good working order and shall remain closed except when in use. 7. No business activity shall be conducted other than the rental of storage spaces for inactive storage use. 8. All storage shall be located within a fully enclosed structure(s). 9. No flammable or otherwise hazardous materials shall be stored on-site. 10. Residential quarters for a manager or caretaker may be provided in the development. 11. The development shall provide for 2 parking spaces for the manager or caretaker, and a minimum of 5 spaces located ad- jacent or in a close proximity to the manager's quarters for cus- tomer parking. 12. Aisle width shall be a minimum of 25 feet between buildings to provide unobstructed and safe circulation. 13. A refuse storage area, completely enclosed with a decorative masonry wall not less than 6 feet high and a solid gated opening, and large enough to accommodate standard-sized commercial trash bins, shall comply with Public Works Standard No. 508 and be located in such a manner as to be accessible to refuse collec- tion vehicles. 14. Storage facilities located adjacent to residential districts shall have their hours of operation restricted to 7:00 A.M. to 9:00 P.M., Monday through Saturday, and 9:00 A.M. to 9:00 P.M. on Sun- days. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-73 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES. 19.06 J. SERVICE STATION STANDARDS Service stations are subject to a Planned Development Permit and shall comply with the following standards: I. New service stations shall be permitted only at the intersections of major and secondary arterials, and their intersections with freeway off-ramps. A maximum of 2 service stations shall be per- mitted at each intersection. The use shall not adjoin a residential land use district. 2. The minimum parcel size shall be 15,000 square feet, with a minimum street footage of 100 feet. 3. All activities and operations shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed structure, except as follows: a. The dispensing of petroleum products, water and air from pump islands. b. The provision of emergency service of a minor nature. c. The sale of items via vending machines which shall be placed next to the main structure in a designated area not to exceed 32 square feet, and which must be screened from public view. 4. Pump islands shall be located a minimum of 20 feet from a street property line, however, a canopy or roof structure over a pump is- land may encroach up to 10 feet within this distance. Additionally, the cashier location shall provide direct visual access to the pump islands and the vehicles parked adjacent to the islands. 5. There shall not be more than 2 vehicular access points to any 1 street. 6. There shall be a minimum distance of 30 feet between curb cuts along a street frontage. 7. No driveway may be located closer than 50 feet to the end of a curb corner nor closer than 20 feet to a common property line. 8. The width of a driveway may not exceed 30 feet at the sidewalk. 9. On-site parking shall be provided at 1 space for each pump island, plus 1 space for each service bay. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-7"( 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES - 19.06 10. Outside storage of motor vehicles is prohibited. 11. No vehicles may be parked on sidewalks, parkways, driveways or alleys. 12. No vehicle may be parked on the premises for the purpose of offering same for sale. 13. Landscaping shall comprise a minimum of 10% of of the service station site area, exclusive of required setbacks, and shall be provided and permanently maintained according to the following regulations, as well as those contained in Chapter 19.22 (Landscaping Standards). a. A minimum 5 foot wide (inside dimension), 6 inch high planter area shall be provided along interior property lines, except for openings to facilitate vehicular circulation to ad- jacent properties. Where adjacent to a periphery wall, trees planted not more than 16 feet apart shall be included in the planter areas. b. A planter area of not less than 200 square square feet shall be provided at the corner of two intersecting streets. Landscaping shall not exceed a height of 30 inches. c. A minimum of 50 square feet of planter area shall be located along those portions of the main structure fronting on a public street. d. Additional landscaping may be required to screen the service station from adjacent properties. 15. All on-site signage shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 19.16 (Sign Standards). 16. Openings of service bays shall not face public rights-of-way and shall be designed to minimize the visual intrusion onto adjoining properties. 17. No used or discarded automotive parts or equipment, or disabled, junked or wrecked vehicles may be located in any open area outside the main structure. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-76'" 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES. 19.06 18. A refuse storage area, completely enclosed with a decorative masonry wall not less than 6 feet high and a solid gated opening, and large enough to accommodate standard-sized commercial trash bins, shall comply with Public Works Standard No. 508 and be located on the rear portion of the property in such a manner as to be accessible to refuse collection vehicles. 19. All light sources, including canopy, perimeter, and flood shall be energy efficient, stationary and shielded or recessed within the roof canopy so that the service station shall be indirectly visible and light is deflected away from adjacent properties and public rights-of- way. Lighting shall not be of such a high intensity as to cause a traffic hazard or adversely affect adjoining properties. No luminaire shall be higher than 15 feet above finished grade. 20. Where an existing service station adjoins property in a residential land use district, a 6 foot high decorative masonry wall shall be constructed at the time the station requires a permit for the on-site improvemenVmodification. Materials, textures, colors and design of the wall shall be compatible with on-site development and adjoining properties. When the wall reaches the established front-yard setback line of a residentially designated lot abutting or directly across an alley from the service station, it shall decrease to a height of 30 inches. 21. Restroom entrances viewable from adjacent properties or public rights-of-way shall be concealed from view by planters or decorative screening. 22. Noise from bells or loudspeakers shall not exceed 65 dBA at the property line at any time and shall not be audible from residen- tially designated properties or existing residences between the hours of 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. on weekdays and Saturdays, and before 10:00 A.M. and after 7:00 P.M. on Sundays. K. SERVICE STATION CONVERSIONS A structure originally constructed as a service station and which is proposed for conversion to another allowable use shall require upgrading and remodeling for such items as, but not limited to, removal of all gasoline appurtenances, removal of canopies, removal of pump islands, removal of overhead doors, additional landscaping standards as required by Chapter 19.22 (Landscaping Standards), additional street improve- ments or modification of existing improvements to conform to access regulations, and exterior remodeling. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-7/i> 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES. 19.06 L. SENIOR HOUSING STANDARDS Design standards governing Senior housing developments are outlined in Section 19.04.040 (xxx). PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11.71 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 G19.06.050 COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT DESIGN GUIDELINES 1. GENERAL The following design guidelines are intended as a reference framework to assist the designer in understanding the City's goals and objectives for high quality development within the commercial districts. The guidelines compliment the mandatory site development regulations contained in this chapter by providing good examples of potential design solutions and by providing design interpreta- tions of the various mandatory regulations. The design guidelines are general and may be interpreted with some flexibility in their application to specific projects. The guidelines will be utilized during the City's design review process to encourage the highest level of design quality while at the same time providing the flexibility necessary to encourage creativity on the part of project designers. 2. APPLICABILITY The provisions of this section shall apply to all commercial development within the City, except within the Central Business District which is regulated by the Main Street Overlay District. Any addition, remodeling, relocation, or construc- tion requiring a building permit within any commercial district subject to review by the Development Review Committee shall adhere to these guidelines where applicable. 3. GENERAL DESIGN PRINCIPLES A. DESIRABLE ELEMENTS OF PROJECT DESIGN The qualities and design elements for commercial buildings that are most desirable include: 1. Richness of surface and texture 2. Significant wall articulation (insets, canopies, wing walls, trellises, porches, etc.) 3. Multi-planed, pitched roofs 4. Roofoverhangs,arcades 5. Regular or traditional window rhythm 6. Articulated mass and bulk 7. Significant landscape and hardscape elements 8. Prominent access driveways 9. Landscaped and screened parking 10. Comprehensive signage program PRELIMINARY DRAFT ll-78 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS. G19.06 B. UNDESIRABLE ELEMENTS The elements to avoid or minimize include: 1. Large blank, unarticulated stucco wall surfaces 2. Unpainted concrete precision block walls 3. Highly reflective surfaces . 4. Metal siding on the main facade 5. Plastic siding 6. Square "boxlike" buildings 7. Mix of unrelated styles (i.e. rustic wood shingles and polished chrome) 8. Large, out of scale signs with flashy colors 9. Visible outdoor storage, loading, and equipment areas 10. Disjointed parking areas and confusing circulation patterns 4. SITE PLANNING Placement of buildings should consider the existing built context of the commercial area, the location of incompatible land uses, the location of major traffic generators as well as an analysis of a site's characteristics and particular influences. A. Buildings should be sited in a manner that will complement the adjacent buildings. Building sites should be developed in a coordinated manner to provide order and diversity and avoid a jumbled, confused development. B. Whenever possible, new buildings should be clustered. This creates plazas or pedestrian malls and prevents long "barracks-like" rows of build- ings. When clustering is impractical, a visual link between separate build- ings should be established between buildings. This link can be ac- complished through the use of an arcade system, trellis, or other open structure. 1~1 I........ ::::::::: tm~~ DO THIS DON1 DO THIS PREUMINARY DRAFT II-7' 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 C. Locate buildings and on-site circulation systems to minimize pedestrian/ vehicle conflicts where possible. Link buildings to the public sidewalk where possible with textured paving, landscaping, and trellises. D. Recognize the importance of spaces between buildings as "outdoor rooms" on the site. Outdoor spaces should have clear, recognizable shapes that reflect careful planning and are not simply "left over" areas be- tween buildings. Such spaces should provide pedestrian amenities such as shade, benches, fountains, etc. E. Freestanding, singular commercial structures should be oriented with their major entry toward the street where access is provided, as well as having their major facade parallel to the street. F. Loading facilities should not be located at the front of buildings where it is difficult to adequately screen them from view. Such facilities are more appropriate at the rear of the site where special screening may not be re- quired. G. Open space areas should be clustered into larger, predominant land- scape areas rather than equally distributing them into areas of low impact such as at building peripheries, behind a structure or areas of little impact to the public view, where they are not required as a land use buffer or as a required yard setback. Loading areas should be located aI rear of building. Creale plazas In prominent locations. -..-..-..-..-..-..-..-..-.. ~ ~ IIIIIIJ nI~iiI . :~~~,~r,1i Create plazas In - I I Special pavement and landscape prominent locallons. -f 200' MIN. ,j'-enhancement aI primary entrance. PREUMINARYDRAFT, II-8o 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 5. PARKING AND CIRCULATION Parking lot design can be a critical factor in the success or failure of a commercial use. In considering the possibilities for developing a new parking area, a developer should analyze the following factors: ingress and egress with consideration to possible con- flicts with street traffic; pedestrian and vehicular conflicts; on-site circulation and ser- vice vehicle zones; and the overall configuration and appearance of the parking area. A. Separate vehicular and pedestrian circulation systems should be provided. Pedestrian linkages between uses in commercial developments should be emphasized, including distinct pedestrian access from parking areas in large commercial developments, such as shopping centers. B. Parking aisles should be separated from vehicle circulation routes whenever possible C. Common driveways which provide vehicular access to more thanone site are encouraged. D. Angled parking is preferred over 900 parking. E. Parking areas shall be landscaped, receiving interior as well as perimeter treatment in accordance with the requirements of this Code. F. Parking areas should be separated from buildings by either a raised concrete walkway or landscaped strip, preferably both. Situations where parking spaces directly abut the buildings shall be avoided. G. Shared parking between adjacent businesses and/ or developments is highly encouraged whenever practical. H. Where parking areas are connected, interior circulation should allow for a similar direction of travel and parking bays in all areas to reduce conflict at points of connection. :::::::::~;:::::: ljtli iill I..... ......,.... ........... :~:~::::: :::;::::::: ::~::::::: I\M: DO THIS DON'T DO THIS n-BI 1/29/90 PREUMINARYDRAFf COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 I. Whenever possible, locate site entries on side streets in order to minimize pedestrian/vehicular conflicts. When this is not possible, design the front site entry with appropriately patterned concrete or pavers to differentiate it from the sidewalks. J. Parking access points, whether located on front or side streets should be located as far as possible from street intersections so that adequate stacking room is provided. The number of access points should be limited to the minimum amount necessary to provide adequate circula- tion. ill ~ tl~!~II!I' DO THIS OON"T DO THIS K. Frontage roads should be provided for large projects on major arterials whenever possible. L. Parking areas and pedestrian walkways should be visible from buildings to the greatest degree possible. M. Design parking areas so that pedestrians walk parallel to moving cars. Minimize the need for the pedestrian to cross parking aisles and landscape areas. N. The parking area should be designed in a manner which links the building to street sidewalk system as an extension of the pedestrian en- vironment. This can be accomplished by using design features such as walkways with enhanced paving, trellis structures, and/or landscaping treatment. O. Parking areas which accommodate a significant number of vehicles should be divided into a series of connected smaller lots. Landscaping and offsetting portions of the lot are effective in reducing the visual im- pact of large parking areas. PREUMINARYDRAFf II- 81. 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 P. The first parking stall which is perpendicular to a driveway or flpt aisle juncture, should be at least 40 feet back from the curb. With larger centers, significantly more setback area may be required. Q. Utilize a 36" high opaque wall or landscaping to screen any parking at the street periphery. A combination of walls, berms, and landscape material is highly recommended. Where practical, lowering the grade of the parking lot from existing elevations may aid in obscuring views of automobiles while promoting views of architectural elements. ~ b ... PARKING AISLE ARRANGEMENT D Htttttttttttttt Htttttttttttttt rt+tt+tH-tttttf Discouraged Preferred PRELIMINARY DRAFT II.8~ 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 L.J~ <<::55 O<j ~w5 IS;: ~a~2 . ;~~~~ !i!P%oC~ IIlz:sao IIlOa:ca: ~~~~~ 9~Sii2~ ~g2i~~ ,; ~ 200 OZi'j ::fez ~~;; ~~w ~~.. .. -~ ~w w~ Wj :;i ~~c ~-O il5~W o:;~ li3!ibl ~OO a:=z: ~ij W Z ~ ~. ~W W~ W.. OU ~~ ~- ..> ~~ 00 w~ OJ zw .~ ~.. ..~ ~.. z~ o~ iii:c! ~~ : : H H t=I .. .. H H : w ~z ~~ ;:~ci Uow ~20 ~o~ w~~ >wo <wu ~wz wgw ::o(w ~~~ O~.. 6~~ 2Uw gffi~ U>O > j m w~ mw OL jW 8f ZO wZ w" ww -0 ~iw Z.O ~~i ;lhin 1IJ~~ >j~ ~~j;; o z ~o ~3!i 00 ~3ci ~mw <wO ~~g ::igf Zww ~w~ <co< ZjW ~UU wwz ~:I~ ~;!!i www ~ w wj ~~ ~~ _L ~O Ow ~~ !!!~ui ~.S OOj ~~O ffi-t!! >OU wZw Zi(:z w~z z<O ~~U : w j m in W wOO ~w~ ~!C~ <ll~ ~jW ~w~ zmo OOz ~lil5: -Oz ~~O ffi,,2 >-!!:!5!: Cli:"" ~w~ ~&:f ~g;~ ~ : " ~ aD 0=.. -" PREUMINARYDRAFr IT-lI'! 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 =r I............ :::::::::::::. 111!1::: H:':':';'" :::;:::::::;:: DO THIS DON'T DO THIS ACCENT TREES DEFINE ENTRY mJ CANOPY SHADE TREES ONE 15 GAL TREE EVERY THIRD STALL PREUMINARYDRAFT 11-85" 1129/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 6. LANDSCAPING A. Landscaping for commercial uses should be used to define specific areas by helping to focus on entrances to buildings, parking lots, defining the edges of various land uses, providing transition between neighboring properties (buffering), and providing screening for loading and equip- ment areas. B. Landscaping should be in scale with adjacent buildings and be of appropriate size at maturity to accomplish its intended goals. C. Landscaping around the entire base of buildings is recommended to soften the edge between the parking lot and the structure. This should be accented at entrances to provide focus. D. Trees should be located throughout the parking lot and not simply at the ends of parking aisles. In order to be considered within the parking lots. Trees must be located in planters that are bounded on at least 3 sides by parking area paving. Only trees located in landscaped "fingers" or "is- lands" can count towards parking lot landscaping. E. Landscaping should be protected from vehicular and pedestrian encroach- ment by raised planting surfaces, depressed walks, or the use of curbs. Concrete mow-strip separating turf and shrub areas are required per development regulations. F. Vmes and climbing plants integrated upon buildings, trellises, and perimeter garden walls are strongly encouraged. A few plants to consider for this purpose are: bougainvillea, grape ivy, and wisteria vines. PREUMINARY DRAFT D-g" 1129/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 G. Use boxed and tubbed plants in clay or wood containers, especially for enhancement of sidewalk shops. H. At maturity, trees should be able to be trimmed ten (10) feet above ground and shrubs should be maintained at a maximum height of three (3) feet to provide visibility. 7. WALLS AND FENCES A. If not required for a specific screening or security purpose, walls should not be utilized within commercial areas. The intent is to keep the walls as low as possible while performing their screening and security functions. B. Where walls are used at property frontages, or screen walls are used to conceal storage and equipment areas, they must be designed to blend with the site's architecture. Landscaping should be used in combination with such walls whenever possible. COMMERC1AL RESIDENTIAL PUBUC STREET COMMERCIAL ~ RESIDENTlAL PREUMINARYDRAFI II-<a7 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 C. Chainlink fence is not allowed where visible from public streets. When security fencing is required, it should be a combination of solid walls with pillars and decorative view ports, or short solid wall segments and wrought iron grill work. D. Long expanses of fence or wall surfaces should be offset and architec- turally designed to prevent monotony. Landscape pockets should be provided. 8. SCREENING A. Screening for outdoor storage should be a minimum of 6' and a maximum of 10' high. The height should be determined by the height of the material or equipment being screened. Chain link fencing with redwood slatting is an acceptable screening material for areas of any lot not visible from the street. Exterior storage should be confined to portions of the site least visible to public view. B. Where screening is required, a combination of elements should be used including solid masonry walls, berms, and landscaping. Chainlink fenc- ing with wood or metal slatting is not permitted when visible from the public right-of-way. C. Any equipment, whether on the roof, side of building, or ground, shall be screened. The method of screening shall be architecturally integrated in terms of materials, color, shape, and size. The screening design shall blend with the building design. Where individual equipment is provided, a continuous screen is desirable. ,~,:.:.:.:~~:.~:.:.;.:<.' ::::;:::;::~~::::;:::;:<~:. ?:::.('7-:.:1:';; HORIZONTAL WOOD TRELUS VENTED SCREEN WALL ~ ~ FLAT ROOF PRELIMINARY DRAFT n. ilS 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS. G19.06 9. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN GUIDELINES A. Building heights should relate to open spaces to allow maximum sun and ventilation, protection from prevailing winds, enhance public views of surrounding mountains and minimize obstruction of view from adjoining structures. B. Height and scale of new development should be compatible with that of surrounding development. New development height should "transition" from the height of adjacent development to the maximum height of the proposed building. C. Large buildings which give the appearance of ''box-like'' structures are generally unattractive and detract from the overall scale of most build- ings. There are several ways to reduce the appearance of excessive bulk in large buildings. 1. Vary the planes of the exterior walls in depth and/ or direction. Wall planes should not run in one continuous direction for more than fifty (50) feet without an offset. 2. Vary the height of the buildings so that it appears to be divided into distinct massing elements. 3. Articulate the different parts of a building's facade by use of color, arrangement of facade elements, or a change in materials. 4. Use landscaping and architectural detailing at the ground level to lessen the impact of an otherwise bulky building. 5. Avoid blank walls at the ground floor levels. Utilize windows, trellises, wall articulation, arcades, change in materials, or other fea- tures. n. 0<1 1/29/90 PREliMINARY DRAFT COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 D. Scale, for purposes here, is the relationship between building size and the size of adjoining permanent structures. It is also how the proposed building's size relates to the size of a human being. Large scale building elements will appear imposing if they are situated in a visual environ- ment of a smaller scale. 1. Building scale can be reduced through Window patterns, structural bays, roof overhangs, siding, awnings, moldings, fixtures, and other details. 2. The scale of buildings should be carefully related to adjacent pedestrian areas (Le. plazas, courtyards) and buildings. 3. Large dominating buildings should be broken up by: 1) creating horizontal emphasis through the use of trim; 2) adding awnings, eaves, windows, or other architectural ornamentation; 3) use of combinations of complementary colors; and 4) landscape materials. E. Much of the existing color in San Bernardino is derived from the primary building's finish materials such as brick, wood, stucco, and terra cotta tile. Also dominant are earth tones that match these natural materials. 1. Large areas of intense white color shotild be avoided. While subdued colors usually work best as a dominant overall color, a bright trim color can be appropriate. 2. The color palette chosen for a building should be compatible with the colors of adjacent buildings. An exception is where the colors of adjacent buildings strongly diverge from these design guidelines. 3. Wherever possible, minimize the number of colors appearing on the building exterior. Small commercial buildings should use no more than three colors. 4. Primary colors should only be used to accent building elements, such as door and window frames and architectural details. 5. Architectural detailing should be painted to complement the facade and tie in with adjacent buildings. UNDESIRABLE ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENT VERTICAL ARnCULAnON ADDED HORIZONTAL ARTICULAnON ADDED MUlTI-PLANED ROOFS AND AWNINGS ACD DESIRABLE ARnCULATION PREUMINARY DRAFT II-qO 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 fifE%: ~tf.~ml~ g~J~Jt~r ~%i1!jl iml%i ;l.1110] Storefront elements and pedestrian level details provide an intimate scale Form and texture shall be repeated in a manner to provide a sense of unity within a large mass. 10. ROOFS A. The roofline at the top of the structure should not run in continuous plane for more than fifty (50) feet without offse,tting or jogging the roof plane. B. Nearly vertical roofs (A-frames) and piecemeal mansard roofs (used on a portion of the building perimeter only) are prohibited. Mansard roofs, if utilized on commercial structures, shall wrap around the entire building perimeter. C. All roof top equipment shall be screened from public view by screening materials of the same nature as the building's basic materials. Mechanical equipment should be located below the highest vertical element of the building. D. The following roof materials are not acceptable: 1. Corrugated metal 2. High contrast or brightly colored glazed tile 3. Highly reflective surfaces 4. illuminated roofing PARTIAL MANSARD ROOF PROHIBITED CUPPED ROOF TO HIDE ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT FULL MANSARD ROOF W1U HIDE ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT PREUMINARY DRAFT II-', 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 11. AWNINGS A. General use of awnings along a row of contiguous buildings should be restricted to awnings of the same form and location. Color of the awnings shall be consistent and a minimum eight foot vertical clearance is required. B. Signage on awnings shall be painted on the awnings themselves and be restricted to the awning's flap (valance) or to the end panels of angled, curved, or box awnings. C. Plexiglas, metal, and glossy vinyl illuminated awnings are prohibited. Canvas, treated canvas, matte finish vinyl, and fabric awnings are en- couraged. D. Internally lit awnings are not acceptable. 12. SIGNAGE A. Every building should be designed with a precise concept for adequate signing. Provisions for sign placement, sign scale in relationship with building and readability must be considered in developing the signing concept. All signing must be highly compatible with the building and site design relative to color, material, and placement. B. Monument-type signs are the preferred alternative for business identifica- tion. Where multiple tenants occupy the site individual wall mounted signs are appropriate in combination with a monument sign identifying the development and address. C. The use of backlit individually cut letter signs is strongly encouraged. D. The site should be appropriately signed to give directions to loading and receiving areas, visitor parking and other special areas. SIGN II .~~t%~tltll, ::i::~h'~-:::::""~0::::'~ ':'~:W$~#jft#i:; 11~111! DO THIS DON'T DO THIS PREliMINARY DRAFT II-'f2.. 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS - G19.06 13. LIGHTING A. lighting should be used to provide illumination for the security and safety of on-site areas such as parking, loading, shipping, and receiving, path- ways, and working areas. B. The design of light fixtures and their structural support should be architec- turally compatible with main buildings on-site. illuminators should be in- tegrated within the architectural design for the buildings. C. As a security device, lighting should be adequate but not overly bright. Tall lights should be avoided. All building entrances should be well lighted. D. All lighting must be shielded to confine light spread within the site boundaries. PRELIMINARY DRAFT D-~? 1/29/90 COMMERCIAL ZONES - 19.06 19.06.060 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS All uses shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Chapters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Chapter 19.42 Chapter 19.22 Chapter 19.20 Chapter 19.18 Chapter 19.40 Chapter 19.16 Chapter 19.32 Chapter 19.38 Conditional Use Permits Landscaping Standards Off-Street Loading Standards Off-Street Parking Standards Planned Development Permits Sign Standards Temporary Use Permits Variances PRELIMINARY DRAFT n-qlf 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - 19.08 CHAPTER 19.08 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS 19.08.010 PURPOSE I. The purpose of this Chapter is to achieve the following: A. Provide appropriate industrial areas to accommodate enterprises engaged in the manufacturing, processing, creating, repairing, renovating, painting, cleaning, or assembling of goods, merchandise, or equipment. B. Provide adequate space to meet the needs of industrial development, including oft-street parking and loading. C. Minimize traffic congestion and avoid the overloading of utilities. D. Protect industrial areas from excessive noise, illumination, unsightliness, odor, smoke, toxic wastes, and other objectionable influences. E. Promote high standards of site planning and landscape design for industrial developments within the City. F. Promote consolidation of industrial uses into comprehensively planned industrial parks. G. Promote a mix of industrial uses that provide the City with a sound, diverse industrial base. H. Ensure compatibility with adjacent land uses. 2. The purpose of the individual industrial land use districts are as follows: A. Il (INDUSTRIAL LIGHT) DISTRICT This district is intended to retain, enhance, and intensify existing and provide for the new development of lighter industrial uses along major vehicular, rail, and air transportation routes serving the City. B. IH (INDUSTRIAL HEAVY) DISTRICT This district is intended to provide for the continuation and development of heavy manufacturing industries in locations where they will be compatible with and not adversely impact adjacent land uses. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1I-'f5' 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - 19.08 C. IE (INDUSTRIAL EXTRACTIVE) DISTRICT This district is intended to promote the mining and processing of the City's mineral resources in the Cajon Creek, Lytle Creek, and Santa Ana River areas, while ensuring their compatibility with adjacent land uses. Addition- ally, this land use district provides forthe development of interim uses in- cluding, but not limited to lumber yards, outdoor storage, plant nurseries, recreation (non-structural), etc., which do not impair the long term ability to extract and process mineral resources. 19.08.020 PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PERMITTED AND CONDITIONAllY PERMITTED USES: The list which represents those uses in the industrial land use districts which are sub- ject to a Planned Development Permit (D), or a Conditional Use Permit (C) is presented in Section 19.06.020 and Table 06.01_. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-% 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS. 19.08 19.08.030 LAND USE DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. 1. GENERAL STANDARDS A. The following standards are minimum unless stated as maximum: Develooment Standards IL IH IE Gross Lot Area (Square Feet) 20,000 40,000 * Front Setback 10 o * Rear Setback (feet) (Only if adjacent to R land uses) 10 10 * Side Setback (Each) (feet) (Only if adjacent to R land uses) Side Setback (Street Side) 10 10 * o o . Lot Coverage (Maximum) 75 75 * Distance Between Structures Structure Height (Maximum) (Feet) 2 stories 50 non * B. INDUSTRIAL LAND USE DISTRICT STANDARDS The following standards shall apply to development in all industrial dis- tricts. except as otherwise provided for in this Code: I. All uses shall be subject to the approval of a Planned Develop- ment Permit or a Conditional Use Permit, pursuant to Chapters 19.40 and 19.42. 2. Retail sales and service incidental to a principally permitted use are allowable provided that the following standards are met: a. The operations are contained within the main structure which houses the primary use; b. Retail sales represent less than 20% of the gross receipts of the company; PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11- '17 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - 19.08 c. No retail sales or display of merchandise occur(s) outside the structure(s); and d. All products offered for retail sales on the site are manufactured, warehoused, or assembled on the premises. 3. Outside storage shall be confined to the rear of the principal structure(s) or the rear two- thirds of the site, which ever is the more restrictive, and screened from public view from anyadjoining properties and public rights-of- way by appropriate walls, fencing and landscaping. 4. An intensity bonus of up to 12 square feet for each 1 square foot of permanent space for properly designed and administered day care facilities may be approved by the review authority. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-'18 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.0B G19.08.040 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT DESIGN GUIDELINES 1. PURPOSE The following design guidelines are intended as a reference framework to assist the designer in understanding the City's goals and oJ;ljectives for high quality development within the industrial districts. The guidelines compliment the man- datory site development regulations contained in this chapter by providing good examples of potential design solutions and by providing design interpretations of the various mandatory regulations. The design guidelines are general and may be interpreted with some flexibility in their application to specific projects. The guidelines will be utilized during the City's design review process to encourage the highest level of design quality while at the same time providing the flexibility necessary to encourage creativity on the part of project designers. 2. APPLICABILITY The provisions of this section shall apply to all industrial development within the City, unless otherwise specified herein. Any addition, remodeling, reloca- tion, or construction requiring a building permit within any industrial district subject to review by the Development Review Committee shall adhere to these guidelines where applicable. 3. SITE PLANNING PRINCIPLES A. The main elements of sound industrial site design include the following: 1. Controlled site access 2. Service areas located at the sides and rear of buildings 3. Convenient access, visitor parking and on-site circulation 4. Screening of outdoor storage, work areas, and equipment 5. Emphasis on the main building entry and landscaping 6. Landscaped open space B. A variety of building and parking setbacks should be provided in order to avoid long monotonous building facades and to create diversity. C. Buildings should be located on "turf islands", where the office portion of the building does not directly abut paved parking areas. A minimum five (5) to seven (7) foot landscape strip should be provided between parking areas and the office portion of a structure. II-'l~ 1129/90 PREUMINARYDRAFf INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 D. Building setbacks should be provided proportionate to the scale of the building and in consideration of existing development adjacent to it. Larger structures require more setback area for a balance of scale and so as not to impose on neighboring uses. E. Building placement which creates opportunities for plazas, courts, or gardens is encouraged. Setback areas can often be used to provide space for patio areas. F. Where industrial uses are adjacent to non-industrial uses, appropriate buffering techniques such as setbacks, screening, and landscaping need to be provided to mitigate any negative effects of industrial operation. G. Proposed development should be designed to preserve existing stands of trees wherever possible. Contact the City's Park, Recreation, and Com- munity Services Department regarding requirements for certified arborist's report concerning existing vegetation. ll!:ll B, <i:;f~ . ---n. \.~~ .~~~ - Use a variety 01 techniques to buffer non.resldential uses. ~ . ...v. PREUMlNARYDRAFf II-IDD 1129/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 4. PARKING AND CIRCULATION A. The parking lot and cars should not be the dominant visual elements of the site. Large expansive paved areas located between the street and the building are to be avoided in favor of smaller multiple lots separated by landscaping and buildings. Angled parking is highly encouraged for larger parking lots which can accommodate one way aisles. B. Site access and internal circulation should be designed in a straight forward manner which emphasizes safety and efficiency. The circulation system should be designed to reduce conflicts between vehicular and pedestrian traffic, combine circulation and access areas where possible, provide ade- quate maneuvering and stacking areas and consideration for emergency vehicle access. Circulations routes and parking areas should be separated. C. Entrances and exits to and from parking and loading facilities should be clearly marked with appropriate directional signage where multiple ac- cess points are provided. D. Vehicles should not be required to enter the street in order to move from one area to another on the same site. E. Parking lots adjacent to and visible from public streets must be adequately screened from view through the use of rolling earth berms, low screen walls, changes in elevation, landscaping or combinations thereof when- ever possible. F. The industrial site should be a self-contained development capable of accommodating its own parking needs. The use of the public street for parking and staging of trucks is not allowed. G. Parking lots should be visible from structures, especially entrances. Parking areas should be screened Iram pubUc view. II-jOl 1129/90 PREUMINARY DRAFT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 5. LOADING FACILITIES A. To alleviate the unsightly appearance of loading facilities for industrial uses, these areas should not be located at the front of buildings where it is difficult to adequately screen them from view. Such facilities are more ap- propriate at the rear of the site where special screening may not be re- quired. . B. When it is not possible to locate loading facilities at the rear of the building, loading docks and doors should not dominate the frontage and must be screened from the street. Loading facilities must be offset from driveway openings. C. Backing from the public street onto the site for loading into front end docks causes unsafe truck maneuvering and is not allowed except at the ends of industrial cul-de-sacs where each circumstance will be studied individual- ly at the time of design review. ._~:: e ~ STREET PARKING LOADING FACIUTlES (AT REAR) Otfset the loading areas fram the driveway openings. LOA::NGi;iti; ;1- ~~ Use decorative solid masonry wall to screen loading areas. PREUMINARYDRAFT D-ID%. 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 6. LANDSCAPING A. For industrial uses landscaping should be used to define areas by helping to focus on entrances to buildings, parking lots, loading areas, defining the edges of various land uses, providing transition between neighboring properties (buffering), and providing screening for outdoor storage, load- ing, and equipment areas. B. Landscaping should be in scale with adjacent buildings and be of appropriate size at maturity to accomplish its intended goals. C. Use of vines on walls is appropriate in industrial areas because such walls often tend to be large and blank. D. Landscaping around the entire base of buildings is recommended to soften the edge between the parking lot and the structure. This should be accented at entrances to provide focus. E. Trees must be located throughout the parking lot and not simply at the ends of parking aisles. In order to be considered within the parking lots, trees must be located in planters that are bounded on at least 3 sides by parking area paving. Only trees located in landscaped "fingers" or "is- lands" may count towards parking lot landscaping. F. Landscaping should be protected from vehicular and pedestrian encroach- ment by raised planting surfaces, depressed walks, or the use of curbs. Concrete mow-strips are requried per development regulations between turf and shrub areas. ~ PREUMINARY DRAFT n-,o~ 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 LANDSCAPE SETBACK PERIMmR SCREE OOJ ~~ 2' 3' PREliMINARY DRAFr 1/29/90 II-Ie,! INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 7. WALLS AND FENCES A. Walls will serve a major function in the industrial landscape and will be used to screen automobiles, loading and storage areas, and utility struc- tures. However, if not required for a specific screening or security pur- pose they should not be utilized. The intent is to keep the walls as low as possible while performing their screening and'security functions. B. Where walls are used at property frontages, or screenwalls are used to conceal storage and equipment areas, they must be designed to blend with the site's architecture. Landscaping should be used in combination with such walls whenever possible. C. Chainlink fence is not allowed in setback areas adjacent to streets. When security fencing is required, it should be a combination of solid pil- lars or short solid wall segments and wrought iron grill work. D. Long expanses of fence or wall surfaces should be offset and architec- turally designed to prevent monotony. Landscape pockets should be provided. Partially open screen walls lor parking areas are appropriale. .~: :~. Elevation of Stoggered Wall ~[f." .~~ Elevation of Planters/Wall Mi~~".;;.".::'~.~"', Elevation of Wall with Breaks PREliMINARY DRAFT IT-IDS 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 8. SCREENING A. Screening for outdoor storage should be a minimum of 8' and a maximum of 12' high. The height should be determined by the height of the material being screened. Chain link fencing with redwood slatting is an acceptable screening material for areas of any lot not visible from the street. Exterior storage should be confined to portions of the site least visible to public view. B. Where screening is required, a combination of elements should be used including solid masonry walls, berms, and landscaping. Chainlink fencing with wood or metal slatting is an acceptable screening material only for areas of a lot not visible from a public street. C. Any equipment, whether on the roof, side of building, or ground, shall be screened. The method of screening shall be architecturally integrated in terms of materials, color, shape, and size. The screening design shall blend with the building design. Where individual equipment is provided, a continuous screen is desirable. g ~ ~ea · FREESTANDING TRANSFORMER llCJ am DON'T DO THIS DO THIS PREUMlNARYDRAFf II-/1li> 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 PREliMINARY DRAFT D-/07 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 ; ~lfli!1f@ f:if:*~~~*M~@::*:j*} ..,1' i l\lfl r-- saUD WAll , <;t 2' MIN ~'"'N . -f'MAX LANDSCAPE SCAEEN S RVICE YARD LANDSCAPE scae REFUSE ENCLOSURE REAR OR SIDE SETBACKS REAR SETBACK 9. ARCHITEcruRAL DESIGN A. As a category of building types, industrial buildings often present unattrac- tive and monotonous facades. There are, however, a variety of design techniques available to help overcome this situation and to direct develop- ment into a cohesive design statement. 1. Employ variety in building forms, to create visual character and interest. 2. Avoid long, "unarticulated" building facades. Building facades with varied front setbacks are strongly encouraged. Wall planes should not run in one continuous direction for more than 50 feet without an offset. 3. Avoid blank front an side wall elevations on street frontages. 4. Entries to industrial buildings should portray a quality office appearance while being architecturally tied into the overall build- ing mass and building composition. 5. Windows and doors are key elements of any building's form, and should relate to the scale of the elevation on which they appear. Windows and doors can establish character by their rhythm and variety. Recessed openings help to provide depth and contrast on elevation planes. 6. Sensitive alteration of colors and materials can produce diversity and enhance architectural forms. 7. The staggering of planes along an exterior wall elevation creates pockets of light and shadow, providing relief from monotonous, uninterrupted expanses of wall. PREUMINARY DRAFT II-/Oe 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 B. Design elements which are undesirable and should be avoided include: 1. Highly reflective surfaces at the ground story 2. Large blank, unarticu1ated wall surfaces 3. Exposed, untreated precision block walls 4. Chain link fence, barbed wire 5. False fronts 6. "Stuck on" mansard roofs on small portion of the roofline 7. Unarticu1ated building facades 8. Materials with high maintenance such as stained wood, shingles or metal sidir C. Choose wall materials that will withstand abuse by vandals or accidental damage from machinery. lL ~ t :~; Entry projection or indentafion color bands RII.~ Vertical seams,window glazing bands and textured walls .,:' d"' ~..: .. :::; "~' ,:::;:..:. ".',. -;"~*' :,",' .-;s:-;~... '~":::~'{'."'i .......,- - ..,..:.... ..- ... . '.... :v" -;;:;:. :':':" {. .' . . . . . ., . . . . . :. :",' .:,,- .}. ',. Window glazing, color bands, textured walls and entry indentation Mix of complimentary materials, articulated surfaces, increase window areas. and some textured walls PRELIMINARYDRAFr II-Ioq 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 D. All metal buildings must be architecturally designed providing variety and visual interest to the streetscape. E. Berming in conjunction with landscaping can be used at the building edge to reduce building mass and height along facades. F. Rolling shutter doors located on the inside of the building is the preferred method for providing large loading doors while keeping a clean, unclutter- ed appearance from the exterior. .............. [flfiil) - - - - - - -11\111111 ::~::.:....., I Use grading to reduce building scale and to screen parking and loading areas.. .'. . ROWNG SHUITER '. :., ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE PRELIMINARY DRAFT II. II 0 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS. G19.08 10. ROOFS A. The roofline at the top of the structure should not run in a continuous plane for more than 50 feet without offsetting or jogging the roof plane. B. Nearly vertical roofs (A-frames) and piecemeal mansard roofs (used on a portion of the building perimeter only) are prohibited. Mansard roofs, if utilized on industrial structures, shall wrap around the entire building perimeter. C. All roof top equipment must be screened from public view by screening materials of the same nature as the building's basic materials. Mechanical equipment should be located below the highest vertical element of the building. D. The following roof materials are not acceptable: 1. Corrugated metal 2. High contrast of brightly colored glazed tile 3. Highly reflective surfaces 4. llluminated roofing 11. SIGNAGE A. Every building should be designed with a precise concept for adequate signing. Provisions for sign placement, sign scale in relationship with building and readability must be considered in developing the signing concept. All signing must be highly compatible with the building and site design relative to color, material, and placement. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IT-III 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS - G19.08 B. Monument-type signs are the preferred alternative for business identifica- tion. Where multiple tenants occupy the site individual wall mounted signs are appropriate in combination with a monument sign identifying the development and address. C. The use of backlit individually cut letter signs is strongly encouraged. D. The industrial site should be appropriately signed to give directions to loading and receiving areas, visitor parking and other special areas. 12. LIGHTING A. Lighting should be used to provide illumination for the security and safety of on-site areas such as parking, loading, shipping, and receiving, path- ways, and working areas. B. The design of light fixtures and their structural support shall be architec- turally compatible with main buildings on-site. llluminators should be integrated within the architectural design for the buildings. C. As a security device, lighting should be adequate but not overly bright. Tall lights should be avoided. All building entrances should be well lighted. D. All lighting must be shielded to confine light spread within the site boundaries. Employ a consistent sign program lor mulllple lenant projeets Place sign perpendicular to approaching traftlc In landscaped arGO. Confine light spread to within site boundaries. PREliMINARY DRAFT IT-ilL 1/29/90 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS -19.08 19.08.050 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. All uses shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Chapters: 1. Chapter 19.42 2. Chapter 19.22 3. Chapter 19.20 4. Chapter 19.18 5. Chapter 19.40 6. Chapter 19.16 7. Chapter 19.32 8. Chapter 19.38 Conditional Use Permits Landscaping Standards Off-Street Loading Standards Off-Street Parking Standards Planned Development Permits Sign Standards Temporary Use Permits Variances PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 II.U~ SPECIAL PURPOSE DISTRICTS -19.10 CHAPTER 19.10 SPECIAL PURPOSE DISTRICTS 19.10.010 PURPOSE 1. The purpose of this Chapter is to achieve the following: A. Protection, preservation, and management of natural resources; B. Protection of public outdoor recreation; C. Protection of public health and safety, particularly in areas subject to periodic inundation; D. Provide for the continuation and expansion of existing public facilities; and E. Allow for the consideration and adoption of specific plans which recognize unique areas of the City necessitating special consideration and implementation. 2. The purpose and permitted uses for each of the individual special districts are as follows: A. OS (OPEN SPACE) DISTRICT 1. The purpose of this district is to provide for the following: a. The continuation of existing and development of new public and private commercial recreation facilities which en- sure their compatibility with adjacent land uses; b. The continuation of existing and development of new parks, and open spaces in proximity to and compatible with neighboring residential uses; and c. The continuation, maintenance, and expansion of public flood control facilities. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-/1., 1/29/90 SPECIAL PURPOSE DISTRICTS -19.10 2. The following uses may be permitted subject to the approval of a Planned Development Permit: a. Public and private golf courses; b. Baseball stadiums, arenas, exhibition, convention, and sporting facilities; c. Entertainment, hotels, restaurants, specialty commercial, and farmers markets; d. Flood control facilities; e. Park and recreation facilities, subject to additional provisions outlined in Chapter 12.80 of the Municipal Code; f. Open space; and g. Other such uses that the Director may find to be similar with those uses listed above, pursuant to Section 19.04.030. B. PF (PUBLIC FACILITIES) DISTRICT This district is intended to provide for the continuation of existing and development of new schools, govemment administrative, police, fire, libraries, social service, and other public facilities. C. SP (SPECIFIC PLAN) DISTRICT This district is intended to provide a base designation to further implement the goals, objectives, and policies of the General Plan with respect to specific areas and uses which by their unique character require a more comprehensive and intense evaluation and planning effort. This district will apply to individual parcel(s) only after the adoption of a specific plan by the Council, pursuant to Government Code Section 65450 .e1~. 19.10.020 GENERAL STANDARDS Any structure located in a special purpose district shall be: 1. Clearly incidental to the primary use; 2. Sited in a manner sensitive to the existing natural resources and constraints of the land; 3. Subject to demonstrating need and appropriateness; PRELIMINARY DRAFT II- /I., 1/29/90 SPECIAL PURPOSE DISTRICTS - 19.10 4. Landscaped in a manner which complements both the immediate setting and surrounding areas; 5. Subject to demonstrating the need for exterior lighting, and if justified shall be appropriately located, directed, and shielded from surrounding properties and public rights- of-way; 6. Subject to a visual analysis relating building proportions, massing, height, and setbacks to preserve and enhance the scenic character of the area; and 7. Compatible and in harmony with surrounding development and land use designations. 19.10.030 LAND USE DISTRICT SPECIFIC STANDARDS 1. GOLF COURSES AND RELATED FACILITIES Golf course developments are subject to a Planned Development Permit and shall be constructed in the following manner: A. State-of-the-art water conservation techniques shall be incorporated into the design and irrigation of the golf course; B. Treated effluent shall be used for irrigation where available; C. Perimeter walls or fences shall provide a viewshed window design along all public rights-of-way, incorporating a mix of pilasters and wrought iron fencing or equivalent treatment; and D. All accessory facilities, including but not limited to, club houses, maintenance buildings, and half-way houses shall be designed and lo- cated to ensure compatibility and harmony with the golf course setting. 19.10.040 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS All uses shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Chapters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Chapter 19.42 Chapter 19.22 Chapter 19.20 Chapter 19.18 Chapter 19.40 Chapter 19.16 Chapter 19.32 Chapter 19.38 Conditional Use Permits Landscaping Standards Off-Street Loading Standards Off-Street Parking Standards Planned Development Permits Sign Standards Temporary Use Permits Variances PRELIMINARY DRAFT Il-lIh 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 CHAPTER 19.12 OVERLAY DISTRICTS 19.12.010 PURPOSE The purpose of this Chapter is to establish development standards and guidelines to address the special or unique needs or characteristics of particular areas to ensure a harmonious relationship between the natural environment and proposed uses, and to further implement the goals, objectives, and policies of the General Plan. The specific overlay districts contained in this Chapter include the following: 1 . A (Airport Overlay) District; 2. FC (Freeway Corridor Overlay) District; 3. FF (Foothill Fire Zones Overlay) District; 4. FP (Flood Plain Overlay) District; 5. HM (Hillside Management Overlay) District; 6. HP (Historic Preservation Overlay) District; and 7. MS (Main Street Overlay) District. The individual overlay districts are as follows: A. A (AIRPORT OVERLAY) DISTRICT 1. The purpose of this section is to promote the public health, safety and general welfare in the vicinity of airports by minimizing exposure to crash hazards and high noise levels generated by air- port operations and to encourage future development that is com- patible with the continued operation of airports. 2. For the purpose of this section, certain words are defined as follows: a. Air Installation Comoatible Use Zone Report. A report prepared by the Department of the Air Force examining, evaluating, and summarizing the aircraft operations at U.S. Air Force Bases with respect to the ef- fects of noise and accident hazards. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-117 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 b. Airoort District One lAD I). The area within a three thousand by five thousand foot rec- tangle having two of its sides parallel with, and one thousand five hundred feet from either side of, an extension of the centerline of a runway running from three thousand to eight thousand feet from the midpoint of the end of the run- way. c. Airoort District Two lAD 11\. The area within a three thousand by seven thousand foot rectangle having two of its sides parallel with, and one thousand five hundred feet from either side of, an extension of the centerline of a runway running from eight thousand to fifteen thousand feet from the midpoint at the end of the run- way. d. Airoort District Three lAD 111\. The area between the 75 Ldn and 80 Ldn noise contour lines developed by the application of the day-night average sound level methodology of sound measurement (Ldn) but not within any other airport District as defined herein. e. Airport District Four (AD IVI. The area between the 70 Ldn and 75 Ldn noise contour lines developed by the application and the day-night average sound level methodology of sound measurement (Ldn), but not within any other Airport District as defined herein. f. Airoort District Five lAD VI. The area between the 65 Ldn and 70 Ldn noise contour lines developed by the application of the day-night average sound level methodology of the sound measurement (Ldn), but not within any other Airport District as defined herein. g. Clear Zone. The area within a three thousand by three thousand foot square having two of its sides parallel with and one thousand five hundred feet from either side of, an extension of the centerline of a runway running three thousand feet from the midpoint of the end of the runway. h. Day-night sound level (Ldn). The sound level during a twenty-four hour time period with a ten decibel penalty applied to the equivalent sound level during nighttime hours of 10:00 P.M. to 7:00 A.M. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 11-118 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 i. Decibel. The physical unit commonly used to describe noise level. j. Hioh noise levels. Sound levels which equal or exceed that within the 65 Ldn noise contour line developed by the application of the day- night average sound level methodology of sound measure- ment (Ldn). k. Human Occupancy Any structure having overnight or longer living accommoda- tions orthat is intended for such use. I. .L.dn. The day-night sound level. m. Runwqy. An artificially surfaced strip of ground designed and active- ly used at an airport for the landing and taking off of aircraft. n. Severe Accident Potential. The level of crash hazard risk associated with the Clear Zone. Said risk shall be ide.ntified in the same manner as crash hazard risk is identified in United States Air Force Air Installation Compatible Use Zone Reports for military air- ports. o. Substantial accident Potential. The level of crash hazard risk associated with Airport District I. Said risk shall be identified in the same manner as crash hazard risk is identified in United States Air Force Air Installa- tion Compatible Use Zone Reports for military airports. p. Si9nificant Accident Potential. The level of crash hazard risk associated with Airport District II. Said risk shall be identified in the same manner as crash hazard risk is identified in United States Air Force Air Installa- tion Compatible Use Zone Reports for military airports. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-/1,,\ 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 3. Airport Districts. For the purpose of this section, 5 Airport Districts are hereby created. The boundaries of these districts shall be delineated on official land use district maps as overlay districts. These districts are as follows: a. Airport District One (AD I); b. Airport District Two (AD II); c. Airport District Three (AD III); d. Airport District Four (AD IV); and e. Airport District Five (AD V). 4. Nothing contained herein shall require any change or alteration in a lawfully constructed or established structure, or use in exist- ence at the time of the adoption or amendment of these regula- tions. These regulations are intended to regulate only the following actions: a. The erection or establishment of any new structure or use; b. The moving or relocation of any structure, or use to a new site or new location; c. The operation or continuance, at any time following the effective date of these regulations, of any structure or use which has been unlawfully established, erected, remodeled, or rehabilitated; and d. The change from one use to another of any structure, or land, or the re-establishment of a use after its discon- tinuance for a period of 180 consecutive days or more. PRELIMINARY DRAFT n-I1.0 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 5. Except for agricultural uses including structures not more than 20 feet in height and not intended for human occupancy, a Planned Development Permit shall be required for all development in AD I and AD II. a. A Planned Development Permit shall be approved oniy when specific findings are made which indicate that the proposed use complies with the following regulations in addi- tion to those outlined elsewhere in this Code: (1) All uses shall be compatible with the continued operation of the airport. Uses shall not be allowed which: (a) release into the air any substances which would impair visibility or otherwise inter- fere with the operation of aircraft; (b) produce light emissions, either direct or indirect (reflective), which would interfere with pilot vision; (c) produce emissions which would interfere with aircraft communication systems or naviga- tional equipment; and (d) attract birds or water fowl in such numbers as would create a hazard to aircraft operations. (2) All development intended for human occupancy, whether on a temporary or a permanent basis, shall be prohibited in AD I and AD II. (3) Uses shall not cause or produce objectionable effects which would impose a hazard or nuisance to adjacent or other properties by reason of smoke, soot, dust, radiation, odor, noise, vibration, heat, glare, toxic fumes or other conditions that would af- fect adversely the public health, safety and general welfare. (4) Uses which require the use or storage of materials which are explosive, flammable, toxic, corrosive, or otherwise exhibit hazardous characteristics shall be prohibited. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II. It-I 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS. 19.12 (5) Uses which are labor intensive or promote the concentration of people for extended periods of time shall be prohibited, except as expressly authorized in this section. (6) A structure or any portion thereof on the premises of a permitted use shall not be used for a residential dwelling by the owner, operator, or caretaker, their family members or others. (7) A Noise level Reduction (NLR) of not less than 30 decibels from exterior to interior shall be incorporated into the design and construction of those portions of structures where the public is regularly received and into office areas. b. Procedures. The provisions of Section 19.40 (Planned Development Permit) shall apply. c. Decision of Department. (1) The decision of the Department shall be based on findings of fact that the purpose of this section has been preserved. (2) The decision of the Department may include reasonable requirements deemed necessary to promote the purpose of this section. Said require- ments may include, but are not limited to, the follow- ing: (a) yards and open spaces; (b) fences and walls, or other screening; (c) surfacing of parking spaces and specifications thereof; (d) street improvements, including provision of service roads or alleys when practical and necessary; (e) regulation of points of vehicular ingress and egress; (f) regulation of signs; PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 11-11..1.- OVERLAY DISTRICTS. 19.12 g. landscaping and maintenance thereof; h. maintenance of grounds; i. control of noise, vibration, odor, and other potentially dangerous or objectionable elements; j. lot size; k. height restrictions; I. restrictions on accessory structures; m. time limits which may be imposed for the commencement of construction, and/or review and further action by the Department and/or a time limit within which the Planned Development Permit shall cease to exist. 6. Airport District One (AD I). a. This overlay district is designed to regulate land use and reduce hazards in an area characterized by high noise levels and a substantial accident potential resulting from aircraft operations. Only those types of activities authorized by this section may be permitted. and any other uses shall be subject to the requirements for a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to Chapter 19.42 except for agricultural uses, including structures not more than twenty 20 feet in height and not intended for human occupancy. b. Industrial/Manufacturing Use Regulations.. 1. Permitted industrial/manufacturing uses within AD I inclucje, but are not limited to, the following types of labor non intensive activities provided they comply with the stand- ards prescribed by this section: a. warehousing and storage; b. manufacture of stone, clays, leather, glass and similar products; c. manufacture of lumber and wood products; d. printing and publishing; e. paper and allied products; f. furniture and fixtures; g. chemicals and allied products; PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-12.'; 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS. 19.12 h. outside storage activities; i. rubber and miscellaneous plastic; j. primary metal industries; and k. fabricated metal products. 2. The following regulations shall apply to all industrial uses permitted in AD I in addi- tion to those regulations contained in other portions of this Section: a. Lot size: The minimum net lot area shall be thirty five thousand square feet. b. Height restrictions: The height of structures shall not exceed 30 feet. c. Pariking regulations: The pariking restrictions and regulations outlined in Chapter 19.18 shall apply. d. Yard regulations: Yards are required as follows: 1. Front yard: There shall be' a front yard having a depth of not less than 50 feet from the planned public right-of-way line. 2. Side yard: There shall be a side yard having a width of not less than 20 feet on each side of any structure. 3. Rear yard: There shall be a rear yard having width of not less than 20 feet on each side of any structure. e. Signs are permitted in this district subject to the requirements prescribed in Chap- ter 19.16. c. Commercial Use Regulations. 1. Permitted commercial uses within AD I include, but are not limited to, the follow- ing types of labor intensive activities, provided they comply with the standards prescribed in this Section. a. groceries and related wholesale; b. machinery, equipment, supplies, wholesale; c. hardware and metals, wholesale; d. other wholesale trade activities; PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-/2...'1 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 e. building and lumber materials; retail; and f. furniture, home furnishings, retail. 2. Within AD I, no structure or premise shall be used for: a. food, retail; b. apparel and accessories, retail; c. eating and drinking places; and d. general merchandise, retail. 3. The following regulations shall apply to all commercial activities permitted in AD I ad- dition to commercial activities permitted in AD I addition to those regulations contained in other portions of this Section: a. Lot size: The minimum net lot area shall be thirty-five thousand square feet. b. Height restrictions: The height of structures shall not exceed 30 feet. c. Parking regulations: The parking restrictions and regulations outlined in Chapter 19.18 shall apply. d. Yard regulations: Yards are required as follows: 1. Front yard: There shall be a front yard having a depth of not less than 30 feet from the planned public right-of-way. 2. Side yard: There shall be a side yard having width of not less than 20 feet on each side of any structure. 3. Rear yard: There shall be a rear yard having a depth of not less than 20 feet on each side of any structure. e. Signs are permitted in this district subject to the requirements prescribed in Chap- ter 19.16. d. Administrative And Professional Service Regulations. All administrative and professional service uses shall be prohibited in AD I, except repair services. II-ItS" 1/29/90 PRELIMINARY DRAFT OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 e. Public And Quasi-Public Administrative Use Regulations. All public and quasi-public administrative uses shall be prohibited in AD I. 1. Outdoor Recreation Use Regulations Permitted uses shall be limited to the following: 1. golf courses; and 2. horseback riding stables and trails (except that public shows and public events shall be prohibited). g. Resource Production Use Regulations All resource production uses may be permitted in AD I including, but not limited to, the following activities: 1. agricultural uses; 2. commercial feedlots; 3. commercial dairies; and 4. mining. 7. Airport District Two (AD m. a. Purpose This overlay district is designed to regulate land use and reduce hazards in an area characterized by high noise levels and a significant accident potential resulting from aircraft operations. Only those types of activities authorized by this Section may be per- mitted, and non permitted uses shall be subject to the requirements of a Conditional Use Permit contained in Chapter 19.42 except for agricultural uses, including structures not more than 20 feet in height and not intended for human occupancy, as well as the applicable standards established herein. b. Industrial/Manufacturing Use Regulation. 1. Permitted industrial/manufacturing uses within AD II include, but are not limited to , the uses approved for Airport District I, and provided they comply with the standards prescribed by this section. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-/~ 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 2. The following regulations shall apply to all industrial uses permitted AD II in addition to those regulations contained in other portions of this section: a. Lot size: The minimum net lot area shall be thirty-five thousand square feet. b. Height restrictions: The height of structures shall not exceed 30 feet except where otherwise specified. c. Parking regulations: The parking restrictions and regulations outlined in Chapter 19.18 shall apply. d. Yard regulations: Yards are required as follows: 1. Front yard: There shall be a front yard having a depth of not less than 50 feet from the planned public right-of-way line. 2. Side yard: There shall be a side yard having a width of not less than 15 feet on each side of any structure. 3. Rear yard: There shall be a rear yard having a depth of not less than 15 feet. e. Signs are permitted in this district subject to the requirements as prescribed in Chapter 19.16. c. Commercial Use Regulations 1. All commercial uses permitted in Section 19.06.xxx may be allowed in AD II. 2. Within AD II, no structure or premises shall be used for the following: a. funeral chapels; b. auditoriums; c. sports arenas; d. gymnasiums; e. stadiums; f. churches; g. theaters; and h. restaurants, except that coffee shops not serving alcoholic beverages and fast food restaurants are permitted. - PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-II.' 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 3. The following regulations shall apply to all commercial activities permitted in AD II in addition to those regulations contained in other portions of this Section: a. Lot size: The minimum net lot area shall be thirty fiVe thousand square feet. b. Height restrictions: The height restrictions outlined in this section shall apply. c. Parking regulation: The parking restrictions and regulations outlined in Chapter 19.18 shall apply. d. Yard regulations: Yards are required as follows: 1. Front yard: There shall be a front yard having a depth of not less than 30 feet from the planned public right-of-way line. 2. Side yard: There shall be a side yard having a width of not less than 15 feet. 3. Rear yard: There shall be a rear yard having depth of not less than 15 feet. e. Signs are permitted in this district subject to the requirements prescribed in Chapter 19.16 d. Administrative And Professional Use Regulations 1. The type of administrative and professional service uses that may be allowed in AD II include, but are not limited to: a. professional offices; b. banks and other financial institutions; c. electrical repair shops; d. dry cleaning establishments; and e. similar uses not involving high occupancy activities. 2. The following regulations shall apply to all administrative and professional service ac- tivities in addition to those appearing elsewhere in this section: a. Lot size: The minimum net lot area shall be thirty five thousand square feet. b. Height restrictions: The height restrictions outlined in this section shall apply. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1I-I2.e 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS - 19.12 c. Parking regulations: The parking restrictions and regulations outlined in Chapter 19.18 shall apply. d. Yard regulations: Yards are required as follows: 1. Front yard: There shall be a front yard having a depth of not less than 25 feet from the planned public right-of-way line. 2. Side yard: There shall be a side yard having a depth of not less than 15 feet on each side of any structure. 3. Rear yard: There shall be a rear yard having a depth of not less than 15 feet. e. Signs are permitted in this district subject to the requirements prescribed in Chap- ter 19.16. e. Outdoor Recreation Use Regulations Permitted uses shall be limited to the following: 1. golf courses; and 2. horseback riding stables and trails (except that public shows and public events shall be prohibited). f. Resource Production Use Regulations The following resource production uses may be permitted inADII: 1. agricultural uses; 2. commercial feedlots; 3. commercial dairies; and 4. mining. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-12.'! 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS. 19.12 8. AirDort District Three CAD IIn This district is designed to regulate land use in an area charac- terized as having high noise levels. All new development located in this district shall incorporate a noise level reduction of 30 decibels. Where the contemplated use to be made of any structure makes noise reduction unnecessary or useless, the noise reduction re- quirements specified herein shall not apply, but approval may be subject to such conditions as to changes of use or subsequent uses as the Commission may impose. 9. AirDort District Four CAD IVI This district is designed to regulate land use in an area charac- terized as having high noise levels. All new development located in this district shall incorporate a noise level reduction of 25 decibels. Where the contemplated use to be made of any structure makes noise reduction unnecessary or useless, the noise reduction re- quirements specified herein shall not apply, but approval may be subject to such conditions as to changes of use or subsequent uses as the Commission may impose. 10. Airport District Five CAD V) This district is designed to regulate land use in an area charac- terized as having high noise levels. All new development located in this district shall incorporate a noise level reduction of 20 decibels. Where the contemplated use to be made of any structure makes noise reduction unnecessary or useless, the noise reduction re- quirements specified herein shall not apply, but approval may be subject to such conditions as to changes of use or subsequent uses as the Commission may impose. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II- 1>]0 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS - 19.12 B. FC (FREEWAY CORRIDOR OVERLAY) DISTRICT 1. Purpose This overlay zone is intended to provide special design guidelines which address the siting and design of non residential structures within the immediate viewshed of motorists traveling the 1-10 and 1- 215 freeway corridors and State Highway 30 and its connecting segment to the 1-215. 2. ADDlicability The FC (Freeway Corridor Overlay) District shall be in effect in all non residential zoning districts for a distance of 300 feet or to the first public street (whichever is greater) from the edge of the freeway right-of-way. Any parcel wholly or partially within this area is subject to the requirements herein. As an overlay, this District is imposed in addition to those of the un- derlying district. Any developments within the geographic limits of this Overlay must conform to the requirements of both Districts or the more restrictive of the two. 3. DeveloDment Standards a. Landscape setback buffer A 25 foot landscape setback buffer is required along all freeway frontage whether the property fronts or backs up to the freeway. The buffer shall contain, as a minimum, one 24" box "Green Gem" for every 30 feet of adjacent lot line. The trees may be clustered. b. Building setback A minimum building setback of 50 feet from the freeway right of way line will be required. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II'I~/ 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 c. Service, loading, and equipment storage areas Service areas including storage, special equipment, main- tenance, and loading areas shall be screened with landscap- ing aIld architectural elements. The purpose is to hide those areas from the freeways. Loading docks and service areas must be located on interior side yards and concealed from public "freeway" view. Utility equipment and communication devices located on the grounds must be screened so that the site will appear free of all such devices. Utility lines for water, gas, sewage, electri- cal, and communication must be installed underground. Refuse collection areas are to be visually screened with a ~ perimeter wall using materials and colors compatible with those of the adjacent buildings. Refuse collection areas are to be located on an interior building side yard and shall be roofed if the contents of the area are visible from any freeway. Service, storage, and maintenance areas shall be con- structed and maintained according to the following criteria: (1) No materials, supplies or equipment, including trucks or other motor vehicles, are to be stored on-site ex- cept inside a closed building or behind architectural screening, to prevent visibility from the freeway. The storage of vehicles for sale is exempt from this re- quirement. (2) All storage areas shall be screened by walls and shall be located on the side or rear portions of buildings. (3) Architectural screening shall be constructed of the same materials and finishes compatible with the ad- jacent building, and shall be designed and placed to complement the building design. (4) No service, storage, maintenance, or loading area may extend into a landscape setback buffer area. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-/'!>Z- 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS. 19.12 d. Building facade Desireable: (1) Facades should be designed to convey a sense of order through the interplay of light, shadow and tex- ture.. Facade articulation should reinforce a sense of quality and integrity. ') (2) A sophisticated refinement of the building proportions and'fenestration.details should be carefully conceived to a~hieve desired goals. (3) Facades shall reflect the quality and the integrity of the underlying structure in a clear and consistent man- ner. Window panels (if used) and spandrels shall be differentiated and the percentage of window glass to non-glass area should be a minimum of 25% (win- dow) and 25% (wall) in retail uses. (4) Recessed or articulated wall surfaces columns and beams will help to visually segment an otherwise mas- sive exterior wall surface. Undesirable: (1) Boxy and monotonous facades which lack a sense of scale will not be permitted. (2) Weak or token expressions of structure or an incon- sistent statement of structure will not be permitted. (3) Arbitrary, decorative, or stylized architectural treat- ments will not be permitted. (4) Larger amounts (more than 70% of wall surface) of reflective glass will not be permitted. e. Mechanical equipment Roof-mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened on all sides. Any devices located on the building will be proper- ly screened to minimize visual impact. The color of these devices will be the same as the building color. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II.I~~ 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 Buildings shall appear free of all utility and communication devices. Satellite dishes and antennas shall be ground mounted unless technically infeasible, and shall be located and treated in a manner that reduces visibility from freeways. All installation locations shall be noted on the site plans. 1. Freeway adjacent signs Freeway adjacent signs are limited to identifying the com- plex, major anchor tenant, building, or company occupying the site. Freeway adjacent signs are allowed on parcels with more than 300 feet of freeway frontage in addition to other signs allowed. Site identification along a freeway frontage will be limited to monument-type signs developed for freeway visibility. These signs are to be located within the individual building site in the landscape setback running parallel to the freeway. The sign shall be perpendicular to the freeway. Location shall be approximately midway between side property lines. There shall be no more than one double-faced freeway sign per site. Said sign is limited to identifying the project, build- ing, complex, or major tenant occupying the site. Projects over five (5) acres in size with more than one thousand (1,000) feet of freeway frontage may be permitted two (2) freeway adjacent signs at the discretion of the Com- mission. Said signs shall not be placed closer to one another than six hundred (600) feet. All other regulations apply. Buildings, such as hotels and restaurants, fronting the freeway are entitled to have a freeway monument sign and a building sign visible from the freeway. The maximum installed sign height shall not be greater than 10'-0. above freeway elevation. The maximum height of the sign panel shall be 7'-0., the width shall be 25'-0., and the total sign area shall not exceed 125 square feet. PRELIMINARY DRAFT n-'''1 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 Any tree in the landscaped buffer that is removed to accom- modate the installation of any sign shall be replaced with a minimum 48" box tree. g. Prohibited signs (1) A-frame signs (2) Roof signs (3) Bench signs (4) Billboard signs (5) Captive balloons (6) Emitting sign (7) Inflatable signs (8) General advertising signs (9) Off premise signs (10) Portable sign (11) Animated signs, except time/temperature devices (12) Paper, cloth, and plastic streamer signs (13) Painted signs on primary walls (14) Pennants (15) Statues used for advertising (16) Traffic sign replicas (17) Vehicle signs (18) Directional signs which incorporate business logo or ID (19) Permanent "come-on" signs (Sale Today!, Stop, Look, etc.) Direct and indirect lighting methods are allowed provided that they are not harsh or unnecessarily bright. The use of can type box signs with white or light colored translucent backlit panels are not allowed on any structures or as a freestanding sign. (Refer to the design guidelines for signs in Chapter 19.16). h. Prohibited Structures (1) Metal Buildings (2) Buildings with open, exposed craneways PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1I.1~5' 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS. 19.12 C. FF (FOOTHILL FIRE ZONES OVERLAY) DISTRICT The Foothill Communities Protective "Greenbelt" Program identifies three foothill fire zones that have different degrees of hazard based on slope, type of fuel present and natural barriers. The foothill fire zones are: A-Ex- treme Hazard B-High Hazard C- Moderate Hazard. Fire Zones A & Bare determined based on slope with Zone B including slopes from 15- 30% and Zone A including slopes of 30% or greater, as shown below (Figure -l. The slopes shall be determined by the slope analysis, submitted with the project application. The standards apply to all or some of the foothill fire zones as noted by the letter(s) in parenthesis following each standard. 1. Access and Circulation. a. Local hillside street standards may be used to minimize grading and erosion potential while providing adequate access for vehicles, including emergency vehicles. The right- of-way shall be 44 feet with 36 feet of paved width and parking on both sides. (A + B) b. Streets may have a paved width of 28 feet with parking on 1 side of the street only, subject to review and recommendation by the Fire Chief and Director of Public Works/City Engineer with approval by the Commission. (A + B) c. Subdivisions shall be designed to allow emergency vehicle access to wildland areas behind structures. This is to be accomplished in either of 2 ways: 1. Provide a perimeter street along the entire wildland side of a development; or 2. Provide a fuel-modified area, a minimum of 50 feet in depth, adjacent to the foothills and connected to the street by flat 12 foot minimum access ways placed no more than 350 feet apart. If designed as a gated easement, access ways may be part of a side yard. (B) d. No dead-end streets are to be permitted. Temporary cul-de-sacs are required. (A+B+C) e. All cul-de-sac turnarounds and curves must be designed with a minimum radius of 40 feet to the curb face. (A+B+C) f. The maximum cul-de-sac length is 500 feet. Cul-de-sacs longer than 500 feet may be permitted subject to review and recommendation by the Fire Chief and approval of the Commission. (A+B) PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-l~" 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 g. Maximum street grades shall be 12% for a maximum distance of 450 feet with all weather non-skid surface and require review authority approval with consent by the Fire Chief and City Engineer. (A+B+C) h. All driveways shall be less than 150 feet in length and have an all-weather driving surface of not less than 20 feet of unobstructed width and 14 feet 6 inches of vertical clearance. The grade shall not exceed 12% unless on-site fire protection measures are approved by the Fire Chief. (A+B) 2. Site and Street Identification a. Non-combustible and reflective street markers shall be visible for 100 feet pur- suant to City standards. (A+B+C) b. Non-combustible building addresses of contrasting colors shall be placed on the structure fronting the street. Three inch high lettering and numbers visible at least 100 feet are required. (A+B+C) 3. Roadside VeQetation All vegetation shall be maintained and all dead plant material shall be removed for a distance of 10 feet from curbline. (A+B) 4. Water Supply a. Static water sources such as fire hydrants and wells shall have clear access on each side of at least 15 feet. (A+B+C) b. A minimum of 2 private spigots facing the foothills/wildlands shall be required for each structure. (A+B) c. Fire hydrants shall be identified with approved blue reflecting street markers. (A+B+C) d. There shall be a minimum level distance of 50 feet between maximum grade streets. Fire hydrants shall be placed on this level surface. e. Each cul-de-sac greater than 300 feet in length shall have a minimum of 1 hydrant. (A+B) 5. Erosion Control a. Require compaction of all fills. (A+B+C) b. For all new projects, erosion and drainage control plans must be prepared by a licensed civil engineer, and be approved prior to permit issuance. (A+B) PRELIMINARY DRAFT n-I!l7 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 c. Erosion control plans shall incorporate the use of fire resistant vegetation. (A+B) d. Project referral notices shall be sent to the appropriate Resource Conservation Dis- trict for erosion control comments in foothill areas. (A+B) e. Maintain firebreak fuel modification zones, when required, through home owner as- sociations, assessment districts or other means. (A+B) 6. Construction and Develooment Desian a. A slope analysis shall be filed with all discretionary applications for all projects in Fire Zones A & B consistent with the Hillside Management section of the General Plan and Section of this Code. (A+B) b. Structures shall be located only where the upgraded slope is less than 25%. If the building pad is adjacent to a slope which is greater than 25% and is greater than 30 feet in height, a minimum pad setback of 30 feet from the edge of the slope is required. The setback may be less than 30 feet only when the entire slope, or 100 feet adjacent to the building pad, whichever is less, is landscaped with fire resistant vegetation and main- tained by an automatic irrigation system. (A+B) c. In a subdivisions, all proposed property lines shall be placed at the top of the slopes. (A+B+C) d. No new development shall be permitted where the slope exceeds 40%. One single family structure may be constructed on existing lots of record where the slope is 30% or greater. (A) e. No development shall be permitted in narrow canyon mouths or ridge saddles. (A+B) f. Open ends of tile roofs shall be capped with non ignitable material to prevent birds nests or other combustible material to be located within the roof structure. (A+B+C) g. All roof overhangs shall be enclosed with materials rated by the Uniform Building Code as one-hour fire resistant. (A+B) h. Attic vents which are placed under the roof overhang shall be located nearthe roof edge rather than toward the eX1emal wall. (A+B) i. No attic vent shall be placed facing the foothills/wildland. (A+B) j. Vents shall be no larger than 144 square inches and covered by 1/4 x 1/4 inch cor- rosion resistant wire mesh. (A+B) k. Roof mounted turbine vents shall not be permitted. (A+B) PRELIMINARY DRAFT II-I~'il 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 I. Patio covers shall be constructed of Uniform Building Code non-combustible materials. (A+B) m. All glass facing the wildlands shall be extra thickness or double paned and meet Uniform Building Code requirements. (A+B) n. Any exposed roof and wall piping, vents, flashing and other penetrations and ap- pendages shall be constructed of non- combustible materials. (A+B) o. All accessory structures, guest housing or second units shall conform to all fire protection zone standards. (A+B) p. All roofs shall be constructed with non-combustible, non-wood materials, (A+B+C) q. All exterior walls shall be constructed with materials rated by the Uniform Building Code as one-hour fire resistant. (A+B+C) r. Chimney spark arrestors are required, constructed of 12 gauge wire screen with 1/2 inch opening mounted in vertical positions visible from the ground. (A+B+C) s. Structures, including decks supported to any degree by stilts, shall either have all under-floor areas encased with one-hour fire resistive materials, or meet the require- ments of heavy timber (Type IV) construction. (A+B) t. All fencing shall be constructed of non-combustible, non-wood materials, There shall be gates facing the road for emergency pedestrian access, constructed of non- combustible, non-wood materials. (A+B+C) u. The minimum distance between structures shall be 60 feet in Zone A and 30 feet in Zone B. (A+B) v. Fire resistant plant materials shall be planted for a minimum of 50 feet adjacent to the foothills. (A+B) w. Firewood may only be stacked on the uphill contour away from the home. (A+B) x. All fuel tanks must be placed a distance from structures and property lines in ac- cordance with the Uniform Fire Code. All vegetation must be cleared for a radius of 10 feet from the tanks. (A+B) y. Underground utilities are required for new subdivisions and individual structures. (A+B+C) PRELIMINARY DRAFT II- I" 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 Z. All new swimming pools or other significant water sources (500 gallons or more) shall be designed so as to be used by the Fire Department in an emergency. Design shall consider the most economical and simple method(s) available. The design must be ap- proved by the Fire Department. (A+B) aa. Retrofitting of structures is required when more than 25% replacement occur; Le., roofing, fencing, room addition. (A+B+C) 7. Miscellaneous Deed restrictions shall require that all future transfers of property disclose to the purchaser the high fire hazard designation ap- plicable to the property. (A+B+C) PRELIMINARY DRAFT II- 1'10 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS. 19.12 D. FP (FLOOD PLAIN OVERLAY) DISTRICT This overlay district is intended to protect the public health, safety, and general welfare, and to minimize hazards due to flooding in specific areas as identified by the latest adopted Flood Insurance Rate Maps. Proposed development within the subject overlay district shall comply with Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) requirements and Chapter 15.72 (Flood Control Measures) of the Municipal Code. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11.1'/1 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 D. HM (HILLSIDE MANAGEMENT OVERLAY) DISTRICT 1. Purpose It is the purpose of this section to provide for low-density residential development in the City's hillside areas and to assure that this development occurs in a manner which protects the hillside's natural and topographic character and identity, environmental sen- sitivities, aesthetic qualities, and the public health, safety, and general welfare. This protection is obtained by insuring that development does not create soil erosion, silting of lower slopes, slide damage, flooding problems, and severe cutting or scarring. It is the intent to encourage a sensitive form of development while still allowing for residential uses which complement the natural and visual character of the City and its hillsides. 2. Policies The regulations, development standards, and design guidelines set forth in this section are based on the following policies: a. To minimize the effects of grading and insure that the natural character of hillsideareas is retained; b. To preserve the most visually significant slope banks and ridge lines in their natural state by providing for low density development; c. To encourage variety in housing types, padding techniques, grading techniques, lot sizes, site design, density, arrange- ment, and spacing of homes and develop ments; d. To encourage innovative architectural, landscaping, circula- tion, and site design; e. To discourage mass grading of large pads and excessive te rraci ng; f. To provide for safe circulation of vehicular and pedestrian traffic to and within hillside areas, and to provide adequate access for emergency vehicles necessary to serve hillside areas; PRELIMINARY DRAFT II- '~1. 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 g. To take into account unstable slopes, or slopes subject to erosion and deterioration, in order to protect human lives and property; h. To encourage design and building practices to assure maximum safety from wild fire hazard; and i. To preserve visually significant rock outcroppings, native plant materials, and natural hydrology. 3. Applicability The HM (Hillside Management Overlay) District is intended to be the approximate location of the hillside areas along the foothills in the northern area of the City. The foothill area is defined as that area beginning on the east side of the City limits at Boulder Avenue and Highland Avenue; thence northwesterly along the extension of Piedmont Drive to Victoria Avenue; thence northerly up to the exten- sion of Piedmont Drive westerly to Foothill Drive; thence along Foothill drive west to Del Rosa Avenue; thence north to the exten- sion of 40th Street; thence west along 40th Street to Waterman Avenue; thence north to teh P.1. Railroad right-of-way; thence west along the P.E. Railroad right-of-way to Northpark Boulevard; thence west along Northpark Boulevard extending to teh Muscupiabe Rancho Line; thence west to teh city limits, more particularly described as shown on map labeled Exhibit "A" on file in the Plan- ning and Building Services Department. Areas of 15 percent natural slope or less along the external border of the Overlay District at the base of the hillsides, as determined by the preparation of a slope map by a licensed civil engineer, may be excluded from the density and development provisions of this sec- tion. Those areas excluded shall revert to the underlying zone dis- trict density and development standard provisions. The standards contined in this section apply to all uses and struc- tures within the HM Overlay District and are in addition to those of the underlying district. 4. Permitted and Conditionally Permitted Uses Uses permitted or conditionally permitted within the HM Overlay District shall be the same as those for the underlying district. A Conditional Use Permit shall be requried for all land subdivisions and non-residential uses. PRELIMINARY DRAFT n-/Oj"} 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 5. Planned Development Permit Reauired A Planned Development Permit, in accordance with the require- ments of Chapter 19,40 of this Code, shall be required for all ap- plicable uses and structures permitted in this overlay district. 6. DeveloDment Standards a. Density Notwithstanding the density allowed by the underlying zoning district, the maximum density on any parcel to which this section applies shall not exceed the units per acre for each of the average percent slope ranges indicated below. Averaoe Slope 1%\ Units Per Acre 0-14 15-24 25-30 30-39 40+ 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.1 Development not permitted b. Calculation of Average Slope The average slope of the land to be divided within this over- lay zone shall be determined in accordance with the follow- ing formula: S = 00229 IL IN-1) AN Where: .00229 is the conversion factor for square feet; I = contour interval in feet; L = combined length of contour lines in scale feet within the land to be divided; A = area of the land to be divided, in acres. N = number of contours included in L c. Exclusions PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 11-/'1'1 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 The determination of the average slope of a site shall be based on the entire parcel, except that ravines and other areas with a slope in excess of 40 percent may be excluded from the determination of the average slope, at the discre- tion of the Director. The Director may exclude portions of the site from this determination if he/she finds that the parcel to be excluded forms one contiguous area of reasonably regular configuration (based on existing topography). Any area excluded from the determination of the average scope shall be designated on any future development plans as permanent open space and may be offered for dedication to the City. Such excluded areas shall not be included in determining the maximum unit count under subsection a. above. d. Bonus for Exclusions For any portion of land excluded from the density calculation the Director may assign up to one unit per 5 acres to such portion for the purpose of determining the maximum number of lots which may be permitted. The number so determined shall be added to the number permissible on the remaining portions to obtain the total number of lots permitted on the land to be divided. The computation of the maximum number of lots is intended solely to set up an absolute maximum. A lesser number of units may prove to be the maximum permitted based upon compliance with other hillside development and grading re- quirements. e. Minimum Parcel Size No absolute minimum parcel widths and depths are specified. Buildable area is considered to be a contiguous area of the lot which is less than 40 percent in natural slope or the area determined through the hillside development plan review. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 II. ,~S' OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 1. Setbacks (1) Front, side, and rear setbacks shall be determined based upon the precise development plan and en- vironmental studies. (2) On property located on downhill slopes having a twenty-five percent or greater slope (measured in the general direction of the side lot lines), a private garage may be constructed in teh requried front yard; provided, however, that every portion of the garage shall be at least five feet from the front lot line. g. Building Height (1) The maximum height of a proposed structure shall not exceed the midpoint of the structure on the immediately uphill lot. (2) Where there is no structure on the immediately uphill lot, the maximum height shall not exceed a point 8 feet above the average ground level of the uphill lot. (3) "Immediately uphill lot" shall mean an adjacent lot, whether or not separated by streets, easements, or the like, which has an average ground level higher than the average ground level of the subject lot. If more than one lot meets the definition of "immediately uphill lot" then the measurements required by this sec- tion shall be made against the lower lot. (4) "Midpoint" shall be that point equidistant from the foundation at ground level to the apex of the roof, but not including roof structures, stairways, tanks, ventilat- ing fans, or similar equipment required to operate and maintain the building and fire or parapet walls, skylights, towers, flagpoles, chimneys, smokestacks, wireless and television masts, or similar structures. (5) Nothing in this section shall be consrued to allow the height of a structure, including a single family residence, to exceed that allowed in the underlying zone. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 11-1'4' OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 h. Fire Sprinklers Required All residential structures shall be provided with interior sprinklers in order to help decrease the spread of fire. i. Ingress and Egress A tentative map, final map, tentative parcel rnap, or parcel map shall provide for at least two different standard routes for ingress and egress in accordance with the requirements for subdivisions in Chapter 19.26 of this Code. j. Street Standards Streets in this overlay zone shall conform to the following standards: (1) The minimum right-of-way width shall be 50 feet except in an unusual circumstance where terrain prohibits development on one side of the hillside street. In such cases, the City Engineer may require slope easements for any cut or fill slopes outside the right-of-way. (2) Curb-to-curb width shall be 36 feet except for the following; (a) Where the street is an access route only with no development occurring along that portion of the street and only emergency parking is provided for, the curb-to-curb width may be reduced to 28 feet. (b) Where the development density does not exceed 2 dwelling units per acre and adequate off-street parking is provided for, the curb-to- curb width may be reduced to 28 feet. (3) A maximum grade of 8 percent is desired for hillside areas and no grade exceeding that amount shall be approved by the City Engineer except where conclusive proof in writing is given that conformity PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-1'/7 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 with the standards set forth in this Code would be im- practical. Any street grades in excess of 12 percent shall require approval by the Commission with the consent of the Police Department, Fire Department, and City Engineer. (4) Minimum centerline radius shall be245 feet except that the City Engineer may approve a lesser radius in cases where safety design measures have been incorporated into the street design. (5) One way streets may be permitted where it can be shown that they reduce the overall amount of cut and fill required. (6) Cui de sacs to a maximum length of 750 feet in leng1h may be permitted with a maximum of 40 dwell- ing units and to a maximum length of 1,000 feet with a maximum of 20 dwelling units, and shall be ter- minated with a turn-around area not less than 50 feet in radius. (7) Sidewalks on only one side of a street may be permitted in hillside areas subject to the approval of the City En- gineer. (8) All other street improvement standards shall conform to the standard plans and specifications of the City Engineer. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11./'10 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS. 19.12 7. Development Performance Standards The following minimum performance standards are required for any development within this Overlay District. Necessary information shall be provided with the Planned Development Permit application as prescribed in Chapter 19.40 to determine compliance with these standards. a. Soils/Grading (1) Grading of any site shall conform to the following grading standards, based upon the percent of the natural slope. (a) Less than 10%: Redistribution of earth over large areas may be permitted. However, such grading shall not disrupt existing land form, major drainage patterns, and areas of sig- nificant vegetation. (b) 10% - 19.9%: Some grading may occur, but landforms must retain their natural character. Padded building sites may be allowed, but cus- tom foundations, split level designs, stacking and clustering is expected to mitigate the need for large padded building areas. (c) 20% - 29.9%: Mass grading is not permitted. Special hillside architectural and design techni- ques are expected in order to conform to the natural land form. (d) 30% - 39.9%: Development and limited grading can only occur in this category if it can be clear- ly demonstrated that safety, environmental, and aesthetic impacts will be avoided. (e) Greater than 40%: Development and grading is prohibited in this slope category. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-1'1<\ 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS. 19.12 (2) Grading shall be designed to: (a) Conserve natural topographic features and appearances by means of land sculpturing to blend graded slopes and benches with natural topography. (b) Retain major natural topographic features such as canyons and prominent landmarks. (3) All graded areas shall be protected from wind and water erosion through acceptable slope stabilization methods such as planting, walls, or netting. (4) Slopes created by grading of the site shall not exceed 30 percent; UNACCEPTABLE \ \ \ UNNATUWAL / ./' CUT SLOPE / / \ ,,\/alGh, / / \ \2f\~ /'Y{jl / \ \L\ \",,75 ~ jI-(../ \LL.l.-uo .... -r--JF, \ \ \ \. I -r I \ \ \ ,_./ I I I \ \ '~-_./ / / \ ' / I STANDARD CUT '- / / INTO NOSE \ - _ ./ OR RIDGEUNE , // --- PREFERRED \ // \>\'c,-~i //j/ \\~~(~X ~\ ~~---7'-f': / / ROUND OFF ~ __ CUT EDGES \ \ - I l TO CONFORM TO \ "...... /' / THE NATURAL GRADE \ " / / \ '-_/ // " / ....._-~ UNACCEPTABLE REGULAR SLOPES SHARP CUT PREFERRED PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-150 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 b. Public Safety (1) Fire Safety All developments in this overlay zone shall comply with the standards of the G (Greenbelt Overlay) Dis- trict. In the course of the review for a project in this overlay zone, the Fire Chief will be reviewing each project to determine compliance with fire safety stand- ards. The standards cover such items, as but not limited to: (a) Number of access points and street designs for each development; (b) Driveway lengths and widths; (c) Distances between dwellings; (d) Fuel management plan; (e) Water flow and fire hydrant requirements' (I) Fire retardant building materials. (2) Geotechnical (a) Any development or subdivision within the Alquist-Priolo "Special Studies Zone" shall con- duct a geologic study in conformance with the requirements of the Zone. This study shall be prepared by a certified engineering geologist. (b) No structure for human occupancy, other than one-story wood frame structures shall be per- mitted within 100 feet of an active or potentially active fault trace. Wood frame structures for human occupancy shall not be located within 50 feet of an active or potentially active fault trace. (c) No emergency facilities, community facilities, or places of general public assembly shall be permitted within the Alquist-Priolo Zone. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-/51 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS - 19.12 (d) All structures within the trace shall require the seismic features of the structure to be reviewed and approved by a professional en- gineer specializing in seismic/structural design. (e) The Building Official may require special construction methods of structures where it has been determined to have potential geologic hazards. (f) A statement shall be included on every deed for each lot within the development, which in- forms the prospective owner of the potential for seismic activity, and the potential hazards. c. Water/Drainage (1) On-site catch basins or siltation basins, as well as energy absorbing devices, may be required as a means to prevent erosion as well as to provide for ground water recharge. (2) Natural drainage courses should be protected from grading activity. (3) Where brow ditches are required, naturalize with plant materials and native rocks. . .:( ~D~CA~ING TO SCREE~' DRAJNAGE SYSTEM J) 1/ ..,.. \ '--../ / / If(~ \ \ " ::::::;~ /' IZ~. ' \ \ '- -..........:_____ //'/ II.."" \\" ~______//tt,,;~":>'~X ;: -----//1&::.J:.. \"'- ' - /. :.' ,,'-- ----- .' "- LOCATE PUNT MATERIAL IN SWALES TO SIMULATE . THE NATURAL CONomON FILTERED VIEWS ~ - ---- ...-- PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-1(;1. 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS - 19.12 (4) Maximum coverage of a parcel by impervious surfaces shall not exceed 40 percent of the gross land area, and such maximum may be reduced by the Director in areas where the slope exceeds 15 percent. d. Animal and Plant Life (1) Areas of a site which are identified in the environ- mental study as having biological significance shall be preserved. (2) Natural vegetation shall be maintained wherever possible. If removal is required, reestablishment of a compatible plant material will be required. (3) All exposed slopes and graded areas shall be land- scaped with ground cover, shrubs, and trees. (4) Existing mature trees shall be incorporated into the project. .... ... ... .... Natural vegetation retained Graded slopes to be replanted with native or naturalized ...... ...... plant materials. '\, .... --- (5) Water and energy conservation techniques shall be utilized, such as special irrigation techniques (e.g., drip irrigation), drought tolerant plant species, alluvial rockscape, etc. (6) Wherever possible, fire resistant native vegetation shall be preserved and planted. (7) Introduction of landscaping within the hillside areas should make maximum use of texture, color, be capable of blending in with the natural landscape, and help to soften the effects of buildings, walls, pave- ment, and grading. (8) Screening along roadways should make maximum PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 II- 15" OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 use of berming and landscaping. e. Design (1) Dwelling units and structures shall be compatible with the natural surroundings of the area and shall not dominate the natural environment. (2) Exterior finishes of dwelling units and structures should blend in with natural surroundings by using earth tone colors and avoiding reflective materials or finishes. (3) Site design should utilize varying setbacks, building heights, innovative building techniques, and building and wall forms which serve to blend buildings into the terrain. (STEP STRUCTURE WI1lf SLOPED ROOF IN GENERAL DIRECTION OF THE NATURAL SLOPE ...... ...... ...... ...... o :-.... ...... ..... .~. ~. - (4) Dwelling units and structures shall be sited in a manner that will: (a) Retain outward views from each unit; (b) Preserve or enhance vistas, particularly those seen from public places; (c) Preserve visually significant rock outcroppings, natural hydrology, native plant materials, and areas of visual or historical significance. PRELIMINARY DRAFT II. IS", 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 (5) The highest point of any structure shall not be located within 100 vertical feet of a ridgeline (Le., a ground line located at the highest elevation of a connected series of major and minor hills or mountains). (a) Use the natural ridgeline as a backdrop for structures; (b) Use landscape plant materials as a backdrop; and (c) Use structure to maximize concealment of cut slope. (6) Retaining Walls/Fences (a) Retaining walls shall be used in the following manner: UDslope - One wall per lot not exceeding 8 feet in height. DownsloDe - One wall per lot not exceeding 42 inches in height may be used. Lots slopino with the street of access or other conditions - One retaining wall on each side of the lot may be used not exceeding 42 inches in height. RetaininQ walls adiacent to driveways - Walls being an integral part of the structure may exceed 8 feet in height if necessary. (b) Exposed walls and fences facing roadways shall be no greater than 5 feet in height. (c) Where retaining walls face roadways, they shall be built of natural materials indigenous to the area (Le., rock facing). STRUCTUFlIESHOU1..D FALL BELOW TOPOf'RIDGEELEVAll0N ) A!TAlN RIDGEUNI! TO PROVIDE VISUAL _ :e:o:o:~:PMarr 2 _ _ _ _ use LANDSCAPE PLAtfT MA Te:RIAL AS A SUPPLI!MENT OR SUBSTTTUTE FOR . RIDGEUNE BACKDROP IF RIDGE IS GRADED. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-155'" 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 8. Planned DeveloDment Permit Required a. Project Initiation To initiate a project on any parcel within the HM Overlay District, the property owner(s) or assignee(s) shall submit a Planned Development Permit Application to the Department in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 19.40. The Commission shall have the responsibility for review and ap- proval of said applications, except that the Director shall review and act upon all Planned Development Permits for single family residences on existing lots. b. Contents of the Application An application for a Planned Development Permit within the HM Overlay District shall include the following: (1) A topographic map of the project site and land and structures within 100 feet of the project boundaries. The map shall be drawn to a scale of not less than one inch equals 100 feet with a maximum contour in- terval of ten feet. The maximum contour interval shall be 5 feet where terrain has a slope of less than 25%. (2) A tree map, drawn to the scale prescribed above, locating existing trees on the project site with a trunk diameter of 6 inches or greater or having a vertical height from ground level to tree-top level of 25 feet or greater. This map shall define the species of such trees and identify their approximate trunk diameter, base elevation, height, and condition. No such trees shall be removed without prior written approval of the Commission. (3) A site or plot plan of the proposed project, including representations of property lines and recorded and proposed easements and public rights-of-way. Exist- ing structures within 100 feet of the site shall also be shown on the site or plot plan. (4) A preliminary grading plan for the project, drawn to the same scale as required above. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 II-IS," OVERLAY DISTRICTS - 19.12 (5) Colored maps of existing and final slope, based on the following slope categories: 0-10%,10.1-15%, 15.1-20%, 20.1-25%, 25.1-30%, 30.1-35%, 35.1- 40%, greater than 40% adjoining slope categories shall be shown using contrasting colors. (6) Sections or elevations of the proposed project. Plans shall indicate those residences which may be affected in terms of view obstruction. (7) A soils engineering report including data regarding the nature, distribution and strengths of existing soils, conclusions, and recommendations for grading proce- dures, design criteria for and identified corrective measures, and opinions and recommendations regarding existing conditions and proposed grading. This investigation and report shall be performed by a professional soils engineer experienced in the prac- tice of soil mechanics and registered with the state of California. (8) A geology report including the surface and subsurface geology of the site, degree of seismic hazard, con- clusions and recommendations regarding the effect of geologic conditions on the proposed development, opinions and recommended design criteria to mitigate any identified geologic hazards. This investigation and report shall be performed by a professional geologist experienced in the practice of engineering geology and registered with the state of California. (9) A hydrology report which shall include areas of possible inundation, downstream effects, natural drainage courses, conclusions, and recommendations regard- ing the effect of hydrologic conditions on the proposed development, opinions and recommenda- tions regarding the adequacy of facilities proposed for the site, and design criteria to mitigate identified hydrologic hazards. This report shall account for runoff and debris from tributary areas and shall provide consideration for each lot or dwelling unit site in a development. Runoff and debris volumes shall be computed using San Bemardino County Flood Control District criteria. This investigation and report shall be prepared by a registered civil engineer ex- perienced in hydrology and hydrologic investigation. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-157 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 (10) A preliminary landscaping plan showing disposition of existing trees, and the type and extent of proposed vegetation. (11) The applicant may be requested to submit a scaled profile model or an isometric drawing depicting any or all of the site proposed for development. The developer may be required to submit photographs of the site showing the proposed development and its ef- fect. (12) Covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CC&R's), including but not limited to development plans, com- mon area and slope maintenance, private area landscaping and maintenance shall be submitted and approved prior to the recordation of a final tract map. (13) Other information or application materials as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Director of Community Development. c. Modification of Submittal Requirements The requirement to submit any or all of the materials enumerated above may be varied by the Director under the following conditions: (1) Recently completed and satisfactory reports covering the same subject matter of the same site already in existence; or (2) Some or all of the above reports are included as part of an approved Environmental Impact Report or Nega- tive Declaration; or (3) The reports described in 1. and 2. above were previous- ly prepared for a site in close proximity to the project and such other site possesses similar characteristics to the subject project lot or parcel. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-/$8 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 d. Evaluation of Planned Development Permit Application The Commission shall evaluate the Planned Development Permit Application based on the following criteria: (1) In general, the project shall be designed to fit the existing topography; the site shall not be graded to ac- commodate the project. (2) The proposed density does not exceed the maximum allowed density. (3) Final contours and slopes shall generally reflect existing landforms; in particular, building pads and ter- races interspersed with slopes shall not be created and ridgelines, knolls, and significant tree masses shall be maintained. (4) The proposed development seeks to avoid significant intrusion(s) into the views from adjoining up-slope residences. (5) Views from public open space areas, rights-of-way, and other public places and of major public open space areas are is not significantly affected. (6) Wide pads or level areas are not created to accom- modate roads. Roads should be fit into the existing topography; one-way roads may be preferred over two-way roads to reduce grading, and on-street park- ing should be parallel to the road, not perpendicular. (7) Buildings, parking, carports, and landscaping shall be arranged so that view corridors from downslope lots are created. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-1~"l 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 9. APPLICABLE REGULATIONS All uses shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Sections: 1. Section 19.42 Conditional Use Permits 2. Section 19.40 Planned Development Permits 3. Section 19.22 Landscaping 4. Section 19.20 Off-Street Loading 5. Section 19.18 Off-Street Parking 6. Section 19.16 Signs 7. Section 19.32 Temporary Use Permits 8. Section 19.38 Variances PRELIMINARY DRAFT n-/bO 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 F. HP (HISTORIC PRESERVATION OVERLAY) DISTRICT This section reserved for future ordinance. PRELIMINARY DRAFT n-I"1 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS -19.12 G. MS (MAIN STREET OVERLAY) DISTRICT PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11-',,2... 1/29/90 OVERLAY DISTRICTS - 19.12 19.12.XXX APPLICABLE REGULATIONS All uses shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Chapters: 1. Chapter 19.42 2. Chapter 19.22 3. Chapter 19.20 4. Chapter 19.18 5. Chapter 19.40 6. Chapter 19.16 7. Chapter 19.32 8. Chapter 19.38 Conditional Use Permits Landscaping Standards Off-Street Loading Standards Off-Street Parking Standards Planned Development Permits Sign Standards Temporary Use Permits Variances PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 11-/", PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS - 19.14 ARTICLE III - GENERAL CHAPTER 19.14 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 19.14.010 PURPOSE These standards shall ensure that new or modified uses and development will produce an urban environment of stable, desirable character which is harmonious with the exist- ing and future development, consistent with the General Plan. 19.14.020 APPLICABILITY Any permit which authorizes new construction or modifications to an existing structure shall be subject to the standards set forth in this Chapter. 19.14.030 GENERAL STANDARDS No permit shall be approved unless it conforms to all of the following standards set forth in this Chapter: 1 . Access 2. Additional Height Restrictions 3. Antennae, Vertical 4. Design Considerations 5. Dust and Dirt 6. Exterior Building Walls 7. Fences, Walls and Hedges 8. Fire Protection 9. Fumes, Vapor and Gases 10. Glare 11. Hazardous Materials 12. Height Determination (Buildings and Structures) 13. Lighting 14. Noise 15. Odor 16. Projections into Setbacks 17. Public Street Improvements 18. Radioactivity 19. Recycling Facilities 20. Refuse Storage/Disposal 21. Satellite Dish Antennae 22. Screening 23. Signs 24. Solar Energy 25. Sound 26. Storage 27. Toxic Substances 28. Undergrounding Utilities 29. Vibration PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-/ 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. 19.14 These standards apply to more than 1 land use district, and therefore, are combined in this Chapter. Also, these standards are to be considered in conjunction with those standards and design guidelines located in the specific land use district chapters. 1. ACCESS Every structure or use shall have frontage upon a public street or permanent means of access to a public street by way of a public or private easement, or recorded reciprocal access agreement. 2. ADDITIONAL HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS In all land use districts the maximum structure height is 35 feet or .2 story (whichever is less) when meeting standard setback requirements. However, this provision may be modified by the applicable review authority as part of a Planned Development Permit ap- plication subject to the following standards: A. In addition to the minimum required setbacks for 35 foot high structures, the setbacks shall be increased a minimum of 2 feet for each 1 foot of ad- ditional structure height above 35 feet; however the review authority in ex- ercising their discretion may require significantly greater setbacks. B. Enhanced buffering to surrounding properties and the appropriateness of understructure parking shall be evaluated. C. A visual analysis relating structure proportions, massing, height and setback shall be conducted to preserve and enhance the scenic view- shed. D. The need and appropriateness of the additional height shall be demonstrated. E. Compatibility and harmony with surrounding development, and land use designations shall be demonstrated. 3. ANTENNAE. VERTICAL DESIGN STANDARDS Vertical antennae, including portable units, shall be installed in the following man- ner: A. The subject location shall conform to all standards of the land use district in which it is proposed. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-2 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS - 19.14 B. Vertical antennae are prohibited except for the following: 1. Public agency communication systems; and 2. Private Ham operators. C. The vertical antennae shall not be located in the following areas: 1. Front setback; 2. Street side setback; 3. Street rear setback; and 4. On any structure, unless architecturally screened. D. The maximum overall height for a vertical antennae shall be 35 feet above grade. E. The operation of the vertical antennae shall not cause interference with any electrical equipment in the surrounding neighborhoods (e.g., television, radio, telephone, computer, etc.). F. The structure supporting the vertical antennae shall be painted a single, neutral and non-glossy color (e.g., off-white, creme, beige). G. The vertical antennae shall be sited to assure compatibility with surrounding development and not adversely impact the neighborhood. H. The installation and maintenance of television antennae shall be consistent with the provisions of Chapter 15.40 of the Municipal Code. 4. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS The following standards are in addition to the specific design guidelines con- tained in the individual land use districts: A. The proposed development shall be of a quality and character which is consistent with the community design goals and policies includ- ing but not limited to scale, height, bulk, materials, cohesiveness, colors, roof pitch, roof eaves and the preservation of privacy. B. The design shall improve community appearance by avoiding excessive variety and monotonous repetition. C. Proposed signage and landscaping shall be an integral architectural feature which does not overwhelm or dominate the structure or property. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-.3 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 D. Ughting shall be stationary and deflected away from all adjacent properties and public streets and rights-of-way. E. Mechanical equipment, storage, trash areas, and utilities shall be architecturally screened from public view. F. With the intent of protecting sensitive land uses, the proposed design shall promote a harmonious and compatible transition in terms of scale and character between areas of different land uses. G. All structure elevations shall be architecturally treated. H. Parking structures shall be architecturally compatible with the primary and surrounding structures. I. Both sides of all perimeter walls or fences shall be architecturally treated. 5. DUST AND DIRT In addition to the provisions of Section 19._._ (Grading), all land use activities (e.g. construction, grading, and agriculture) shall be conducted so as not to create any measurable amount of dust or dirt emission beyond any boundary line of the parcel. To ensure a dust free environment, appropriate grading proce- dures shall include, but are not limited to, the following: A. Schedule all grading activities to ensure that repeated grading will not be required, and that implementation of the desired land use (e.g. planting, paving or construction) will occur as soon as possible after grad- ing. B. Disturb as little native vegetation as possible. C. Water graded areas as often as necessary to prevent blowing dust or dirt. D. Revegetate graded areas as soon as possible. E. Construct appropriate walls or fences to contain the dust and dirt within the parcel subject to the approval of the Director. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-4( 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 6. EXTERIOR BUILDING/STRUCTURE WALLS The following standards shall apply to all exterior building/structure wall construc- tion: A. Since walls will always be a main architectural and visual feature in any major development, restraint must be exercised in the number of permissible finish materials. The harmony of materials and particularly color treatment is essential to achieve unity in the project. B. The following designs are deemed unacceptable in any development and therefore shall be prohibited: 1. Nonanodized and unpainted aluminum finished window frames; and 2. Metal grills and facades. However, grills and facades of unique design and in keeping with the general decor of the development and neighborhood may be permitted subject to prior approval by the Director. 7. FENCES. WALLS AND HEDGES The following standards shall apply to the installation of all fences, walls and hedges: A. On a comer lot, no fence, wall, hedge, sign or other structure, shrubbery, mounds of earth, or other visual obstruction over 36 inches in height above the nearest street curb elevation shall be erected, placed, planted, or allowed to grow within a Traffic Safety Sight Area. The forego- ing provision shall not apply to public utility poles; trees trimmed (to the trunk) to a line at least 6 feet above the level of the intersection; saplings or plant species of open growth habits and not planted in the form of a hedge, which are so planted and trimmed as to leave at all seasons a clear and unobstructed crossview; supporting members of appurtenances to permanent structures existing on the date this Code becomes effective; and official waming signs or signals. B. A maximum 6 foot high fence, wall, or hedge may be located anywhere on a lot except in a Traffic Safety Sight Area, a required front setback or street-side setback which shall have a 36 inch maximum height or as re- quired by other regulations within this Code. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-5 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS - 19.14 C. Where the elevation of an adjoining property to the side or rear is higher or lower than the base of the fence on the subject building site, the height of the fence or wall shall be measured from the elevation of the adioining property to the top of the fence or wall. However, in no case shall such a fence or wall exceed eight feet from the base of the fence/wall to the top. D. Only 1 type of fence or wall design shall be permitted on any 1 parcel or development. The design may include an appropriate mix of materials subject to the approval of the Director. E. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to a fence or wall necessary as required by any law or regulation of the City or the State of California or any agency thereof. F. The use of barbed wire, electrified fence, or razor wire fence in conjunction with any fence, wall, or hedge, or by itself within any land use district, is prohibited unless required by any law or regulation of the City, the State of California, or any agency thereof. G. Chain link fencing is permitted only in the CH, IL, IH, and IE land use districts. The fence shall be located only along the side property line, be- hind the front yard setback and along the rear property line and planted with vegetation that will screen the fence from adjacent properties and public areas. Additionally, chain link fencing may be used in conjunction with tennis courts, private and commercial, and where it is required by any law or regulation of the City, the State of California, or any agency thereof. SUBJECT BUILDING sITe ~{ ~ ::;; :0 LOWER ADJACENT PROPERTY ~ ~ ::;; :0 ;, HIGHER ADJACENT PROPERTY SUBJECT BUILDING SrTE PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11I-", 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 8. FIRE PROTECTION All structures shall meet the requirements of the City Fire Department. 9. FUMES. VAPOR. GASES. AND OTHER FORMS OF AIR POLLUTION No emission which can cause damage to human health, animals, vegetation or other forms of property shall be discharged into the atmosphere. No other forms of emission shall be measurable at any point beyond the boundary line of the par- cel. 10. GLARE No glare incidental to any use shall be visible beyond any boundary line of the . parcel. 11. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS The following standards are intended to ensure that the use, handling, storage and transportation of hazardous substances comply with all applicable require- ments of Government Code 65850.2 and Health and Safety Code 25505, et. al. It is not the intent of these regulations to impose additional restrictions on the management of hazardous wastes, which would be contrary to State Law, but only to require reporting of information to the City that must be provided to other public agencies. For the purposes of this Section, "hazardous substances" shall include all sub- stances on the comprehensive master list of hazardous substances compiled and maintained by the California Department of Health Services. A. A Conditional Use Permit shall be required for any new commercial, industrial, or institutional or accessory use, or major addition to an existing use, that involves the manufacture, storage, handling, or processing of hazardous substances in sufficient quantities that would require permits as hazardous chemicals under the Uniform Fire Code, with the following exceptions: 1. Underground storage of bulk flammable and combustible liquids pursuant to the provisions of Section ; and 2. Hazardous substances in container sizes of 10 gallons or less that are stored or maintained for the purposes of retail or wholesale sales. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111- 7 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 B. All businesses required by Chapter 6.95 of the California Health and Safety Code to prepare hazardous materials release response plans shall submit copies of these plans, including revisions to the Direc- tor at the same time these plans are submitted to the County Environmen- tal Health Services Department which is responsible for administering these provisions. C. Underground storage of hazardous substances shall comply with all applicable requirements of Chapter 6.7 of the California Health and Safety Code, and Section 79.113(a) of the Uniform Fire Code. Any busi- ness that uses underground storage tanks shall comply with the following: 1. Notify the City Fire Department of any unauthorized release of hazardous substances immediately, or no later than 24 hours after the release has been detected and the steps taken to control the release; and 2. Notify the City Fire Department and the Director of any proposed abandoning, closing or ceasing operation of an underground storage tank and the actions to be taken to dispose of any hazard- ous substances. D. Above-ground storage tanks for any flammable liquids shall be allowed only at refinery or bulk storage plant locations, subject to the approval of the City Fire Department. 12. HEIGHT DETERMINATION (STRUCTURE~) All structures shall meet the following standards relating to height: A. The structure's height shall not exceed the standard for the land use district in which it is located. The structure height shall be determined from the finished grade to the highest point of the structure, excluding chimneys and vents. B. Pad elevations shall be determined by the Director and the City Engineer based on the following criteria: 1. Flood control; 2. Site drainage; 3. Viewshed protection from both public and private property; 4. Protection of privacy of surrounding properties including consideration of the location of windows, doors, balconies, and decks; 5. Structure setback in relationship to structure height and property lines; PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11I-8 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 6. Sightline and structure envelope analysis; 7. Sewer line grade and location; and 8. Necessary slopes and retaining walls. C. Perimeter fences, or walls, shall not exceed 6' feet in height, unless as otherwise provided in this Code. The height shall be measured from the finished grade of the property. D. Architectural walls integral to the structure design, attached to the structure may exceed 6 feet in height, subject to review by the Director. E. To protect safety sight-distance for vehicular movement, sight obscuring fences, or walls, or other obstructions shall not exceed 36 in- ches in height when located in a front setback. F. Free-standing flagpoles and radio and television antennas may not exceed the structure height restrictions of the land use district in which they are located. Height .. .... ~ ~ .. .... ~ ill :z: LOWEST ELEVAnON PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111.9 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS - 19.14 13. LIGHTING Exterior lighting shall be energy-efficient and shielded or recessed so that direct glare and reflections are contained within the boundaries of the parcel, and shall be directed downward and away from adjoining properties and public rights-of- way. No lighting shall blink, flash, or be of unusually high intensity or brightness. All lighting fixtures shall be appropriate in scale, intensity, and height to the use it is serving. 14. NOISE No loudspeaker, bells, gongs, buzzers, or other sounds, attention-attracting, or communication device associated with any use shall be discernible beyond any boundary line of the parcel. 15. ODOR No use shall emit any obnoxious odor or fumes. 16. PROJECTIONS/CONSTRUCTION PERMITTED INTO SETBACKS The following list represents the ~ projections/construction that shall be per- mitted within the required setbacks: A. Front Setback: Roof overhangs, fireplace chimney B. Rear Setback: Roof overhangs, pools, patio covers, tennis courts, gazebos, and other accessory uses, provided there is no projection within 10 feet of the property line c. Side Setback: Roof overhangs, fireplace chimney PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-10 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 17. PUBLIC STREET IMPROVEMENTS A. Any new construction or remodel construction valued at 25% or more of the assessed valuation of the primary structure shall require the dedica- tion of public right-of-way for public street purposes. In addition, the property owner shall be required to irrevocably agree to participate in any future assessment district that may be formed to construct public street im- provements. B. Whenever street improvements are required along a parcel as a condition of approval, the entire street section shall be improved with the portion of the improvement on the opposite side of the street subject to the establishment and implementation of a specifically defined improve- ment district. 18. RADIOACTIVITY OR ELECTRIC DISTURBANCE No activity shall be permitted which emits radioactivity or electrical disturbance. 19. RECYCLING FACILITIES FOR REUSABLE DOMESTIC CONTAINERS Recycling facilities are subject to permit review in all commercial and industrial land use districts according to the following schedule: Type of Facility Districts Permitted Permit Required Reverse Vending Machine(s) All Commercial and All Industrial Planned Development Permit and up to 5 reverse vending machines Small Collection CG-1, CG-2, CR-3 (So. of 1-10) and All Industrial Planned Development Permit Large Collection C-H and All Industrial Conditional Use Permit Light Processing All Industrial Conditional Use Permit Heavy Processing All Industrial Conditional Use Permit PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-1/ 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 For the purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply: A. Collection Facility. A center for the acceptance by donation, redemption or purchase of recyclable materials from the public, which may include the following: 1. Reverse vending machine(s); 2. Small collection facilities which occupy an area of less than 500 square feet and may include: a. A mobile unit; b. Bulk reverse vending machines or a grouping of reverse vending machines occupying more than 50 square feet; and c. Kiosk-type units which may include permanent structures. 3. Large collection facilities which may occupy an area of more than 500 square feet and may include permanent structures. B. Mobile Recvclina Unit. An automobile, truck, trailer, or van, licensed by the Department of Motor Vehicles which is used for the collec- tion of recyclable materials, including bins, boxes, or containers transported by trucks, vans, or trailers, and used for the collection of recyclable materials. C. Convenience Zones. An area within a 1/2 mile radius of a supermarket. D. Suoermarket A full-service, self-service retail store with gross annual sales of two million dollars or more, and which sells a line of dry grocery, canned goods, or non-food items and some perishable items. E. Processina Facilitv. A building or enclosed space used for the collection and processing of recyclable materials to prepare for either effi- cient shipment, or to an end-user's specifications by such means as baling, briquetting, compacting, flattening, grinding, crushing, mechanical sorting, shredding, cleaning and remanufacturing. Processing facilities in- clude the following: 1. Light processing facility occupies an area of under 45,000 square feet of collection, processing and storage area, and averages 2 outbound truck shipments per day. Light processing facilities are limited to baling, briquetting, crushing, compacting, grinding, shredding and sorting of source separated recyclable materials sufficient to qualify as a certified processing facility. A light processing facility shall not shred, compact, or bale ferrous me- tals other than food and beverage containers. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III- rz. 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS - 19.14 2. A heavy processing facility is any processing facility other than a light processing facility. F. Recyclina Facilitv. A center for the collection and/or processing of recyclable materials. A certified recycling facility or certified processor is certified by the California Department of Conservation as meeting the re- quirements of the Califomia Beverage Container Recycling and Litter Reduction Act of 1986. A recycling facility does not include storage con- tainers located on a residential, commercial or manufacturing designated parcel used solely for the recycling of material generated on the parcel. G. Recyclina or Recvclable Material. Reusable domestic containers including but not limited to metals, glass, plastic and paper which are in- tended for reuse, remanufacture, or reconstitution for the purpose of using in altered form. Recyclable material does not include refuse or hazardous materials. H. Reverse Vending Machine An automated mechanical device which accepts at least 1 or more types of empty beverage containers including, but not limited to aluminum cans, glass and plastic bottles, and issues a cash refund or a redeemable credit slip with a value not less than the container's redemption value as determined by the State. A reverse vend- ing machine may sort and process containers mechanically provided that the entire process is enclosed within the machine. In order to accept and temporarily store all container types in a proportion commensurate with their relative redemption rates, and to meet the requirements of certifica- tion as a recycling facility, multiple grouping of reverse vending machines may be necessary. A bulk reverse vending machine is a reverse vending machine that is larger than 50 square feet, is designed to accept more than 1 container at a time and will pay by weight instead of by container. The standards for recycling facilities are as follows: 1. Reverse vending machine(s) located within a commercial structure shall require a Planned Development Permit, shall not re- quire additional parking spaces for recycling customers, and may be permitted in all commercial and industrial land use districts with a Planned Development Permit subject to compliance with the fol- lowing standards: a. Shall be installed as an accessory use to a commercial use which is in full compliance with all applicable provisions of this Code and the Municipal Code; PRELIMINARY DRAFT III- 13 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS - 19.14 b. Shall be located within 30 feet of the entrance to the commercial structure and shall not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular circulation; c. Shall not occupy parking spaces required by the primary use; d. Shall occupy no more than 50 square feet of floor space per installation, including any protective enclosure, and shall be no more than 8 feet in height; e. Shall be constructed and maintained with durable waterproof and rustproof material; f. Shall be clearly marked to identify the type of material to be deposited, operating instructions, and the identity and phone number of the operator or responsible person to call if the machine is inoperative; g. Shall have a sign area of a maximum of 4 square feet per machine, exclusive of operating instructions; h. Shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary, and litter-free condition on a daily basis; i. Operating hours shall be consistent with the operating hours of the primary use; j. Shall be illuminated to insure comfortable and safe operation if operating hours are between dusk and dawn; and k. Shall maintain an adequate on-site refuse container for disposal of non-hazardous waste. B. Small collection facilities located within applicable commercial and industrial land use districts shall be subject to a Planned Development Per- mit, and comply with the following standards: 1. Shall be installed as an accessory use to an existing commercial use which is in full compliance with all applicable provisions of this Code and the Municipal Code; 2. Shall be no larger than 500 square feet and occupy no more than 5 parking spaces not including space that will be periodically needed for removal of materials or exchange of containers; PRELIMINARY DRAFT III. It{ 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 3. Shall be set back at least 10 feet from any public right-of-way, and not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular circulation; 4. Shall accept only glass, metals, plastic containers, papers and reusable items; 5. Shall use no power-driven processing equipment except for reverse vending machines; 6. Shall use containers that are constructed and maintained with durable waterproof and rustproof material, covered when site is not attended, secured from unauthorized entry or removal of material, and shall be of a capacity sufficient to accommodate materials collected and collection schedule; 7. Shall store all recyclable material in the mobile unit vehicle and shall not leave materials outside of the unit when attendant is not present; 8. Shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary manner free of litter and any other undesirable materials, including mobile facilities; 9. Shall not exceed noise levels of 60 dBA as measured at the property line of adjacent residential land use districts; 10. Attended facilities shall not be located within1 00 feet of any residential land use district; 11. Collection containers, site fencing, and signage shall be of such color and design so as to be compatible with and to har- monize with the surrounding uses and neighborhood; 12. Containers shall be clearly marked to identify the type of material which may be deposited; the facility shall be clearly marked to identify the name and telephone number of the facility operator and the hours of operation and display a notice stating that no material shall be left outside the recycling enclosure of con- tainers; PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-15 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS - 19.14 13. Signs may be provided as follows: a. Recycling facilities may have identification signs with a maximum of 15% per side of a structure or 16 square feet, whichever is greater. In the case of a wheeled facility, the side will be measured from the ground to the top of the con- tainer; b. Signs shall be consistent with the character of their location; and c. Directional signs, consistent with Chapter 19.16 (Sign Standards), bearing no advertising message may be in- stalled with the approval of the Director if found necessary to facilitate traffic circulation or if the facility is not visible from the public right-of-way. 14. The facility shall not impair the landscaping required by Chapter 19.22 (Landscaping Standards) for any concurrent use by this Code or any permit issued pursuant thereto; 15. No additional parking space shall be required for customers of a small collection facility located at the established parking lot of the primary use. One space will be provided for the attendant, if needed; 16. Mobile recycling units shall have an area clearly marked to prohibit other vehicular parking during hours when the mobile unit is scheduled to be present; 17. Occupation of parking spaces by the facility and by the attendant shall not reduce available parking spaces below the minimum num- ber required for the primary use unless all of the following condi- tions exist: a. A parking study shows that existing parking capacity is not already fully utilized during the time the recycling facility will be on the site; and b. The permit shall be reviewed at the end of 18 months. 18. Small collection facilities shall not be 24 hour operations; PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-/(, 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 19. Small collection facilities may be subject to landscaping and/or screening as determined by the review authority; and 20. Shall maintain adequate refuse containers for the disposal of non-hazardous waste. C. A large collection facility which is larger than 500 square feet, or on a separate parcel not accessory to a "primary" use, which has a permanent structure is permitted in the commercial, and industrial land use districts, subject to a Conditional Use Permit, and the following standards: 1. The facility does not abut a parcel designated or planned for residential use; 2. The facility shall be screened from the public right-of-way, within an enclosed structure; 3. Structure setbacks and landscape requirements shall be those provided for the land use district in which the facility is lo- cated; 4. All exterior storage of material shall be in sturdy containers which are covered, secured, and maintained in good condition. Outdoor storage shall be screened by a 6 foot, solid decorative masonry wall. No storage, excluding truck trailers shall be visible above the height of the wall. No outdoor storage shall be permitted in the land use districts; 5. The site shall be maintained clean, sanitary and free of litter and any other undesirable materials, and will be cleaned of loose debris on a daily basis; 6. Space shall be provided on site for 6 vehicles to circulate and to deposit recyclable materials; 7. Four parking spaces for employees plus 1 parking space for each commercial vehicle operated by the recycling facility shall be provided on- site; PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-17 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 8. Noise levels shall not exceed 60 dBA as measured at the property line of adjacent residential land use districts; 9. If the facility is located within 500 feet of the property designated, or planned for residential use, it shall not be in opera- tion between 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M.; 10. Any containers provided for after hours donation of recyclable materials will be at least 50 feet from any residential land use district permanently located, of sturdy rustproof construc- tion, and shall have sufficient capacity to accommodate materials collected and be secure from unauthorized entry or removal of materials; 11. Donation areas shall be kept free of litter and any other undesirable material and the containers will be clearly marked to identify the type of material that may be deposited. The facility shall display a notice stating that no material shall be left outside the recycling containers; 12. The facility shall be clearly marked with the name and phone number of the facility operator and the hours of operation; identification and informational signs shall meet the standards of the land use district; and directional signs bearing no advertising message may be installed with the approval of the Director, if necessary to facilitate traffic circulation; and 13. Adequate refuse containers for the disposal of non-hazardous waste shall be permanently maintained on-site. D. Ught processing facilities and large processors shall be permitted in all industrial land use districts subject to a Conditional Use Permit, and shall comply with the following standards: 1. The facility shall not abut a residentially designated parcel; 2. In the C-H or IE land use districts, processors shall operate within a completely enclosed structure; 3. Power-driven processing shall be permitted provided all noise level requirements are met. Light processing facilities are limited to baling, briquetting, crushing, compacting, grinding, shred- ding and sorting of source- separated recyclable materials and repairing of reusable materials; PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-/8 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 4. A light processing facility shall be no larger than 4,500 square feet and shall have no more than an average of 2 outbound truck shipments of material per day and shall not shred, compact or bale ferrous metals other than food and beverage containers; 5. Structure setbacks and landscaping requirements shall be those provided for the land use district in which the facility is located; 6. All exterior storage of material shall be in sturdy containers or enclosures which are covered, secured and maintained in good condition. Storage containers for flammable materials shall be con- structed of nonflammable material. No storage excluding truck trailers shall be visible above the height of the required walls; 7. The site shall be maintained in a clean manner and free of litter and any other undesirable material(s). Loose debris shall be collected on a daily basis and the site shall be secured from un- authorized entry and removal of materials when attendants are not present; 8. Space shall be provided on-site for the anticipated peak load of customers to circulate, park and deposit recyclable materials. If the facility is open to the public, a parking area shall be provided for a minimum of 10 customers at anyone time; 9. One employee space shall be provided for each commercial vehicle operated by the processing center; 10. Noise levels shall not exceed 60 dBA as measured at the property line of residential land use districts; 11. If the facility is located within 500 feet of property designated or planned for residential use, it shall not be in operation between 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. The facility shall be administered by on- site personnel during the hours the facility is open; 12. Any containers provided for after-hours donation of recyclable materials shall be at least 100 feet from any residential land use district parcel, and shall be sturdy, rustproof construction, with sufficient capacity to accommodate materials collected, and shall be secure from unauthorized entry or removal of materials; III-/q 1/29/90 PRELIMINARY DRAFT PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS - 19.14 13. Donation areas shall be kept free of litter and any other undesirable material. The containers shall be clearly marked to identify the type of material that may be deposited. The facility shall display a notice stating that no material shall be left outside the recycling containers; 14. Signs shall be installed pursuant to Chapter 19.16 (Sign Standards). Additionally, the facility shall be clearly marked with the name and phone number of the facility operator and the hours of operation; 15. No dust, fumes, smoke, vibration or odor aboveambient level shall be detectable from adjacent residentially designated parcels; and 16. The facility shall maintain adequate on-site refuse containers for the disposal of non- hazardous waste. E. Any permit issued pursuant to this Chapter shall have a term of 1 year. In subsequent years the City shall take into consideration the applicant's history of compliance with the provisions of this Chapter and the Municipal Code. 20. REFUSE STORAGE/DISPOSAL Every parcel with an occupied structure shall have a trash receptacle on the premises. The trash receptacle shall be of sufficient size to accommodate the trash generated. The receptacle shall be screened from public view on at least 3 sides by a solid wall 6 feet in height and on the fourth side by a solid gate not less than 5 feet in height, in accordance with Public Works Department Standard No. 508 (Refuse Enclosure). The gate shall be maintained in good working order and shall remain closed except when in use. The wall and gate shall be ar- chitecturally compatible with the surrounding structures. Trash receptacles for single family homes should be stored within the enclosed garage. 21. SATELLITE DISH ANTENNAE DESIGN STANDARDS Satellite dish antennae shall be subject the the approval of a Planned Develop- ment Permit, and installed in the following manner: A. The subject location shall conform to all standards of the land use district in which it is proposed. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-..0 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 B. The satellite dish antennae shall not be located in the following areas: 1. Front setback; 2. Street side setback; and 3. Street rear setback. C. The antennae shall be placed so that reception will not be obstructed by subsequent development on adjacent property. The City shall not be held liable if subsequent development impairs satellite dish reception. D. The maximum diameter of a dish shall not exceed 12 feet. E. The maximum overall height for a satellite dish antennae shall be 13 feet. Dishes shall be depressed below grade where feasible. Dishes are prohibited on roof tops within residential land use districts. In commercial and industrial land use districts, dishes may be installed on a roof only if architecturally screened to the satisfaction of the Development Review Committee. F. The operation of the satellite dish antennae shall not cause interference with any electrical equipment in the surrounding neighbor- hoods (e.g., television, radio, telephone, computer, etc.). G. The satellite dish antennae shall be painted a single, neutral and non-glossy color (e.g., off- white, creme, beige). H. The satellite dish antennae shall be located within a fully enclosed area with a decorative fence or wall, 6 feet in height. Materials, textures, colors, and design of the fence or wall shall be compatible with on-site development and adjacent properties. I. Only 1 satellite dish antennae may be allowed on each parcel. Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions shall govem the number of anten- nas allowed in condominium developments, multi-family apartment projects, and mobile home parks. J. All electrical and antennae wiring shall be placed underground. K. All antennae shall be permanently mounted. L. The satellite dish shall be sited to assure compatibility with surrounding development and not adversely impact the neighborhood. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-2..1 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS - 19.14 22. SCREENING Wherever a parcel designated for commercial or industrial purposes abuts a residential land use district, there shall be erected along the property line abut- ting the residential land use district a 6 foot high solid decorative wall. The wall shall be architecturally treated on both sides. 23. SIGNS All signs shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 19.16 (Sign Standards). 24. SOLAR ENERGY DESIGN STANDARDS Passive heating and cooling opportunities shall be incorporated in all develop- . ments in the following manner: A. Future structures shall be oriented to maximize solar access opportunities. B. Streets, lot sizes, and lot configurations shall be designed to maximize the number of structures oriented so that the south wall and roof area face within 450 of due south. C. The proposed lot size and configuration shall permit structures to receive cooling benefits from both prevailing breezes and existing and proposed shading. D. Any pool or spa facilities owned and maintained by a homeowners association shall be equipped with a solar cover and solar water heating system. E. No structure (building, wall or fence) shall be constructed or vegetation placed so as to obstruct solar access on an adjoining parcel. F. Roof-mounted solar collectors shall be placed in the most obscure location without reducing the operating efficiency of the collectors. Wall- mounted and ground-mounted collectors shall be screened from public view. G. Roof-mounted collectors shall be installed at the same angle or as close as possible to the pitch of the roof. H. Appurtenant equipment, particularly plumbing and related fixtures, shall be installed in the attic. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-2'2. 1/29/90 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -19.14 I. Exterior surfaces of the collectors and related equipment shall have a matte finish and shall be color-coordinated to harmonize with roof materials or other dominated colors of the structure. 25. STORAGE There shall be no visible storage of motor vehicles, trailers, airplanes, boats, or their composite parts; loose rubbish, garbage, junk, or their receptacles; tents; or building materials in any portion of a lot, with the exception of recreational vehicles pursuant to Section 19.18.060 (). No storage shall occur on any vacant parcel. Building materials for use on the same premises may be stored on the parcel during the time that a valid building permit is in effect for construction. 26. TOXIC SUBSTANCES AND WASTES No use may operate that utilizes toxic substances or produces toxic waste without the approval of a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 19.42 (Conditional Use Permits). Prior to consideration of a Conditional Use Permit, the operator must prepare a toxic substance and waste manage- ment plan which will provide for the safe use and disposal of these substances. 27. UNDERGROUNDING OF UTILITIES Utilities shall be placed underground pursuant to Municipal Code Chapter 13.36. In the event an above ground electrical transformer is located outdoors on any site, it shall be screened from view with a solid wall or landscaping and not lo- cated in any setback area. If it cannot be screened, it shall be located in an un- derground vault. 28. VIBRATION No vibration associated with any use shall be permitted which is discernible beyond the boundary line of the property. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III. z.) 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS -19.16 CHAPTER 19.16 SIGN REGULATIONS 19.16.010 PURPOSE The purpose of this Chapter is to establish sign regulations that are intended to: A. Protect the general public health, safety, welfare, and aesthetics of the community. B. Implement community design standards, consistent with the General Plan. C. Promote the Community's appearance by regulating the design, character, location, type, quality or materials, scale, color, illumination, and main- tenance of signs. D. Umit the use of signs which provide direction and aid orientation for businesses and activities. E. Promote signs that identify uses and premises without confusion. . F. Reduce possible traffic and safety hazards through good signage. 19.16.020 APPLICABILITY No signs shall be erected or maintained in any zone as established by this Title, except those signs specifically enumerated in this Chapter. The number and area of signs as outlined in this Chapter are intended to be maximum standards which do not necessari- ly insure architectural compatibility. Therefore, in addition to the enumerated standards, consideration shall be given to a sign's relationship to the overall appearance of the sub- ject property as well as the surrounding community. Compatible design, simplicity, and sign effectiveness are to be used in establishing guidelines for sign approval. 19.16.030 DEFINITIONS Abandoned Sign. A sign which identifies a business, lessor, owner, product, service, or activity which has been discontinued on the premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or more. Address SiQn. The numeric reference of a building or use to a street, included as part of a wall or monument sign. III- '-"( 1/29/90 PRELIMINARY DRAFT SIGN STANDARDS -19.16 Animated or Movino Sian. Any sign which uses movement, lighting, or special materials to depict action or create a special effect or scene. Awning. Canopy or Marquee Sign. A nonelectric sign that is printed on, painted on, or attached to an awning, canopy, or marquee. Banner. Flaa. Pennant or Balloon. Any cloth, bunting, plastic, paper, or similar material used for advertising purposes attached to or pinned on or from any structure, staff, pole, line, framing, or vehicle, not including flags as described in Section 17.32.040A-16. Bench Sian. Copy painted on any portion of a bus stop bench. Billboard or Off-Site Sign. A sign structure advertising an establishment, merchandise, service, or entertainment, which is not sold, produced, manufactured, or furnished at the property on which the sign is located. Buildina Face and/or Frontaae. The length of the single front building elevation in which the primary entrance to the business is located. If more than one business is located in a single building, then such length shall be limited to that portion which is occupied by each individual business. Changeable CODV Sign. A sign designed to allow the changing of copy through manual, mechanical, or electrical means including time and temperature. Civic Event Sign. A temporary sign, other than a commercial sign, posted to advertise a civic event sponsored by a public agency, school, church, civic-fraternal organization, or similar noncommercial organization. Commercial Seasonal Sign. An "open" or "closed" window sign, posted on a seasonal basis. Construction Sign. A temporary sing erected on the parcel on which construction is taking place, limited to the duration of the construction, indicating the names of the ar- chitects, engineers, landscape architects, contractors, or similar artisans, and the owner, financial supporters, sponsors, and similar individuals or firms having a major role or interest with respect to the structure or project. Directional Sign. Signs limited to directional messages, principally for pedestrian or vehicular traffic, such as "one way", "entrance", or "exit". Directory Sign. A sign for listing the tenants or occupants and their suite numbers of a building or center. Double-faced Sign. A single structure monument sign located perpendicular to the street. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III.ZS 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS -19.16 Flashina Sian. A sign that contains an intermittent or sequential flashing light source. Freestandina Sign. A sign which is permanently supported by one or more uprights, braces, poles, or other similar structural components that is not attached to a building or buildings. Future Tenant Identification Sign. A temporary sign which identifies a future use of a site or building. Grand ODeninQ. A promotional activity not exceeding 30 calendar days used by newly established businesses, within 2 months after occupancy, to inform the public of their location and service available to the community. Grand Opening does not mean an an- nual or occasional promotion of retail sales by a business. Height of Sign. The greatest vertical distance measured from the existing grade at the mid-point of the sign support(s) that intersect the ground to the highest element of the sign. Holidqy Decoration Sign. Temporary signs, in the nature of decorations, clearly inciden- tal to and customarily associated with holidays. Identification Sian. A sign providing the name, or the name and logo in combination, identifying a particular business establishment. Illuminated SiQn. A sign with an artificial light source incorporated internally for the pur- pose of illuminating the sign. Institutional Sian. A sign identifying the premises of a church, school, hospital, rest home, or similar institutional facility. ~. An off-premise sign used for directing people to the sales office or models of a residential subdivision project. Design details of such signs are shown as Figure 16.01 under Section 19.16.090(3) of this chapter. LOQo Sign. An established trademark or symbol identifying the use of a building. Monument Sian. An independent structure supported on the ground having a solid base as opposed to being supported by poles or open braces. Off-Site Sian. Any sign which advertises or informs in any manner businesses, ser- vices, goods, persons, or events at some location other than that upon which the sign is located. Off-premise sign, billboard, and outdoor advertising structure are equivalent terms. Open House Sian. A temporary sign posted to indicate a salesperson is available to represent the property subject to sale, lease, or rent. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III- 2.iP 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS -19.16 Political Sian. A temporary sign directly associated with national, state, or local elec- tions. Portable Sian. A sign that is not permanently affixed to a building, structure, or the ground. Promotional Sign. A sign erected on a temporary basis to promote the sale of new products, new management, new hours of operation, a new service, or to promote a special sale. Real Estate Sign. An on-site sign pertaining to the sale or lease of the premises. Roofline, The top of the roof or top of the parapet, whichever forms the top line of the building silhouette. Roof SiQn. A sign erected, constructed, or placed upon or over a roof of a building, in- cluding a mansard roof and which is wholly or partly supported by such buildings. SIgn. Any object, device, display, or structure situated outdoors or indoors, which is used to advertise, identify, display, direct, or attract attention. Sian Area. The entire face of a sign, including the surface and any framing, projections, or molding, but not including the support structure. Individual letters mounted on a building shall be measured by the area enclosed by four straight lines outlining each letter. Sian Proaram. A coordinated program of one or more signs for an individual building or building complexes with multiple tenants. Temporarv SiQn. A sign intended to be displayed for a limited period of time. Vehicle Sian. A sign which is attached to or painted on a vehicle which is parked on or adjacent to any property, the principal purpose of which is to attract attention to a product sold or an activity or business located on such property. Wall SiQn. A sign painted on or fastened to a wall and which does not project more than twelve (12) inches from the building or structure. Window Sign. Any sign that is applied or attached to a window or located in such a manner that it can be seen from the exterior of the structure. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-2.1 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS - 19.16 19.16.040 SIGN PERMIT REQUIRED 1. GENERAL No sign, unless exempted by this Chapter, shall be constructed, displayed or al- tered without a sign permit or sign program approved by the City. A sign program shall be reviewed as part of a Planned Development Permit or Condi- tional Use Permit application, or as deemed necessary by the Director to assure compliance with the provisions of this Chapter. The Director shall review all signs unless otherwise stated. 2. SIGN PROGRAM A sign permit for a Sign Program shall be required for all new commercial, office, and industrial centers consisting of three (3) or more tenant spaces. The pur- pose of the program shall be to integrate signs with building and landscaping design into a unified architectural statement. This shall be achieved by: A. Using the same background color on all signs. B. Using the same type of cabinet supports, or method of mounting for signs of the same type, or by using the same type of construction material for components, such as sign copy, cabinets and supports. C. Using the same form of illumination for all signs. 19.16.050 ANNUAL INSPECTION STICKER REQUIRED 1. GENERAL Ever person, firm or corporation owning any legally permitted sign in the City of San Bemardino shall obtain for each sign an Annual Sign Code Inspection Stick- er issued by the Director of Building and Safety, unless specifically waived by resolution of the Mayor and Common Council. A sticker is required for each on- site and off-site sign except temporary signs and those signs exempt pursuant to Section 10.16.060. This sticker is applicable to one sign at one location only and is transferable to a new owner or lessee of that sign. 2. APPLICATION AND FEES A. An application for an Annual Sign Code Inspection Sticker shall be submitted by the owner of a legally permitted sign or his agent to the Director of Building and Safety. Such application shall include, but not be limited to, a description of the sign, its size, its height, and its location. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11I-26 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS -19.16 B. The initial Annual Sign Code Inspection Sticker fee for all existing signs shall be due and payable on May 1, 1990; and for any new sign erected after that date, shall be due and payable on the date the sign is erected. Renewal fees for an Annual Sign Code Inspection Sticker shall be due and payable on July 1 st of each calendar year and shall be in an amount determined in accordance with the fee schedule established by resolution of the Mayor and Common Council and filed in the office of the City Clerk. Each Annual Sign Code Inspection Sticker fee not paid within thirty (30) days of the date, shall be considered delinquent and shall be twice the amount specified. Fees collected from the Annual Sign Code In- spection Sticker Program shall be used only to implement the sign inven- tory and abatement program. 3. ILLEGAL SIGNS The issuance of any sign permit of Annual Sign Code Inspection Sticker pursuant to this chapter does not allow any person, firm, or corporation to erect or main- tain any sign in violation of any City ordinance or any State or Federal law. 4. INVENTORY AND ABATEMENT Within 6 months from the date of adoption of this Code, the City shall commence a program to inventory and identify illegal or abandoned signs within its jurisdic- tion. Within 60 days after this 6 month period, the City shall commence abate- ment of identified illegal or abandoned signs. 5. INSPECTION Any sign for which an Annual Sign Code Inspection Sticker is required shall be subject to inspection by the Building and Safety Director. The Building and Safety Director, or his designees are hereby authorized to enter upon any proper- ty or premises to ascertain whether the provisions of this Code are being obeyed. Such entrance shall be made during business hours unless an emer- gency exists. A sign owner shall provide all necessary access by the City's employees for the purpose of conducting the required inspection. 19.16.060 EXEMPT SIGNS 1. The following signs shall be exempt from the provisions of this Chapter: A. Window signs not exceeding 3 square feet and limited to business identification, hours of operation, address, and emergency infor- mation. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-2~ 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS -19.16 B. Signs within a structure and not visible from the outside. C. Memorial signs and plaques installed by a civic organization recognized by the Mayor and Common Council. D. Official and legal notices issued by a court or governmental agency. E. Official flags of the United States, the State of California, and other states of the nations, counties, municipalities, official flags of foreign nations, and nationally or internationally recognized organizations. F. Identification signs on construction sites. Such signs shall be limited to one directory or pictorial display sign per street frontage or entrance, up to a maximum of two signs, identifying all contractors and other parties (in- cluding lender, realtor, subcontractors, etc.). Each sign shall not exceed thirty-two square feet in area and eight feet in height. Each sign shall be removed prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. G. Political signs, regulated in Chapter 16.12 of the Municipal Code. H. Real estate signs for residential sales shall be 1 sign per street frontage not exceeding 4 square feet in area and 5 feet in height, provided it is unlit and is removed within 15 days after the close of escrow or the rental or lease has been accomplished. Open House signs, for the purpose of sell- ing a single house or condominium and not exceeding 4 square feet in area and 5 feet in height, are permitted for directing prospective buyers to property offered for sale. I. Real estate signs for the sale, rental, or lease of commercial and industrial premises: One sign per street frontage not to exceed 32 square feet in area to advertise the sale, lease, or rent of the premises. No such sign shall exceed 8 feet in overall height and shall be removed upon sale, lease or rental of the premises or 24 months, whichever comes first. Thereafter, 1 sign per premise not to exceed 16 square feet in size and 5 feet in height is permitted for the sale, lease or rent of the premise. J. Future tenant identification signs: One wall or freestanding sign may be placed on vacant or developing property to advertise the fu- ture use of an approved project on the property and where information may be obtained. Such sign shall be limited to one sign per street frontage, a maximum of 32 square feet in area and 8 feet in overall height. Any such signs shall be single faced and shall be removed upon the grant- ing of occupancy by the City. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III-3D 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS -19.16 K. Incidental signs for automobile repair stores, gasoline service stations, automobile dealers with service repairs, motels and hotels, showing notices of services provided or required by law, trade affiliations, credit cards accepted, and the like, attached to the structure or building; provided that all of the following conditions exist: 1. The signs number no more than 4. 2. No such sign projects beyond any property line. 3. No such sign shall exceed an area per face of 3 square feet. 4. Signs may be double-faced. L. Copy applied to fuel pumps or dispensers such as fuel identification, station logo, and other signs required by law. M. Agricultural signs, either wall or freestanding types, non-illuminated, and not exceeding 4 square feet for lots 2 acres or less and 16 square feet for lots greater than 2 acres, identifying only the agricultural products grown on the premises. The number of such signs shall be 1 per street frontage or a maximum of 2, with wall signs to be located below the roofline and freestanding signs to be no higher than 6 feet. 19.16.070 PROHIBITED SIGNS The following signs are inconsistent with the sign standards set forth in this Chapter, and are therefore prohibited: A. Abandoned signs B. Animated, moving, flashing, blinking, reflecting, revolving, or any other similar sign C. Banners, flags, and pennants D. Bench signs E. Chalkboards or blackboards F. Changeable copy signs G. Off site or billboard signs, except as permitted by Section 19.16.080 H. Portable signs or A-frame signs I. Roof signs J. Signs on public property, except for traffic regulatory, informational signs, signs required by a govemmental agency, and model home tour signs K. Signs painted on fences or roofs L. Balloons and other inflated devices or signs designed to attract attention. M. Signs that are affixed to vehicles, excluding permanent signs on commercial vehicles N. Signs which simulate in color or design a traffic sign or signal, or which make use of words, symbols or characters in such a manner to interfere with, mislead, or confuse pedestrian or vehicular traffic PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-31 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS. 19.16 19.16.080 TEMPORARY SIGNS 1. Temporary window signs may be permitted on the inside of windows facing out which do not cover more than 20 percent of the individual window surface for a period not to exceed 15 days use during any thirty (30) day period. 2. Temporary painted window signs may be permitted on the outside or inside of a window which do not cover more than 30 percent of the individual window. Such painted signs may be displayed for a period not to exceed 30 days use during any 60 day period. 3. Special event signs and civic event signs may be approved by the Director for a limited period of time as a means of publicizing special events such as grand openings, carnivals, parades, charitable events and holiday sales. Such special event signs shall be limited to the following provisions: A. No special event sign shall be erected without a sign permit. B. Special event signs shall be limited to 30 days per event from the date of erection or date of permit, whichever occurs first. C. Special event signs shall not include promotional sales signs. D. Special event signs may include balloons, inflated devices, search lights. beacons, pennants, and streamers. 19.16.090 OFF-SITE SIGNS 1. REPLACEMENT OF OFF-SITE BILLBOARD SIGNS ON SAME SITE Any company owning an off-site billboard sign may replace such sign on the same site with another off-site billboard sign when located in the CG-1, CG-2, CH, IL, IH, and IE districts subject to obtaining a Conditional Use Permit in ac- cordance with the provisions of Chapter 19.42. The following conditions shall apply: A. The advertising display area of the replacement sign shall not exceed the display area of the existing sign or signs to be replaced, and in no event shall it be greater than 672 square feet per face with a maximum of two faces. Display area does not include decor or pole covers. B. Under no circumstance shall more than one new sign be erected to replace one sign removed. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-32..- 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS - 19.16 C. The replaced sign(s) shall be removed prior to the use of the replacement sign. D. The Commission may require the removal of more than one off-site billboard or painted bulletin by the company in exchange for the right to locate one new replacement sign. 1. REPLACEMENT OF OFF-SITE BILLBOARD SIGNS ON DIFFERENT SITE THAN EXISTING SIGNCS) Any company owning an off-site billboard sign may replace such sign with another off-site sign located on a different site than the existing sign subject to the following provisions: A. Owners of off-site billboard signs shall provide the City with an inventory or all such signs within 60 days of the effective date of this Development Code or loose the right of applying for replacement signs on different sites. B. A Conditional Use Permit in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 19.42 shall be required prior to the erection of any new replacement signs. As a condition of approval, the Commission may require the removal of more than one existing off-site sign in exchange for the right to locate one new replacement sign. C. Existing signs may be removed and "banked" for credit up to 18 months after written approval as a replacement if: 1. They were on the inventory provided, as required above. 2. A written request was made with the demolition permit application to "bank" the sign for credit as a replacement sign. A picture of both sides of the existing sign and the square footage of the sign must be included with the request. 3. The City must have approved, in writing, the "banked" credit J2!iQr to removal of the sign. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-33 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS -19.16 D. The following development standards shall apply to new replacement signs: 1. Zones permitted: CG-2, CG-2, CH, IL, IH, IE. 2. Maximum sign area: 300 square feet maximum with maximum of 2 faces. 3. Maximum Height: 30 feet above grade.to upper most part of sign. 4. Setback: 10 feet from public right-of-way. 5. Minimum Spacing: 1,000 feet in any straight line between off-site billboard signs. 6. No off-site sign may be located within 250 feet of any residence, 500 feet of any park, school, cemetery, or church, or 300 feet from the right-of-way line of a freeway. 7. Adjacent streets shall have a minimum average daily traffic volume of 20,000 vehicles. 8. Off-site signs shall not be allowed on any building roof. 3. OFF-SITE RESIDENTIAL SUBDIVISION DIRECTIONAL SIGNS The following shall regulate and establish a standardized program of off-site residential subdivision directional kiosk signs for the City of San Bernardino. For the purposes of this subsection, a residential subdivision is defined as a housing project within a recorded tract where five or more structures or dwelling units are concurrently undergoing' construction. A. The panel and sign structure design shall be in accordance with Figure 16-1. B. No kiosk sign structure shall be located less than three hundred feet from an existing or previously approved kiosk site, except in the case of signs on different comers of an intersection. C. The placement of each kiosk sign structure shall be reviewed and approved by the Director. i ~ '" 50' t- I;> .. FIGURE 16-1 Off-site $Ubdlvislon directional kiosk PRELIMINARY DRAFT III. ~'i 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS - 19.16 D. All kiosk signs shall be placed on private property with written consent of the property owner or on City right-of-way pursuant to a City encroach- ment permit. E. A kiosk sign location plan shall be prepared, showing the site of each kiosk directional sign, and shall be approved by the Director prior to the is- suance of a sign permit. F. There shall be no additions, tag signs, streamers, devices, display boards, or appurtenances, added to the kiosk signs as originally approved, no other non-permitted directional signs, such as posters or trailer signs, may be used. G. All non-conforming subdivision kiosk directional signs associated with the subdivision in question must be removed prior to the placement of direc- tional kiosk sign(s). H. Kiosk signs shall be removed when the subdivision is sold out. The entity administering the program will be responsible for removal of panels and structures no longer needed. 19.16.100 ABANDONED SIGNS 1. Any abandoned sign is hereby declared to be a danger to the health, safety, and welfare of the citizens of San Bernardino. Any wood sign which is partially or wholly obscured by the growth of dry vegetation or weeds or by the presence of debris or litter also presents a danger to the health, safety, and welfare of the citizens of San Bemardino. 2. Any such signs as set forth above are hereby deemed to be a public nuisance. Any such sign shall be removed by the property owner within ten days after notice from the Director, which notice shall provide an opportunity to be heard before the Director on the abandonment and nuisance decision. The ap- peal shall be granted or the decision modified if facts or circumstances disprove the existence of a public nuisance. Any sign not removed within ten days after such notice, may be summarily abated by the Director if no appeal has been taken from the Director's decision pursuant to the Municipal Code Section 2.64 or, if the appeal has been denied or modified. Costs of such abatement may be assessed against the property, using the procedures established in Section 8.27.10 through 8.27.140, inclusive. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-35 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS -19.16 19.16.110 SIGN CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE 1. Every sign, and all parts, portions, and materials shall be manufactured, assem- bled, and erected in compliance with all applicable State, Federal, and City regulations and the Uniform Building Code. . 2. Every sign including those specifically exempt from this Ordinance in respect to . permits and permit fees, and all parts, portions, and materials shall be main- tained and kept in good repair. The display surface of all signs shall be kept clean, neatly painted, and free from rust and corrosion. Any crack, broken sur- faces, malfunctioning lights, missing sign copy or other unmaintained or damaged portion of a sign shall be repaired or replaced within thirty (30) calen- dar days following notification by the City. Noncompliance with such a request shall constitute a nuisance and penalties may be assessed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 19.68. 19.16.120 SIGN REGULATIONS Table 16.01 identifies the signs permitted in each of the zoning districts. In addition to the following regulations, all signs must be in compliance with all other provisions of this chapter pertaining to signs. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-3<0 1/29/90 ,... c u:i ,... W ..I CD ~ > 0: o Cl w ~ U w en :l Q Z < ..I > CD en z o i= < ..I ::J Cl W 0: Z Cl U; z o i= < z :!] '" -' :! :; '" :; x ::! :; ::J :; X < :; :; '" :; ~ f!! o a: :;; is -' < 1= z w c iii w 0: ri: ;!; c w ~ :i 0: W "- '" z Cl iii .: o o i!! '8 .. ii " Ii .. ~ c .. -S 2- . c- o c ~[ U .- .. = .c .1!= ",0 ] .c ~ 2- 7ii c .!i .5 .. .Q o c 7ii .c o o c 0> (jj o z .!. !i E.S 's ">. 0 =1: C .sO!.~ >.~:E 'E ~~~Lf ~ * g o E o '" ii .g .2- ~ '" ~ 03 .. o ., on .. C "" ~ ~ Jl c" .2'.i 0_ =C .... ~ E IS " _C :d U e., ~'" -'" U .; .. -' .; .. '" .. 'is. ~ ~ ..~ 8'~ a; .. " o ~!l, ..S 8,g 8 '" ii E " ~ 5 _c ~~ ~ .. n; ii: .. E .. z c _.g ~ 1l Eo: ".'" .. c c." <32 N .,; >.,S! o..c o 0> u= .. >. :C'iU ~~E 5lij~ S 'fi ';; '.;::IS..c a..- 'jil ii g .5 ~:a og~ 111._ en E >. c ~:U' ai..o t.:i E E ,gg E 13 CD e cu c -03= ti51~ ~o! 5l.2 K .on "'", .. ~!i~ C 0> '0 _ =c .. .. ~ E ii " _c ~ ~ =5s 2.= ~'" -'" U -' .; ... .. ~ " Ii; 0. 8 E " 55 ~~ 7ii c o .'" a0 ~~ .sCl.i .; ,:, c o .. ~ ~ c: :0 "0 "w. 8 c c -E ~~ Jl . e'u .c'" 0 C)lllBCIl "a; 1: c: :a sg~~ ~~S'2 'Q"liIE 1; "E ~ '0 ~s E E _c""8 "0 'Q; ~o .$..0 c:_ 'E - 0" =g-g~ ~1ij ~.21 O.c= ~ (,)CJ)c:(tU lli.ri 0 o oJ!. g", 08 l'l-E liiJl ".c cO> (D'CS ~ c .2, ::. .. ~ ~'2' <0. .. ... -' .; lil ii .... E l'l ~ Iii Ii" c .... E .. ~ E 0" _c ~~ '8 c ,g.g .811 .c~ .i15 z32 .. 1I/-3/" o oJ!. .. .5 m -gcu.... j~~ CDQ)CU .Q 0 0> - '" C g e.c >'":;'0 ~ ei ;; J!! o -' .; ... .. ;; g o ~.. .. 0> o.s ~ c oE E .. oS ~~ .. , E: 0- :I: c .1J .s!-c :0 ~.g o .. .. :;"-0 .; 0" 0 ~.s 5 en ~.5 ~ c: (I').~ :::l Cl .5 5 ~'iji -s- ~5 'i]l 0'.. (D ::..;;: j -5 <5-:g 0- CO:::l eO qUJ eE g~i" ~ l5:~2! ' ~ > ~Pgg ell (l) iic75 ~ ~ ~ 9'2 .2'~ &J .... 'ra en Q) "eo! 1: :< 'i a.~ 8- cU .ci o z .ic .- 0 ~~:~ C'Cl.6:6: Ec.Q 00" .::-o~ "'.. . 0-13 ]!I 1l.!!!. =00 .. -' ~ o . 0. .Q; Q) '" ..-s 0"_ _00 ., on ..; o Ie c en oi.21 l5 Q II} :~ ~ ~ ." 0 :Blii51 :::l:;i'- ~ l!! t J20-s ..Eo 0> c '6 c_ !!!!! 0'- 3l'i' at.[ C..-,. 00. .'" E _11~ ~'!;- 'ol5 & Q:::2l:f.i ..; 1; 5l ~ ii E I!! ai 7ii. 0~ ~8. 00 ;c. .~~ E:.c =:::J >.0 g.~ 0- '" c .. '" <3 " -s o = '0 " 0. o ~ E .,; ,g a .'" c .. .g 8 ~~:o 'Cog ell ~'6~ci :::J C en E nl 8'iij''';::; BB~o uuCiiU'l .5t Cl >. "8 .g :gc'~ (/) U'lO c.. oi .Q ~ .. 0. e 0. ~ :c " o .. '" c :g ~ ,:, .. ~ '2 .c 0> 'C .2 :;; " 0. " -s c :E ~ .. ... ., S! -' o ... o '" ~ e 0. i g 13 .. :c " '" l'l c .1J .~ Ii; 0. " C o 0> C 'Ii jj o .. I!! u. 0> C 'll ~ o ~ U. g s o w 7ii .! <Ii c o .'" .. c E ~ 'C .. "0: <Ii L.../"".-. '"' s-oc:: ~~.~ " > " " " Q)e..r=. .:; .:; -s a..,:: '0 '0 -20 " " ~ 0 B ~ :s-g ~ ~'ll ~-" ,,- c l!;;; c l!;;; c ~ ~ " c " c ~ " 0 .:; ~'e .. ~'E ~ .:;-g'O S CD~ S Q;I,,$: 0; .s Q.CU ~ i> ';' ", i> ';' E ..,." " c ~il c ~= s c ~ la 0 2e 0 2" .5 0" " C c e " .5 ~ fi .~ =:0 .~ ="6 .c ~:: III " C ~.S 0 0" '" .- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~illB a. CO C 0; Jl'''' 'iil .g =: ", 'iill!" " '" o.'~ = i ~~(jj E "'~o ~ C " InS'::: i!;:32 'E ~ ~j2"E 2 ~ C ~ffi~ o'5.iL~ O'-::::l I'll '" (,).0= 0 0.5::-5 Ci5 80:l5 oj .c ,; .c oj ai..o z 0 ;:: ... z ::! :J ~ ~ ~ ~ .. ...J == ~ ~ ~ > E .l1 a: c 0 " 'E C ,; Co:) .- " .. .. W -gla on . on ~ ;;;'" i5 .~ '" ]~ l!- ", ~ a. U a;~ 0 .e oi " " C " C W .c" ..~ 1l III = H "e 2~ ~ CI) .ca. ~ 'iil~ ~ ::::l >0,'5 'iilE ~ c :H c1j.l1 ",e 0 C (/Ja. U Z - -< C C ... .2' '" 0 ...J ..- .~ -c = C .0 > .." ;.~ CD ~ E ... ~ " (sc w CI) .25 oi - " ~E " " E ...J Z C ~ .5 :::l CD 0 ::< ii!!~ ii!! 'a5 8.2 ~ '0 i5 i= :J e eE ::< ~.. ~'" ~ a; ~ ~~ -< ~ .9" oS! 0.2 ...J a:~ ;jl ;jl ;jl~ ::::l '" Co:) ,; W 3m '" '" f!! '0 .0 C . a... .a~E '0.... ..a~ E a: (.) ;!O~'; . ,,- e ..; ~o e -,,, ::< ~o.O .::J Z 0: =ns8.j~e ~"'8-~'s ,: " '8 - ~s Co:) :J .... ::< rg ,,;_C " ntS-~-; caS-~-; 1jj x -T ..els ~ -.- III e -T _._ClJe .. ~ 8.~~i~ ~ o c: !3;:i ns . 8 c: m~ ta . .. ~ w 8.2'C] c'"' .!ilI c: j c:-: 5! (.) CoO ._ III 11)= 0 II) lll= 0 en u: u- ;;;", on 0 '" -c C a; a; '0" ...J Uoi C 0 ... g g " ~ S6 ::< 0 '" a. '" .. .. 38 'in E :J a: ~~s ~ " II; " ~= ~~ ::< w "'" ~"2 ~ :Ii "a;,g a.s a.~ ~.. :Ii ~g- ~5 " 5 " " n 0 Oc.o.2 0.:: 8.:: 8~ 0" (.) 0 (.) W :I: ~i 1: il .... iE " C E E 6 E Q " " " " w =c ~ Ir5 ~ ~ C ~ H 0 0::< E :i a: c~ c~ W C gc ... 0 o C o C .~ Ul''= ~ .~ ~ Ul VI 'B t! CJ~..! _ Z gJ", " c: II:: 0.- gJ,g~ _.~~ Cl '6'~:E Ii s~-' u; .~.~~ C',j:I ... ~~~~ 'Ci) ffi"3 ~15"3 ~~~ cfi:g~ o:32~ o:i N .; . ~... I C :; 0 li; .= = .!i .. .. C a. C :is 0 = :c ~ C 'u E E [,; B e .. i! . 8 Ego = '6 .. ,..=c S:g ., e Iii.!; :0 '0 c:: -!l. " 1lE 'S;: s ] CL..9i! ~ 0= m.g o C E ~~ E .. ~ = " 8'Ul CD -., H o.E C -go ".c .. =...c = 0 lij~ = - 5.5 ~ .~! -s:'S E Sm .. ~ B" E .iJ il ,..- C 1ii " Iii ~ ~ B"' E II & fl J!! o C "Iii J!! _~~ 1l- C = J!!1ii .- .-li 'Jij - ~-il J!!c .S; ~cu>.~:a~ _ 0 ._ J!! 1l C C '.&:J'- E.c .~.~[j :~ 8u C.~ =0 1; "'] ,.." - = :2._ a.'" c: 0.:2 e -s c: -s 1ii'~ tE.9 0_ ,.. (~LB 8 'j cW'j cjjo. 00 .. ::; .. .; u z 0 F -0: Z i ::> .. ~ .. ~ ...J 0 == Z ~ ~ > 8 = CC ,.. C =.c .. 0 c: J= .,- '" .. c: '5~ ., Cl .S; '" o~ ]'6 ~ .. '" w .. ~.c 8'~ B ~ E -8-g ~~ 'C'" '" c.. ~ -~ o.C 0 'i :; (J .. .. -,.. "'= oc: ,e C '" C W .c" :::31 '" .2!~ . :., '" -" c-li .. .,J!l C CJ) 0", =..", 'Jij - c:.= 8.. .S; ~ 1! ~ li; Iii ~ ::::l ,.." .!2.= 1; E C :H ~o ~E~ = C 0 C z zJ!! :( (,) Z - cs: li; ... ...J :; ~~ 0 "' cD > 8 ,; : 2-,; llJ '" ~ 005 ... ,,- w CJ) c: .. -!l 0. 0 r~ cuBE ...J Z ~ = '" ..il; "'>0. llJ 0 :z = 0 .. ~ ::> "'.c il fj g j:: :z oS .Q ~.c fj ." cs: ;:c j j =c o ~ .:::'lIt.!!! ...J -0: Ji~ :z <0 <0 - ~ ::J <000 Cl N W i! "' ~~ cc - " -.;e ,.c..i. Z :z C ::> "i .. " ~;~ g.!!> = Cl :z '5 ,..:::Ell -:; ;:c ",u.. en -0: .. .. ... .. ,; l<l~ uic.E .. C :z ~ '" e ~ ~'fi'E ~,g ~ '" .. "'- " ~ ~ ~ i! 1;; H ! ] ill .,; .,; g :z J!!e 'i " :is :c .. ::> -!liS li; is li; [ ~ ~ :z ;:c 1l~ 0. 0. 0. ~ = 8 0 0 = -0: ~~ C ~ 0 <5 :z 0 0 u.. C '" '.. co co C C co '" ~ '" = ~E ~ E '" '" E 0" -8 0" '.. '.. " H ~ C = C ~ ~ C 3: H 0 ::; .. c " ~ '" Iii J!! c: C .!!> 1ii 0 0 Iii C .. .. C .= jij= :; '.5 ~,!! ii: i! 0 '" "'~ " _.l:l .. .= 'C: c-=: U. H~ ~ " a.. .c-B :0 '.:l! c:c:~ C tis' '5~ 8"c .. "'- c1lH ",11 (I)'-::E z 3: .si:i5 IaJ o.e_ "'_ on. ,,; <<i ,..; ..; .,; ai .; U '., _. ~a ,. / - t'" c:: o u - ... o cD ... W ....I 1Il ~ > c:: o ~ w !;;: (,) w en ~ c Z 0< ....I > 1Il en Z o i= 0< ....I ~ ~ W c:: Z ~ 1ii z o i= < z :E => -' = ~ => ~ ~ ~ ~ => ~ x < ~ ~ => ~ ~ ~ ii: :;; is -' < o a: w :E :E o lJ ,; lJ '" lJ 8 z lJ ;!; C w ~ i a: w "- In Z " iii d -lii ~ 0. ~ CoS ~Zffi ~ 'u ~SlRl oocno ~ c '" .~ - ~ "-8 "5i .5 m ~ ~- ~ ii -c o m g:e .~ 8. 'iij'O ~ ~ ~ 0 ~1ij e'O lllii! m ~ .l!~ .c~ ~-g 0- =g <.- o j!? 8- 1!! 0. C o '0 S B", .5!o. .80 ~~ m ~O ~ 0; ~ > . .U IU= U ~ .al; o ~ ~jj o ~ c c :>.; :H " ..5 e Rl c ~ Rl =Rl=w~ffiE E .~~Rl~~~~~~~~.cg~~~~ cuo uiCU'iftl ~ 5 .,o::;C-Ca.U1 'O~18~~~EJ~~~~~~~~ -: 8. - ~ 'en -= -~:;:I In ~ _.3!.g ':;: 0 . U1CU~~~ .oui ~~O~~O-O ~~~8g11z8 _~o~a~~~ C5 li3 ,a .t: tn e (,) _.E iii 8..2 2!: C'CI .5/1 W .5 B lD . 8- mo.& ;-osl! 15lJ5 a'~ iii .S C!iJ::: ~ : ~Qj )(.5 ;;.2>g ~!!l OU}rn...::~ ~ 0. o ~ o ~ c o .~ 0B loll; ~.~ .~ Ii &:32 ni .~ '" ~ .c ;; o '" c ciS m= .- ~ 0.c 7iig ~ me -~ 0.<: ~ ~ .92 >. ~c ._ 0 al al . NN'2 'C';:: ~ 00._ o;'<:~ ::150'" <( <( e l'd~ o j!? .. ~s o;m .9~ alii: '68 l1! ~ m= .8~ ~.<: 'E~ og ~ . m:!;l ~.c '0 C o ~ .8 '0 C ~ -;; ~ Oa) cc >.= m 0 ~e !. " m e .. Pi l;(lJ! 1lg> J!"6 ~'5 .c.c 5 ~ ~ "0 liE ~ c c O'~,g 0> C '" 15 'e l1. c o .~ o m U c .~ 'iij ffi cE32 .ci m ~ . " 0 ~ c _'" ,e'iii c= ",m "iij ~ ~.l! -8iij .5 ~ ~.5! -OJ 0_ ~ 0 1ii ii! O>~ e 0> g>~ ~ ~ :Co co.S ~= o m =.<: <0 ~ ~ iii .2'15 !o 11)'012.0 Ci.~~e ~ U.c ~ ~.5a~ Q). l! g:g ~8~~ " 00 alii! ='0 ~'O ~ ~ a..g ...: g'.e 8 'f: ~"'C .s!l56 ~ ~ ~ '0.2 " .Eg~ ;:.5 ~ .,; 0.<: S ]j!l'1 O)~~ " " 0 .c 8.'- = " o ::J.2' ae~: ~lra= ~ 0. " .n 81 c " P "E ~! " o .~ U ".~ 'Iii ffi r5J2 u ,,~ al .2> ~ :g~~ ~= ..:. 5.'0 ~ -o~B::; Cl) m= .=.9 -.g 5-m~a. .~ ffi.2."5 ~ ~~= ....roCl)lt) 15:;llUc: (l)"C Q):j; Cl a -=.- s- ~ gomj J:: m.i ii ;;.l!iv g g...sa; U)S-..c cc:~>- .- <<I a- <<I ~i:[Q)~ n:i.o u o j!? 2 .8'0 ==............ <<100- l::I~c:g S ~~.,.... <<I E~ c:.... ~ 8 .:€.~ on; ~~~ ;:~~sa: ~N>~>' ~~:e~~ =~ vO i3g~ -a:i~ <<IaO iSJ- E <D ~i >00. .8-m m~tiI =~ -g <D CO<<l~e z.o:r. uuu .~.~ -g -- ~ ui ui . v ",a: "".,u " u m- -" " e :CUi 5 ~ " "0 ~E " " ~ ;;.2> ~ 00_ c " e ~ " o ~ " o .~ o m :g,g "'" .~ Ii ~:2 .,; 1__1.. ~ ~ c o () ~ ... C! '" ... W ...J CD ~ > a: o Cl w !ci: (.) w en ::l C Z C( ...J > CD en z o i= C( ...J ::l Cl w a: z Cl Ci5 z o ;:: < z :i ::l ...J ::! ::l! ::l ::l! X < ::Ii ::l! ::l ::Ii X < ::Ii ::l! ::l ::l! X < ::Ii .. ,., .9 " a; is 5 "0 .E '" 0 J!I <> c ,., o " '" ,.:. ~ ;;e gill":.. -':~a ~gq'~ CDSNl!! =(1)....:::) ~ cum ~ i;i5""": ~ .l::i'Og.Q) _ ~CJ) Cb ~..!- .e.2 E 9 ... CD .m.E~c: (j).~~~ rei .ci c ~ " 'is' " '" ~ .. e " "" " c " .-;3 ~li "ll ~~ iH ::;;19 ~ ~~ ~ " "'''' ~'E .8 ~ ".- ..,al 0_ _0 -' .. '" N - ~ " Q;> :;;-8 ~ - 0" "00. " C O'~ c " E ~ c o ::;; 5'6' ~" "'''''' lJ.~ " c::Z ~ "ii) !ii $ ~:Y::. .,; '" ~.[ c a. ~~ ,,'" ~ Q. , CD "'lJc ~05~ N "0 " ~ c c: U) ..... CD .!2'ci '~.E ::ai~ ~"OUla 8:g- ~E ~-m.ao...; ~!9 ~ m ~ ~ g,~ ~ ~ 0"0 c: ffi 0: 1,I):s;:cn.o" lDcal c:- 92 _...... > "E ","0 .= c c " ~ -8 J!] Q) ,- CD Ul as CD ~ '1::1 -lii"S ~~ .s.SEEg. ~j~ .;u;- -5aL~ECJ (I) CDCCCDns :ccCDCD.5 1"16-s01;; ~ ;o.~i;-s~ .e 5-5C! ~ .5-1l~o E i'E"jm cn~ ~ eSc:~ ~ CG CD ""': li'-g 0 tU..!3! -8 0 c: ... 00) CD'- (I) II) e c: ffi '5.~ffi""':o3: ,';:!Q;8,.c.. ~ Q.~.~ ;~.~~ fj.s-8 0 :: ~8 Q)~13 5,8 ~-g.EJ!i <('in cocn<e.S'iii<;; CG.!a.2 rd .Ii 0 '" ~ "dl ~ [ c o "0 .!! ~ . .s!,., .8~ ,.,~ ~5 " -5 CD il.,; ~,l; tl " .!!.i; ~~ _0 0" c C >>= H II Iii ~ - e x!; CD' ,,'" c:: . CD.2 c = as c: .fi~"o~~fi_i;~ E~ '" ~=~~ii~:~~~~i[oo ...; ~.:: ",Z.5 ~ ~ 8 iil :; 1111 5 :: ~ cnQ. C~. '0.-... 1:-0 OCD cu'ii'.l:llJl:""': co ran; fA:'!: <<J'>iz CD ~~~gs:~!~~g~e~-~ <5 Ci=.t:: en"'" 0 a:I=:2i.c CD Q.cn.2 CD ::i "N" ,," C 0,. ~._ J!!cnl"llUJ CDlii:::E~ c,Q. . ... c: . CD CD ._"",,,- CIlJ:5Scn CD ... C C o !.E "~ ,., a. o ~ is ~ c o .~ m~ c~ .- c 19-8 0>_ .. '.'1 '" c~ ",.0 .iij ; H c_ !~ 0" .!!Iii "" iil'"O - ~ gg ".- ~1il ~ .g ~ .2' ;:n:l~ .2CDn; <cm3: ~ ~ <Ii .2''0 ~ 0 II1'OCD..o aCD Q; E IS tS.g ~ x.5 -... CD. ~ c:g o 8 g c Z c" "0 ~ ~o . 8.U "'- - "2 ~ 0 CD ~ ;0 j~.g ",.g.5 b " ;0 "g.s ~ ~s~ .,; UJ"fis ::1.- ~ OJi~ "c'" -5 8.'~ '0 ~.2' #"'" ",ID" NiB-S ~ "- c .~~ ,,"0 o.j E CD ;oc .g~ c ~ ~! c o .~ '" ~ lJ", c~ .iii 5i ~:E .c "' c.!! .2' c '" l'l -8" -g-s " c ....:2 o .~ 0;0 " c .~ .2 E~ .E~ .2 E ~-8 .8.;: =~ " c .c" "'- "'= c " "'- Ci5.9 .Q; ..1:'::: ~ n;:""- CD -5 =s: c._ C'll . .8;o~6, '0 lB "'0 .in ~ e..in '0 "liiEc e E 0.- =s ... .t: 8. ooBti ... ~c CD ]ga .!l~-ll.9 CD .M is a. '" <0 l'l ~- i5~ i5CD a.:;; " ~ cO Ol:!. ill ~ !< " E ~ "0 C ::l c o .~ '" ~ lJ", c~ .- c '" " ~"O 0>_ .; /_~/~ - - ~ c: o u - ,... o <Ci ,... W ..J al ~ > a: o C) w !< (.) w Ul ~ C Z c( ..J > al Ul Z o i= c( ..J ~ C) W a: z C) Ul t5 t= < z ~ => -' :! ~ => ~ ~ ~ => ~ ~ ~ => ~ ~ .S o o ~ C "in...: .s'" -"8 0>0 .5 u) o C ~~ ~- ~ ~ QlJe ,,- ~ 0 2C ala N Gl li 5 ;;0 ~j; <0 o ~ '" a c ~~ -"0 u ~ .. 0 . ,e-~ lia~ 1l~~ =o~ .. J: 0 ~= a. =~ ...0 (; IS . ~c:~ ~!il 0)'0 E ~Q.8. .8B~ ..~-S =.816 "'..- l'l J! 8. ,; '" N Gl U J! Gl :c ~ o " Gl 8 is E ~ C o ~ C o 'D o ~ ~: C'D "iij l5 d3:2 .; ~ c C 0> $ "0 Ci ~ "ffi"'" 0 E ~ l'l .C')- n:l... 1!g~;2 '~g.g-ge CD e5mO'~~ ==gCiieeg' o cd Q) l'll ~.-= @~o.Gl-~ _s ~;;S1'0'", OC0 _~.. Gll'l"~oo.~ a~~E8~& c:= ~'.;;I 5.2'~ oC:O"'ltEIIl J: ~ Gl C .. 0> iQ -'-iQ".9lco. $ >'..0:= u'e... ~~Ii;HH .cc:!!!-e~.Q ~~'il..!! ~>Gl Gl"i ...:: VJ a.. C) J::: > ni.au -c ~ o Ii; -c :<<8 :h j~ ~ 1 .2:6 1l~ _ 0 0- c" . ~ 0 ~ lS.a ~ .." (J)~f!:! Gl ~ =.~ u "Oe:.c iI! ~ ~ <:so . ;.;-= _ 0@ g Gl ~ . _;;o::! ~ap III E $i.1I c: at:.... ,C)'iS Q) ~ i:i)J::2ID - ,; '" .... l'l- J!$ GlJ: :c0 :::l"6 a:i 0..0> "GlS Gl~5 o ~-= c: Gl E ~ C ~ C o ~ ~.~ Q)~ C:a; ~:2 ai ,., .. &ro i ~-8 <3 .g~ .g a5E . Gl 0 "'1!i u 00 ,., ~-5 i m >. e _ C'll u... i=F o~ CD9 ~.g ~- <\i.!!2 J:~ _:::l ~~ ~ e E _ g c: S.9 cn'~ "en E:>'9 5 s~:XsQ; i'5'~Gl5 Ota-CCN rG .0 ~ " fij ni -l!! C .. j~ H .n i~ a ~'" .. .. 6>1 ~~ .8- ..c ..~ o'll' -.. ,; '" '" l'l ~ .. Gl ';i: :cl'l il ~ ,,~ GlC 8l? is E ~ C ~ 'l Gl u c.!!!. 0" .~ to ....~ 1;- Gl'D 1 iSh u-- - ,; ,.,c " ~.~ 9 fij ~ =C"')~5U1 10'0 c:.- c ~ = .2'19.!'? -o<u011lU) ~g-81118 'E ns .8='~ lD!ij_O.... ~=~g~ c: CD III '.;:I 0 00 c: ~ 0 ~ E .~~ z ~gcS:fl .g~~:2.g l'll..Q ::l (l) a. ~-g5;~-g E0E-g'5~ o~~-~o o/D gn:s= <C(..o ._ C) n:l cti .0 ~ .. @ 5 Gl . .S ::! =..!! ~.!!l ~iD .8> ..1! u H 0> C :!l 0 ~~~ '02i *l'll'l ~J!~ N 16~ g E o . II; ~ o.~ 8~ ~ C .2 1!i (/) Gl .~ c?l ..; e o '';::; c: s.,g ~ (/).~:g .~ 1; [l. ~e" Gl Gl e cn:21'G .. 16 .l!! '" o ~ N 16~ g E o 11;'" o.~ Gle DE " 16 c: Gl E ~ e o ~ ~ u ~ o B eri" -g iti . .: ~-g E ~- ~.tij..~ ~~~ (tlQ)= ~~e Ul= 0 o ~ C .~ -;.~ ~ ~ 7a .9 Ul-55 ~~"O ~ ~ :e - ~ .~ :.~ :iE-55 (/).~ ~ .. o Z = '" - ,; N o e ~. ~ 0"0 (tl Q) (tl Iii "'C 0. ~- ~... o.~ <b_ r:::: -0.000 ~E~]j.~ o as B ! " e ~ ~ 0> 5 ~ Gl U .~ c?l <il .~ ~ o...!2) (/)(/) .c ./~~//> "' ~ :!"" s:: o t.l - ... c .0 ... W ...l CD ~ > a: o " w !;;: U w CIl ::l C Z -< ...l > CD CIl Z o i= -< ...l ::l " W a: z " CIl z o ~ z 51 ::0 -' :! ::; ::0 ::; X <( ::; ::; ::0 :;; X <( ::; ::; ::0 ::; X <( ::; ~-'~ ~.~ 5 o ~..= E~~ s o'~ S!:g~ "1j-~ grn~ :~ :g ~ e"fi'~ 0) cu=,.c g ~~~ iTJ .E' '" . alg \I) rn s.~... ~ ~ ! li ni .Q o Z '" c o ] C .~ ~ ." C " e " ,. .g C .~ .. ,s (; ..ni @~ ,. .g C :0: ~ C '" en ~ ~ 8- E ,!!! ... ~ C '" en .; E e a. ni ~ C '" en ~ 8. E ,!!! g o <0 ~ (; .. 9 g ~ ns:~.g ~EQ.~ .~ Q) -g c: Q) a. > I'll =~Qg. C,- E 8 8..~ e 0 :).E.8'O ia'ffiS .~ CD..c:: rJ 0.511)1;: -="C C:"f: ::) r!!.Qt Cl) < tD(I) (,) ai .Q o Z "'" '"Iii e.c ~~ oi)~ C ~ ,. ~ 0 , C'lI"'29 g~1: -c ns.~ ...c 1; u.Q g~:g -'''Q. j o ~ '" '" ~- ~ .. -.. .... CD ~ oJ .5 CD OJ ~ Q.5 ~ ~c 0,- e ~- C '" en '" C '!5 C 5 lj e u. C o ." u ~ ~ C o <..l .0 c"" 8..~ " C al:g > " 0.0 E .. e,s ,go =il' 1 Iii ~Q. c" .E' 8 (1)0 .. ,s>- oag CD:: & ~ 0 ~ .. C -:"2;u:i o lU C) Q) Q) (I).5.!:!! 1B 'O..!!2 E lIJCt:Q) m5Q)a. .0; ~~.. Q) ~ ns-s .~OOtD Q) e Q).~ l;a~Q. ca o~:;, ~~a.~ o Z o Z ;; oS! o j o ~ '" '" ~ '" '" ~ - C .. .. ..- .. ~ ~ 0 if; .. Q.'" ..5 <;; C o,g ;; ; t6:g, Q.5 ~1i 0.. 'iii ,. 0; C '6' J1!~ lj.E .. ,. Lto .. ,. 0; C '53i H ~C :R'j U:o ~ '0 ~- u.C e ~ a'!!! atls u .. ]9 ~ w .. .. a: ,; ".., 11__.. /_ ~ '!"' C o Co) - .... c .0 .... W ...J al i': > a: o Cl w !;;; (.) w en :::l Q Z 0( ...J > al en Z o i= 0( ...J :::l Cl w a: z Cl en ::;; :0 ::;; X < ::;; z o >= < z ~ :0 -' :! ::;; :0 ::;; ~ ::;; ::;; :0 ::;; X < ::;; ~ a: I- Ul is -' < a: I- Ul :0 C a!: !!! ... c . ;;; ~ 0: 6 a!: c w ~ ii II: W ... Ul Z Cl in ci c: iU ~ c: CD]! :l C'll CD ....c:.... 0'"- e.- - m CD CD ::::J ~ 'C l:; ns c: g..._ f. ~ l!!~ E~~o mo "OCDQ)C cPR! e~-"D 1>_ ::~gle 0: C'll ..=.. t'lf m~~ ~al ..e- a cni Ci!.s.!1! fa c:::::JC'llc:~o.J: "0 . '" .g>.o :ll ;; 'ca~ii......C1S'::: .5 C'll i E !,.Q m c DEc:::Icn......o EUl:s.g~S~'iij o e g X._ c: 0 C'll <'>0 C'llClllU <"iij E",~Bo rei .c ~ ~ " "'0:: >- Se!~:a. ~ - ~..= (Sj!'E:.2~..: a;C'IS-oi CD .o"'--al!! _ l5 0 ... c'- 00- !1.- '" C:-'EES::C: =~"8ew ....N S2;o il5gJ!!15~C3 i&iaa '[E.!I!.8- a.::J~> - 8 60.8 I! g::;; ." 'Il ~,; ~;~ cn~io 0: ~2:Eg .21 t::: co ::J c:"ti 1,0 I%l - E co :a li ~'xa..5 ~i'~~o ~ e '" .If-fi _'S i _" 0 S;"'l'l o lD_J;; CD -:~,ga:;....: en o._.S CIl a iii lD:ggpi! ns_~ c:... c'5 c: 0 o CU=-'l oZ ;; g ~ -,; .", a... ~c O~ e '" (jj E . E " e o ::;; 15 'tl e .. e '" (jj ~ e o Ul"B $", c." "iij 5i ~!! ~ e ,!! . "6> e (jj C 1ti 8 .9 5-~ ~ · ~ J!! E rat: -0 (Do oc lao .'= ~m ~ ffi B ~ c: Iii H ~g .!!!!ij >.. 0-= g~ CD'" c'O' :a S 'J!I a. .omc:::l:Ci ~ t;,.!? 8 ... -...Ul-.8 ffi 0 C'lI ca c: a:BCSV58 n:i .ci ~ "D,j:l >. ~ S~!:nsCD I! " ~ -'" OlD>~;'. - '1:'- SJ ... :8 ~"D-g ~ _oo::~.s 00-0._0) e-"E!Ece -CIlmot:W iUftS"'lOS~ '" 0 .. _ ..- cnc1J"CO't)O s " e .. .. ~~"ti 005 . a." iSlE 6o~.~ ..8 ~ .. .0 ."D ..= e .=".!!! (1)'00 ... .. !il .2. -0 5 C'llli'ii'c: E E.2 "'8"'0 . e ." Q.cu Q.~ .".S ~e"'e o Q) 0._ ~ e ,!! ",c III "'5$ ::Ei1.i N l'li Ie g ":5 .n::;; u .!2. e eo Q.''=; -I! ~~ $E e-8 ~s ni ~ .E~ "DC Iii e $ '5 e . "" 0 E e E ~ >'! ... ~ ~-~ =E~-Sci ~8 ~'i;g OQ)ElIlcD .~= f!E- Eo ~~e 80~~s -.ij "'..- J!! e'.. ~ ~ (J) Q.c:( '0 (J) ni .r.i ~ . > .8 .. I (5 cD e e >-= .. 0 ::;;e ,; e '" .2'"6 5 ~..o ~ o~o- -; !~ ,~ (bCGCG'O ~..= O~:!!.s 15 ;; . ,,- ~ 0 li;~& Q..55 .~ e e .. e o a._ ~ e o ." :ill! (b; c." 'U) ~ t5:2 .ci -g ~ .. .. :fi~f) E ~o ""t: e lJ .. ...c. =." >.- .. 'C'U)"C o C: (b Uio~ ~o'~ ~ - 1Il"C ... "D:ll.~ ~ lB~ Q. C:"''''iil c: $~..c: Cl S cu (J) 'ii.j rei .r.i ~ .,. .. ., ~ N '" is ;; ~ tiC; ...- cD ."'", Q.,5 oS . ~ e e .. 0 o Q.J:: '" e 'l5 e 5 $ . u: :il o~ .- e" 'u) e dliS u e ,g 0 ltl c: lB E'5 :::l .E.o~ .5 t..-'U) ~ 'S.s ,2 ~... "'iil ~ ~o ~ :5Bo6 9 fa.5 "C~a $Qllll E' 8 ~~u Q. g e 8 III '5 ~ .,. ~ ~.. . ~ Ill:; ..~ "'. El3" " - Ea. :5; 8 ::;;.., .. .. .. .. .8 * E " 2!alc:: E ~CG,g :::llll Ql CG .~ lB ~ E :ige~ ..::; c: Q.,_ '" e '6 e -5 0" =. ~~ _1il ~e o .,g ~ Q ~.~ <0 "ti ~- " o -'" - ~:::l"Q .. ~ e c: c,2 >-"u;itj gEE Ql Ql-"Q "Dee 'S; .,g';" e Q. (.) a..e a]i ~ " "0 - ell c ~:::lEl! C e IV :::l $:g-gg SCGctlO o Z ~ e e! E . '" e 32 '3 .0 e .~ E .;;: .. <C ~ .. e .~ E - '" ~ ~ e e :~ e ~'3 E 0.0. 1il ~ is ~ .g C e '" :: 'in e ~.g . .. .5 E ~ 0 ,,- "'-= ,; I J SIGN STANDARDS - 19.16 Building Sign Maximum Height Size SIze ......a.... Stones Total Sq.Ft. Height 4 225 25" S 250 35" 6 275 45" 7 300 SO" 8-10 350 50" 11-14 425 72" IS-above SOD 84" ~ rL D (y ~1 ~ ~ .~ FIGURE 16-3 MONUMENT SIGN MEASUREMENT See chart for maximum area and height l [ [ [ [ l I Tenant Identification Maximum SIgn Area . 22 sq.tt. Maximum Letter He' hI. 18- - - Note: This diagram Is not Intended to describe the sign's geometric shape. FIGURE 16-2 High RIse Building and Tenant Identification Signs PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-4f=, 1/29/90 SIGN STANDARDS -19.16 19.16.130 NONCONFORMING SIGNS 1. A legally established sign which fails to conform to this Chapter shall be allowed continued use, except that the sign shall not be: A. Structurally altered so as to extend its useful life. B. Expanded, moved, or relocated C. Re-established after a change in use D. Re-established after a business has been discontinued for six months or more. E. Re-established after damage or destruction of more than fifty percent of its current market value, as determined by the Director. 2. Sign copy and sign faces may be changed on nonconforming signs when there is no change in use of the site or when only a portion of a multiple tenant sign is being changed. 3. Legal non-conforming wall signs shall not prevent the installation of conforming freestanding signs, nor shall legal non-conforming free-standing signs prevent the installation of conforming wall signs. 4. Any non-conforming sign shall be required to be brought into conformance or abated in conjunction with any Conditional Use Permit or Development Review Permit which is hereafter granted on the same site. 19.16.140 REMOVAL OF ILLEGAL SIGNS 1. The Director shall remove or cause the removal of any fixed, permanent sign constructed, placed or maintained in violation of this Chapter, after 15 days fol- lowing the date of mailing of registered or certified written notice to the owner of the sign, if know, at the last known address or to the owner of the property as shown on the latest assessment roll, or to the occupant of the property at the property address. The notice shall describe the sign and specify the violation in- volved, and indicate that the sign will be removed if the violation is not corrected within 30 days. If the owner disagrees with the opinion of the Director, the owner may, within the said 30 day period request a hearing before the Commission to determine the existence of a violation. 2. Signs removed by the Director pursuant to this Chapter shall be stored for a period of 30 days, during which time they may be recovered by the owner upon payment to the City for costs of removal and storage. If not recovered prior to ex- piration of the 30 day period, the sign and supporting structures shall be declared abandoned and title thereto shall vest to the City, and the cost of removal shall be billed to the owner. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1II-l.f7 1/29/90 SIGN DESIGN GUIDELINES - G19.16 G19.16.160 SIGN DESIGN GUIDELINES 1. GENERAL The following design guidelines should be consulted prior to developing signs for any project. A. Use a brief message - The fewer the words, the more effective the sign. A sign with a brief, succinct message is simpler and faster to read, looks cleaner and is more attractive. B. Avoid hard-to-read, overly intricate typefaces - These typefaces are difficult to read and reduce the sign's ability to communicate. C. Avoid faddish and bizarre typefaces - Such typefaces may look good today, but soon go out of style. The image conveyed may quickly become that of a dated and unfashionable business. D. Sign colors and materials - should be selected to contribute to legibility and design integrity. Even the most carefully thought out sign may be un- attractive and a poor communicator because of poor color selection. Day- glo colors must be avoided. E. Use significant contrast between the background and letter or symbol colors - If there is little contrast between the brightness or hue of the message of a sign and its background, it will be difficult to read. F. Avoid too many different colors on a sign - Too many colors overwhelm the basic function of communication. The colors compete with content for the viewer's attention. limited use of the accent colors can increase legibility, while large areas of competing colors tend to confuse and dis- turb. PREliMINARY DRAFT m-"I8 1/29/90 SIGN DESIGN GUIDELINES - G19.16 CANOPY MONUMENT ROOF WAll MULTI- TENANT PROJECTING FT UNDER MARQUEE FREESTANDING WINDOW PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 ill- '(if SIGN DESIGN GUIDELINES - G19.16 G. Place signs to indicate the location of access to a business - Signs should be placed at or near the entrance to a building or site to indicate the most direct access to the business. H. Place signs consistent with the proportions of scale of building elements within the facade - Within a building facade, the sign may be placed in different areas. A particular sign may fit well on a plain wall area, but would overpower the finer scale and proportion of the lower storefront. A sign which is appropriate near the building entry may look tiny and out of place above the ground level. I. Place wall signs to establish facade rhythm, scale and proportion where such elements are weak. In many buildings that have a monolithic or plain facade, signs can establish or continue appropriate design rhythm, scale, and proportion. J. Avoid signs with strange shapes - Signs that are unnecessarily narrow or oddly shaped can restrict the legibility of the message. If an unusual shape is not symbolic, it is probably confusing. DO THIS Employ a consistent sign pattem DO THIS Sign Is In scale ond character wRh building arllculollon. DON'T DO THIS Inconsistent sign pollems creole confusion. Signs within or above roof area are prohibited. DON'T DO THIS Sign is oul ot seale and character with building PREUMINARYDRAFr ill-50 1/29/90 SIGN DESIGN GUIDELINES - G19.16 K. Carefully consider the proportion of letter area to overall sign back- ground area - If letters take up too much sign, they may be harder to read. Large letters are not necessarily more legible than smaller ones. A general rule is that letters should not appear to occupy more than 75% of the sign panel area. 1. Consider interior neon signs - Neon signs lend themselves to creative and exciting artistic expression. The use of neon signs inside a storefront can be used to attract attention and create a special ambience. M. Make signs smaller if they are oriented to pedestrians - The pedestrian- oriented sign is usually read from a distance of 15 to 20 feet; the vehicle- oriented sign is viewed from a much greater distance. The closer a sign's viewing distance, the smaller that sign need be. 2. WALL OR FASCIA SIGNS A. Building wall and fascia signs should be compatible with the predominant visual elements of the building. Commercial centers, offices, and other similar facilities are required to be part of a sign program in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter. B. Where there is more than one sign, all signs must be complementary to each other in the following ways: 1. Type of construction materials (cabinet, sign copy, supports, etc.) 2. Letter size and style of copy 3. Method used for supporting sign (wall or ground base) 4. Configuration of sign area 5. Shape to total sign and related components. SIGN Roof Mounted signs prohibited PRELIMINARY DRAFI' ill-SI 1/29/90 SIGN DESIGN GUIDELINES - G19.16 ~ ,'II S'" "'.' I'~' ..",.,.,.,~ ""'. t "'iF';;;'! r+:~! 1(_1 ."iII .I BACKLIT INDIVIDUAL LETTERS INTERNALLY LIT LETTERS W\OPAQUE BACKGROUND BOX-TYPE SIGN C. The use of graphics consistent with the nature of the product to be advertised is encouraged, i.e., hammer symbol for a hardware store, mor- tar & pestal for a drug store. D. Direct and indirect lighting methods are allowed provided that they are not harsh or unnecessarily bright. The use of can-type box signs with trans- lucent backlit panels are not allowed. Panels must be opaque if a can-type sign is used and only the lettering should appear to be lighted. E. The use of backlit individually cut letter signs is strongly encouraged. F. The use of permanent sale or come-on signs is prohibited. The temporary use of these signs is limited by the provisions of Section 19.16.070. G. The identification of each building or store's address in 6 inch high numbers over the main entry doorway or within 10 feet of the main entry is encouraged. DO THIS ....--1 l ~@m~%WrrM~:~;:~~:~ J.j~!lili~~;.11 ft. 'M .~. ..1>-:-....... -=:.;.t{.:....W'1k.;$y.g*:. m::::":: >f<::.,*>$.'f.'':::::::::::::::;:::'-::::::::; J?r:f1i'111~lfJ]ij Sign occupies 20% of window areo DON'T DO THIS .....l L ~ 'illl1i111"1, -':'::::::::::::::~:::;::i::::::::::::::::::: SALE :;::.;.:.;...........................;.;.;..;.;.;.. Temporary promotIonal signs PREUMINARY DRAFr ill-SZ. 1129/90 SIGN DESIGN GUIDELINES - G19.16 3. FREESTANDING SIGNS A. Freestanding signs are intended to provide street addresses, and identifi- cation for the freestanding building or commercial center development as a whole and for up to three major tenants. B. All tenant signs should be limited in size to the width of the architectural features of the sign and shall be uniform in size and color. C. A minimum of 10% of the sign area of freestanding signs for large multi- story buildings or center developments should be devoted to identifica- tion of the center or building by address or name. Strip developments should display the range of store addresses for that development on their freestanding sign. D. Freestanding signs should be placed perpendicular to approaching vehicular traffic. E. Freestanding signs should be placed in raised planters whenever possible. ['SIGN J LESS DESIRABLE SIGN No landscaped base DESIRABLE SIGN Monument sign with landscaped base Place sign perpendicular 10 approaching Iraffic in landscaped area. PREUMINARY DRAFT m-s; 1129/90 SIGN DESIGN GUIDELINES - G19.16 F. Each monument sign should be located within a planted landscaped area which is of a shape and design that will provide a compatible setting and ground definition to the sign, incorporating the following ratio of landscape area to total sign area: 1. Monument: Four (4) square feet of landscaped area for each square foot of sign area (one side only). 2. Directory: Two (2) square feet of landscaped area for each square foot of sign area. RECOMMENED PERMI1TED INDUSTRIAL/BUSINESS PARK SIGNAGE PROHIBITED Use materials compatible wilh development theme. PREUMINARYDRAFT ill- 5'1 1129/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS -19.18 CHAPTER 19.18 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS 19.18.010 PURPOSE These regulations are intended to achieve the following: 1. To provide accessible, attractive, secure, properly lighted, and well- maintained and screened off-street parking facilities. 2. To reduce traffic congestion and hazards. 3. To protect neighborhoods from the effects of vehicular noise and traffic generated by adjacent non-residential land use districts. 4. To assure the maneuverability of emergency vehicles. 5. To provide appropriately designed parking facilities in proportion to the needs generated by varying types of land use. 19.18.020 APPLICABILITY Every use hereafter inaugurated, and every structure hereafter erected or altered, shall have permanently maintained off- street parking areas pursuant to the following provisions. 19.18.030 GENERAL REGULATIONS 1. No structure or use shall be permitted or constructed unless off-street parking spaces are provided in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter. 2. The word "use" shall mean both the type and intensity of the use, and that a change in use shall be subject to all of the requirements of this Chapter. 3. When a structure is enlarged or increased in capacity, or when a change in use creates an increase in the required amount of parking, additional parking spaces shall be provided in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter. The only exception to this requirement shall be for structures and uses located in the CR-2 (Downtown) land use district, for which a parking study shall be prepared examining the proposed use in light of available public off-street parking facilities. 4. Requirements for uses not specifically listed herein shall be determined by the Director based upon the requirements for comparable uses and upon the par- ticular characteristics of the use, pursuant to Section 19.04.030. PRELIMINARY DRAFT mOss 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS -19.18 5. In any residential land use district, a garage with a windowless garage door shall be provided, and permanently maintained. Exceptions to the garage re- quirement shall be for apartments and affordable housing as determined by the Director. . 6. Fractional space requirements shall be rounded up to the next whole space. 7. Required guest parking in residential land use districts shall be designated as such and restricted to the use by guests. 8. All parking shall occur on paved areas. 19.18.040 NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES REQUIRED The following minimum number of parking spaces shall be provided for each use (where "sf." refers to square foot and "gfa." refers to gross floor area): .!.LS..E NUMBER OF REQUIRED SPACES Residential Uses Single-family dwellings 2 covered spaces within an enclosed garage. Mobile home parks 2 covered spaces within an enclosed garage and 1 uncovered guest space for each unit. Multi-family Residential: Studio and 1 bedroom 1.5 covered and 1 uncovered guest space for each unit. Two bedrooms 2 covered and 1 uncovered guest space for each unit Three or more bedrooms 2.5 covered and 1 uncovered guest space for each unit PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11I-5'- 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS - 19.18 J.!S.E NUMBER OF REQUIRED SPACES. Residential Uses Planned unit developments, including single-family dwellings and condominiums 2 covered spaces within an enclosed garage and 1 uncovered off-street guest parking space. Residential Day Care 2 spaces in addition to those required for primary residence Commercial Uses Adult Businesses plus 1 space for each employee 1 space for each 200 sf. of gfa. Amusement/Recreational facilities: Bowling alley 3 spaces per lane, plus as required for incidental uses (I.e., pro shop, coffee shop, etc.) Driving Range 3 spaces, plus 1 space per tee Golf course 6 spaces per hole, plus as required for incidental uses (I.e., pro shop, bar, banquet room, etc.) Miniature golf course 3 spaces per hole, plus as required for incidental uses (I.e., game room, food service, etc,) Commercial Uses Tennis/Racquetball courts 3 spaces per court, plus as required for incidental uses Theme Amusement/ Recreational Parks, Skating Rinks Determined at project review Art/Dance studio 1 space per employee, plus 1 space per 2 students Banks, savings and loans, financial 1 space for each 200 sf. of gfa. plus 1 lane for each drive up window and/or automatic teller machine with 6 vehicles per lane PRELIMINARY DRAFT III-57 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANlJARDS -19.18 .!.!Sf NUMBER OF REQUIRED SPACES Barber shop/beauty parlor 2 spaces for each barber chair; 3 spaces for each beautician station . Business/professional trade schools 1 space per 1.5 students Commercial stables 1 space for each 5 horses boarded on-site Commercial Uses Furniture/appliance stores Stores 1 space for each 500 sf. of gfa. of sale floor display area, plus 1 space for each 2500 sf. of gfa. of warehouse storage Health clubs 1 space for each 200 sf. of gfa. Hotels/motels 1.1 space for each bedroom, plus requirements for related commer- cial uses, plus 1 space for each 50 sf. of gfa. of main assembly room, plus 2 spaces for manager's unit. For facilities visable from any freeway, on-site parking for "big rigs" shall be determined at project review. Lube-n-tune 1 space per bay, plus 1 space for each employee, plus adequate queueing lanes Multi-tenant auto-related facilities 1 space for each 200 sf. of gfa., plus 1 space for each employee Commercial Uses Offices, general: gfa. up to 2000 sf. 2001 to 7500 sf. 7501 to 40000 sf. 40001 and greater 1 space for each 200 sf. 1 space for each 250 sf. 1 space for each 300 sf. 1 space for each 350 sf. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III-58 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS -19.18 !&f NUMBER OF REQUIRED SPACES Office, medical/dental 10 spaces for first 2000 sf.,plus 1 space for each additional 175 sf. over 2000 sf. Restaurants, cafes, bars and other eating and drinking establishments (gfa. includes outdoor seating/eating area) 1 space for each 35 sf. of public seating area, plus 1 space for each 200 sf. of all other gross floor area, with a minimum of 10 spaces. Restaurants. with drive UD 1 space for each 100 sf. of Qfa. or drive-thru facilities Restaurants/donut shop 1 space for each 75 sf. of gfa. Retail commercial 1 space for each 250 sf. of gfa. Commercial Uses Retail nursery/garden shop 1 space for each 500 sf. of indoor display area, plus 1 space for each 2500 sf. of outdoor display area Service stations See Section 19.060.030 ( ) Vehicle repair/garage 5 spaces plus 1 space for each 200 sf. of gfa. Vehicle sales 1 space for each 400 sf. of gfa. for showroom and office, plus 1 space for each 2000 sf. of out- door display area, plus 1 space for each 500 sf. of gfa. for veh- icle repair, plus 1 space for each 300 sf. of gfa. for the parts department All other commercial uses not listed above 1 space for each 200 sf. of gfa. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III-51 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS - 19.18 !.!Sf NUMBER OF REQUIRED SPACES Institutional Churches, conference/ meeting facilities, mortuaries, theaters, auditoriums 1 space for each 4 iixed seats, or 1 space for each 35 sf. of non-fixed seating area in the principal sanctuary, conference space or auditorium, whichever is greater Hospitals 1 space for each patient bed, plus 1/2 space for each patient bed for employees, or as deter- mined at project review Libraries, museums, art galleries 1 space for each 300 sf. of gfa. Residential clubs,fra- ternity/sorority houses, rooming houses and similar facilities with guest rooms 1 space for each 2 guest rooms Retirement homes 1 space for each 1.5 living units Institutional Sanitariums/nursing homes 1 space for each 6 beds, plus 1 space for each employee on the largest shift, plus space for each staff doctor Schools: Nursery/pre-school 1 space for each staff member, plus 1 space for each 6 children Elementary/Junior High 2 spaces for each classroom High School 7 spaces for each classroom PRELIMINARY DRAFT III.~O 1/29190 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS - 19.18 .uSE NUMBER OF REQUIRED SPACES Community/college/ University 10 spaces for each classroom Industrial Auto dismantling/junk yards/recycling ce nte rs 1 space for each 3000 sf. of gross yard area Industrial 1 - 3,000 sf. 3,001 - 5,000 sf. 5,001 - 10,000 sf. 10,001 - 50,000 sf. 50.001 + sf. 1 space for each 250 sf. of gfa. 1 space for each 500 sf. of gfa. 1 space for each 750 sf. of gfa. 1 space for each 1,000 sf. of gfa. 1 space for each 1,250 sf. of gfa. 19.18.050 HANDICAPPED PARKING REQUIREMENTS Handicapped parking requirements are established by the State of California. The park- ing standards contained in this Section are identical to those established by the State at the time of the adoption of this Code. Any change in the State's handicapped parking requirements shall preempt the affected requirements in this Section. 1. Handicapped parking for residential uses shall be provided at the rate of 1 space for each dwelling unit that is designed for occupancy by the handicapped. 2. Handicapped parking spaces shall be provided for all uses other than residential at the following rate: Total Number of Parking Soaces Provided Number of Handicapped Parkina Spaces Reauired 1 - 40 41 - 80 81 - 120 121 - 160 161 - 300 301 - 400 401 - 500 over 500 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 + 1 for each 200 additional parking spaces provided PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-'" 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS -19.18 3. Handicapped parking spaces shall be designed in a manner consistent with the Uniform Building Code, as illustrated by Figure 18-1. 4. When less than 5 parking spaces are provided, at structures and uses subject to these regulations, 1 space shall be 14 feet wide and striped to provide a 9 foot parking area and a 5 foot loading and unloading area. However, there is no requirement that the space be reserved exclusively or identified for hand- icapped use only. 5. Handicapped parking spaces required by this Section shall count toward fulfilling off-street parking requirements. HANDICAPPED PARKING SIGNS IL-:::n PAINTED SURFACE IDENTIFICATION 3' FIGURE 18-1 HANDICAPPED STALL SIZE PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1II.(pZ- 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS - 19.16 19.18.060 DESIGN STANDARDS Off-street parking areas shall be provided in the following manner: 1. ACCESS A. All parking areas shall provide suitable maneuvering room so that all vehicles may enter an abutting street in a forward direction. The Director may approve exceptions for single-family homes and other residential projects. B. No parking space shall be located so that a vehicle will maneuver within 20 feet of a vehicular entrance measured from the property line. 2. COMMERCIAL VEHICLE PARKING No commercial vehicle exceeding 8 feet in height and/or 20 feet in combined total length, or towed equipment, shall park between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 6:00 A.M. on private property or public rights-of- way in residentially designated areas, unless the vehicle or vehicles are screened from public view and adjacent properties subject to the approval of the Director. This prohibition shall not apply to construction sites during the construction process orto vehicles in the process of making delivery or pickup. 1II.ft,~ 1/29/90 PRELIMINARY DRAFT OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS -19.18 3. DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum parking dimensions shall be as indicated in the following table as illustrated by Figure 18-2: STALL DIMENSIONS Parking AnDie (PA) Width IW) Deoth (0) Parallel 300 450 SOO 900 9' 10' 10' 10' 10' o 18'S" 20' 22'S" 20' AISLE WIDTHS IA) LenQth III One-Way Two-Wav 22' 20' 20' 20' 20' 12' 12' 14' 19' 2S' 20' 20' 20: 20 2S' B. Parking stalls shall be non-perpendicular whenever possible. C. A minimum unobstructed inside dimension of 20 feet by 20 feet shall be maintained, for a private two-car garage or carport. The minimum un- obstructed ceiling height shall be 7 feet S inches. FIGURE 18-2 PARKING STANDARDS A PRELIMINARY DRAFT III. (P't 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS -19.18 4. DRAINAGE All required off-street parking areas shall be so designed that surface water will not drain over any sidewalk, or adjacent property. 5. DRIVEWAYS Driveways providing ingress and egress to off-street parking spaces shall be a minimum width of 17 feet for a one-way driveway and 24 feet for a two-way; however, driveways in the single-family residential land use districts shall have a minimum width of 20 feet, with direct access to a 2 car garage. The minimum length of a single-family driveway shall be 20 feet measured from inside the sidewalk or apron to the front of the 2 car garage. The driveway width shall be maintained free and clear of all obstructions. 6. LANDSCAPING A minimum of 15% of the net area of all parking areas shall be landscaped as fol- lows: A. Where parking areas adjoin a public right-of-way, a landscaped planting strip 10 feet wide shall be established and continuously maintained be- tween the public right-of-way and parking area. Any planting, sign, or any other structure within safety sight- distance of a driveway shall not exceed 36 inches in height. B. Interior parking spaces shall have a continuous 6 foot wide planter strip with 6 foot by 20 foot planter areas for every 8 parking spaces. Provisions shall be made to ensure that adequate pedestrian paths are provided throughout the landscaped areas. At least one 24 inch box tree for every 5 spaces shall be included in the development of the overall landscape program. The maximum spacing between trees in parking areas shall be 30 feet; however, appropriate clustering of trees may be permitted. C. All areas in a parking lot not used for driveways, maneuvering areas, parking spaces, or walks, shall be permanently landscaped with suitable materials and permanently maintained, pursuant to a program submitted by the applicant and approved by the Director of the Parks and Recrea- tion Department. D. All landscaped areas shall be bordered by a concrete curb that is at least 6 inches high and 6 inches wide. All landscaped areas shall be a mini- mum of 6 feet in width. Concrete mow strips at least 6 inches deep and 4 inches wide shall be required to separate turf areas from shrub areas. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-6:>5 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS -19.18 E. A permanent and automatic irrigation system shall be installed and permanently maintained in all landscaped areas. The system shall employ state-of- the-art water conservation technology and recognize dif- fering irrigation needs of various plant materials. F. The landscaping plan shall provide for a variety of plant materials, with an emphasis on drought tolerant species, appropriate for the local en- vironment and shall include a legend showing common names, sizes, quantities, location, dimensions of planted area, and percentage of park- ing lot landscaping. G. To increase the parking lot landscaped area, a maximum of 2 and 1/2 feet of the parking stall depth may be landscaped in lieu of asphalt while maintaining the required parking dimensions. 7. LIGHTING Parking areas shall have lighting capable of providing adequate illumination for security and safety. The minimum requirement is 1 foot candle, maintained even- ly across the surface of the parking area. Lighting standards shall be energy-effi- cient and in scale with the height and use of the structure. Any illumination, in- cluding security lighting, shall be directed away from adjoining properties and public rights-of- way. Low-level lighting shall be used where possible. 8. LOCATION OF REQUIRED PARKING SPACES All parking spaces shall be located on the same parcel as the structure or use, unless approved otherwise by the review authority. Off-street parking spaces for multi-family residential developments shall be lo- cated within 200 feet from the dwelling unit (front or rear door) for which the park- ing space is provided. No parking space required by this Chapter shall be lo- cated in the front, side or rear setback area of a residential land use district except within a detached garage or carport structure which may be located in a side or rear setback area. 9. MAINTENANCE All required parking facilities shall be permanently maintained, free of litter and debris, and clearly posted for .parking purposes. only. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III.~ 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS -19.18 10. PARKING STRUCTURES All parking structures shall be landscaped as follows: A. The parking structure shall have a continuous minimum 10 foot perimeter landscaping with vertical elements at least every 20 feet. B. The entries and exits of the parking structure shall include a minimum 6 foot wide landscaped median island and accent paving in the driveway. C. Landscaped materials, excluding vertical element openings, shall be provided in planters and/or pots for 5% of the total surface deck area. The planters and/or pots shall be distributed throughout the deck area. D. All landscaping shall be permanently maintained and automatically irrigated. E. Lighting for the above ground deck shall be energy-efficient, low-level and directed so as not to spill beyond the surface deck. Lighting fixtures shall not exceed 4 feet in height. 11. RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKING A. A recreational vehicle may only be parked on a lot behind the front line of the house or, in the case of a corner lot, behind the front line facing each street or right-of-way, and shall be screened to a height of 6 feet from view from any public or private right-of-way. A recreational vehicle used as daily transportation may be parked overnight in recognized driveways. B. Recreational vehicles may be temporarily parked on public or private rights-ai-way in front of residences for not more than 48 continuous hours for the purposes of loading and unloading. Forty-eight hours must elapse before the start of a new 48 hour period, together with movement of the vehicle a distance of at least 500 feet. 12. SECURITY All parking facilities shall be designed, constructed and maintained with security as a priority to protect the safety of the users. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-(07 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS -19.18 13. SCREENING Commercial/industrial and public parking areas abutting residentially designated property shall have a 6 foot high solid architecturally treated decorative masonry wall approved by the Director. All wall treatments sh<all occur on both sides. In addition to other public improvements, adequate area shall be provided adjacent to public rights-of-way to accommodate a required 3 foot high permanently main- tained and irrigated landscaped berm. 14. SHADING All parking areas shall provide 25% permanent shading for parked vehicles. Any reasonable combination of shading methods can be utilized. If trees are used, they may not thereafter be trimmed so as to reduce the effectiveness of their shading ability. 15. SHARED PARKING Parking facilities may be shared if multiple uses cooperatively establish and operate the facilities and if these uses generate parking demands primarily during hours when the remaining uses are not in operation. (For example, if one use operates during evenings or week days only.) The applicant shall have the burden of proof for a reduction in the total number of required off-street parking spaces, and documentation shall be submitted substantiating their reasons the requested parking reduction. Shared parking may only be approved if: A. A sufficient number of spaces are provided to meet the greater parking demand of the participating uses; B. Satisfactory evidence, as deemed so by the Director, has been submitted by the parties operating the shared parking facility, describing the nature of the uses and the times when the uses operate so as to demonstrate the lack of potential conflict between them; and C. Additional documents, covenants, deed restrictions, or other agreements as may be deemed necessary by the Director are executed to assure that the required parking spaces provided are maintained and uses with similar hours and parking requirements as those uses sharing the parking facilities remain for the life of the commerciallindustrial development. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1II-~8 1/29/90 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS -19.18 16. SLOPE A. Parking areas shall be designed and improved with grades not to exceed a 5% slope. B. Driveways shall have grades not to exceed 10% slope or as approved by the City Engineer. 17. STRIPING All parking spaces shall be striped in accordance with City requirements. The striping shall be maintained in a clear and visible manner. Each exit from any parking area shall be clearly marked with a "STOP" sign. 18. SURFACING All parking areas shall be surfaced with a minimum thickness of 3 inches of as- phaltic concrete over a minimum thickness of 4 inches of an aggregate base material or an equivalent structural section to be approved by the City Engineer. 19. TANDEM PARKING The review authority may approve an off-street parking program utilizing limited tandem parking for commercial and industrial uses provided that the develop- ment requires 150 or more parking spaces, with no more than a maximum of 10% of the total number of spaces designated as tandem and an attendant is on duty during the normal hours that the commerciallindustrial development is open for business. 20. WHEEL STOPS/CURBING Continuous concrete curbing at least 6 inches high and 6 inches wide shall be provided for all parking spaces located adjacent to walls, fences, property lines and structures. All parking lots shall have continuous curbing at least 6 inches high and 6 inches wide around all parking areas and aisle planters; wheel stops shall not be used in lieu of curbing, to protect landscaping, signage, structures and walls. 111-"9 1/29/90 PRELIMINARY DRAFT OFF-STREET LOADING STANDARDS -19.20 CHAPTER 19.20 OFF-STREET LOADING STANDARDS 19.20.010 PURPOSE These provisions establish comprehensive standards to regulate the number, design, and location of off-street loading areas, in a manner which ensures the following: 1. Accessible, attractive, secure and well-maintained loading and delivery facilities. 2. Reduced potential for traffic congestion and hazards. 3. Protection for adjacent parcels and surrounding neighborhoods from the effects of vehicular noise and traffic generated from the anticipated land use. 4. Loading and delivery services in proportion to the needs generated by the proposed land use which are clearly compatible with adjacent parcels and the surrounding neighborhood. 19.20.020 APPLICABILITY Every nonresidential land use shall have permanently maintained off-street loading areas pursuant to the following provisions. 19.20.030 NUMBER OF LOADING SPACES REQUIRED Off-street freight and equipment loading spaces shall be provided for all offices, hospi- tals, institutions, hotels, senior group housing, schools, and other commercial and in- dustrialland uses., The following minimum number of loading spaces shall be provided for each use: 1. Commercial, industrial, institutional, hospital, hotel, senior group housing, schools, etc., otherthan office uses: Gross floor area 80aces reouired Less than 4,000 sf.of gfa. 4,001 - 25,000 sf. 25,001 + sf. 1 2 2+ additional as required by the Director PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-70 1/29/90 OFF-STREET LOADING STANDARDS - 19.20 2. Office uses: Gross floor area Spaces required Less than 25,000 sf.of gfa. 25,001 + sf 1 1 + additional as required by the Director Requirements for uses not specifically listed shall be determined by the Director based upon the requirements for comparable uses and upon the particular characteristics of the proposed use, pursuant to Section 19.04.030. 19.20.040 DESIGN STANDARDS Off-street loading spaces shall be provided in the following manner: 1. ACCESS When the lot upon which the loading space is located abuts an alley, the loading space shall have access from the alley. 2. DIMENSIONS Required loading spaces shall be not less than 15 feet in width, 50 feet in length, with 14 feet of vertical clearance. 3. LIGHTING Loading areas shall have lighting capable of providing adequate illumination for security and safety. Lighting standards shall be energy-efficient and in scale with the height and use of the structure. Any illumination, including security lighting, shall be directed away from adjoining properties and public rights-of- way. Low level lighting shall be used where possible. 4. LOCATION Loading spaces shall be located and designed as follows: A. Adjacent to, or as close as possible to, the main structure. B. Situated to ensure that all loading and unloading takes place on-site, and in no case within adjacent public rights-of-way, or other traffic areas on-site. C. Situated to ensure that all vehicular maneuvers occur on-site. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-71 1/29/90 OFF-STREET LOADING STANDARDS - 19.20 5. PASSENGER LOADING Passenger loading spaces shall be provided in addition to any required freight and equipment loading spaces whenever required by a Planned Development Permit. Passenger loading spaces shall be not less than 10 feet wide and 20 feet long, shall be located in close proximity to the structure entrance, and shall not require pedestrians to cross a driveway, parking aisle, alley, or street in order to reach the structure entrance. Required spaces shall not count as required parking spaces. 6. SCREENING All loading areas abutting residentially designated property shall have a 6 foot high solid architecturally treated decorative masonry wall approved by the Direc- tor. All wall treatments shall occur on both sides. In addition, adequate area shall be provided adjacent to public rights-of-way to accommodate a required 3 foot high permanently maintained and irrigated landscaped berm.. 7. SECURITY All loading facilities shall be designed, constructed and maintained with security as a priority to protect the safety of the users. 8. STRIPING Loading areas shall be striped indicating the loading spaces and identifying the spaces for loading only. The striping shall be permanently maintained in a clear and visible manner. 9. SURFACING Loading areas shall be surfaced with a minimum thickness of 4 inches of asphal- tic concrete over a minimum thickness of 6 inches of an aggregate base material or an equivalent structural section to be approved by the City Engineer. 10. WHEEL STOPS/CURBING Continuous concrete curbing at least 6 inches high and 6 inches wide shall be provided for all loading spaces. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-72. 1/29/90 LANDSCAPING STANDARDS - 19.22 CHAPTER 19.22 LANDSCAPING STANDARDS 19.22.010 PURPOSE The purpose of this Chapter is to establish landscaping regulations that are intended to: 1. Enhance the aesthetic appearance of development in all areas of the City by - providing standards relating to quality, quantity and functional aspects of landscaping and landscape screening. 2. Increase compatibility between residential and abutting commercial and industrial land uses. 3. Reduce the heat and glare generated by development. 4. Protect public health, safety, and welfare by minimizing the impact of all forms of physical and visual pollution, controlling soil erosion, screening incompatible land uses, preserving the integrity of neighborhoods, and enhancing pedestrian and vehicular traffic and safety. 19.22.020 APPLICATION A concept landscaping plan (or detailed site plan) shall be submitted as part of a permit application, pursuant to Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). The concept plan shall meet the intent of this chapter by exhibiting a generalized design layout which adequately demonstrates the desired landscaping program in terms of location, size/scale, function, theme and similar attributes. The concept plan shall provide the review authority with a clear understanding of the landscaping program prior to the preparation of a detailed, comprehensive landscaping plan. 19.22.030 GENERAL REGULATIONS The comprehensive landscaping plan shall be prepared following approval of the permit application by the review authority. Submittal of the comprehensive plan shall be con- current with the grading plan(s) and other documents and reports. This section and those that follow provide the regulations to be followed in the preparation of the com- prehensive landscape program. In addition to the following regulations, the Director of Parks and Recreation requires the use of the Parks, Recreation and Community Services Procedures and Policy to en- sure effective implementation of a landscape and irrigation plan. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11/-73 1/29/90 LANDSCAPING STANDARDS - 19.22 1. Landscaping plans shall be prepared by a landscape architect registered to practice in the State of California. 2. Landscape designs shall be in harmony with the surrounding environment. 3. Landscape design and construction shall emphasize drought-tolerant landscaping whenever/wherever possible. 4. A fully dimensioned comprehensive landscape and irrigation plan shall include, but not be limited to: + List of Plants (Common & Latin) + Size + Location + Irrigation Plan + Hardscape + Water Elements + Any other infor- mation deemed necessary, by the Director of Parks and Recreation. 5. The planting of trees and shrubs shall comply with the following installation requirements: A. Landscape areas shall have plant"material selected and plant methods used which are suitable for the soil and climatic conditions of the site. Sizes of the plant materials shall conform to the following mix: ~ 20%, 24 inch box; 50%. 15 gallon; and 30%, 5 gallon Shrubs 20%,5 gallon; and 80%, 1 gallon Groundcover 100%, within 1 year In addition, mature specimen trees in 36 inch or 48 inch boxes shall be provided in sufficient quantity to provide variety and emphasis of focal areas in the landscaping plan. B. Trees shall be long-lived (minimum life expectancy of 60 years), clean, require little maintenance, be structurally strong, insect and disease resis- tance, and require little pruning. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-7'1 1/29/90 LANDSCAPING STANDARDS. 19.22 C. Trees and shrubs shall be planted so that at maturity they do not interfere with service lines, Traffic Safety Sight Area, basic property rights of ad- jacent property owners, particularly the right of solar access, pursuant to Section 19.14.030 (X) (Solar Energy Design Standards). D. Trees planted near public curbs shall have a limited root structure and shall be installed in such a manner as to prevent physical damage to sidewalks, curbs, gutters and other public improvements. A deep root sys- tem shall be used. 6. Where trees are planted in paved areas, they shall have a protected tree grate. Tree grates shall be caste iron with a natural finish. A deep root system shall be used. 7. Concrete mow strips are required to separate all turf areas from other landscaped areas. 8. Buffer planting shall occur along all freeways and major arterials in order to visually screen uses and provide noise reduction. This landscaping shall be in addition to screening requirements set forth in Sec. 19.22.040 below. 9. Appropriate shrubbery and creeping vines shall be provided along all walls and fences adjoining public rights-of-way. 10. When inorganic groundcover is used, it shall be in combination with live plants and shall be limited to an accent feature. 11 . All landscaping shall have an automatic irrigation system. 19.22.040 SCREENING REQUIREMENTS 1. Every development shall provide sufficient screening so that neighboring properties are effectively shielded from any adverse impacts of that development or so that the new developing use shields itself from existing potential impacts from uses already in operation. 2. Table 22.01 sets forth the type of screening method required between various uses in order to provide a mechanism to buffer potential negative impacts. To determine the type of screening required (Type A. B. or C), find the use in the "Developing Use" column which is similar to the proposed use to be developed and follow that line across the page to its intersection with the type of use(s) that adjoins the property to be developed. For each intersecting square that contains a letter, the developer is required to install the level of screening indicated. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-75 1/29/90 TABLE 22.01, SCREENING REQUIREMENTS . I - <C <C <C () () <C () - ","""" .. ~ - ~ is 5u!p.lvoq~ <C <C <C () () <C () ~ Slll'\ldSoq-!J~ ~~ ew:lfUISlIUfLIIIM <C <C <C <C ;0 ~; ,.,.",............. u'! ~; ~.Ii -. () () () <C () ~ ll!l{1IM pnopull /felo! ~A.8e.\fn <C <C <C <C () Q '~I.W~ .Ii_ ~ii' u' SJClOW'O,(pfJU8IICJlI .s <C <C <C <C (.) '5"' ~P'lpucIQ NSfl o~ .0 2M ~ -,....... (.) (.) (.) <C (.) P41P'lpuo:l'.'n sqr1Plll6!u <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C (.) <C <C <C pue 1lU&lrmnt! ..- fJJ fJJ <C fJJ <C <C <C <C <C (.) <C <C <C PU."81OH ~ UC\IReJ:leJ fJJ fJJ fJJ fJJ fJJ (.) <C fJJ <C " _woo E E ...' 8 (elUeJJUewd!nb3 <C <C <C <C () fJJ .. J!8OIJpw <C <C <C <C (.) fJJ <C "'^'"- "'"~1It;I fJJ fJJ <C (.) <C <C fJJ <C <C fJJ <C <C <C II"" uotun 'HClpq (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) <C <C () <C <C fJJ <t 'sqnprewetlU:I j - "I'll OOO'QL JMO <C <C () <C () <C <C <C <C <C fJJ fJJ <C <C <C <C <C <C <C El!U!PPW~ .. 0 .. -- ;; fJJ fJJ fJJ (.) (.) <C fJJ <C <C (.) <C <C <C fJJ <C <C i ""''''''''"'''' .Ii ... '~JI:I!IPW <C <C <C <C <C <C (.~S!OOlPS (.) fJJ <C <C <C <C <C <C (.) fJJ <C <C fJJ <C 3<= fr.I!pewl5uJPl'lPU! <C <C fJJ <C <C (.) fJJ (.) <C <C <C <C fJJ <C <C <C Na~ snn lI:I!lIO IV <C (.) S8!l!1pe'8J1t) fJJ fJJ (.) (.) <C (.) fJJ <C <C <C <C fJJ <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C PftlPPWllnpv H1~1 fJJ fJJ (.) <C <C <C fJJ <C <C <C <C fJJ <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C ........" """'..... (.) (.) fJJ (.) fJJ fJJ fJJ <C <C <C <C fJJ <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C J81n~ ''''''''~ (.) fJJ fJJ (.) fJJ fJJ fJJ <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C ^tIUN'Hllnr. noueP!MJ AaWIII <C fJJ <C fJJ <C fJJ fJJ <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C <C ....""''''''' asn CBllImr:ld YO .. - DNUSOOI JJGo't'rc'f .. 6 0 . - -~ .lI " 0 :g ~ .. .. .. ~ -. :: ! '0_ 0 - 0 .. Ii- 'i~ u ." 0 '0"': ..~ ~ Ji., ~ 0' - 0 ~ ;i- :'i " - - _ 0 .. 0 gg 0 H 2~ !~ 1= ~, 110 ~.~ 0 ~] 0- ..:.!! :;~ .~ -= . 1111 "... ~! b: ~.. . u~ . E 00 - :i] ~~ -63 0; :ii'E ~~ 'l!' -. 0 c u, 0 .. ~ .~ ~- 0 E~ .- -g"ji ;]1 -= 0 8:>- 8~ " 0 0' ":::1'1:1 ~. u.. ell ~2 .. .. i~ 0 ~.. "- -0 - .,;;- " 0 0- .a'6 tH o. E o. ~ u .. Ell' ;~ ~5 ~.8 . ~-~ 8- 'a.~ ~f ; Eo .. :!Ji! :;;Il S! ;0 :a~ ...~ Gig OE 0- :::~ ~> ~f o E ;- , ~ - . " H E - :.~ ::;s '. :::€ ~11 ' . .. . ' ~ " - ~ 0" '0 ~~ liu <.Ii S" iJ" :l!o Jr~ 8~ j!E ::;i.': S. ;gal J1' 0- ,,- .t 0: '" 0:0 > W Q "' " .. .. 00 ~o "a ~~ 0 " :;; .. 0 1! . ,. 0 z E .Ii tie; . a: ." ~]i 0 "- " " 0 00 E '5"' u; = 0 ~ .Ii" E ;. ~ .. =s ..u o~ .0. ; W 0 sJl 0 "0 i.=: is > 0: Ou. u 2. w ~ ... ... .; ~ ~ ~ " 7'=> LANDSCAPING STANDARDS. 19.22 3. The three basic types of screens that are required by Table 22.01 "Screening Requirements", are as follows: A. OPAQUE SCREEN, TYPE A A screen that is opaque from the ground to a height of at least six feet, with intermittent visual obstructions from the opaque portion to a height of at least 20 feet. An opaque screen is intended to exclude all visual con- tact between uses and to create a strong impression of spacial separa- tion. The opaque screen may be composed of a wall, fence, or densely planted vegetative. Compliance of planted vegetative screens will be judged on the basis of the average mature height and density of foliage of the subject species, or field observation of existing vegetation. The opa- que portion of the screen must be opaque in all seasons of the year. At maturity, the portion of intermittent visual obstructions should not contain any completely unobstructed openings more than 10 feet wide. Sug- gested planting patterns are shown in Figure 22-1. B. SEMI-OPAQUE SCREEN, TYPE B A screen that is opaque from the ground to height of 3 feet, with intermit- tent visual obstruction from above the opaque portion to a height of at lest 20 feet. The semi-opaque screen is intended to partially block visual con- tact between uses and to create a strong impression of the separation of spaces. The semi-opaque screen may be composed of a wall, fence, landscaped earth berm, or planted vegetation. Compliance of planted vegetative screens will be judged on the basis of the average mature height and density of foliage of the subject species, or field observation of existing vegetation. At maturity, the portion of intermittent visual obstruc- tions should not contain any completely unobstructed openings more than 15 feet wide. C. BROKEN SCREEN, TYPE C A screen composed of intermittent visual obstructions from the ground to a height of at least 20 feet. The broken screen is intended to create the impression of a separation of spaces without necessarily eliminating visual contact between the spaces. It may be composed of a wall, fence, landscaped earth berm, planted vegetation. or existing vegetation. Com- pliance of planted vegetative screens or natural vegetation will be judged on the basis of the average mature height and density of foliage of the subject species, or field observation of existing vegetation. The screen may contain deciduous plants. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 11I.71 1/29/90 LANDSCAPING STANDARDS. 19.22 4. The screening requirements set forth in this section may be interpreted with some flexibility by the Director and Commission in their enforcement of the stand- ards. It is recognized that because of the wide variety of types of developments and the relationships between them, it is neither possible nor prudent to establish in- flexible screening requirements. Therefore, minor deviations may be granted to allow less intensive screening, or requirements for more intensive screening may be imposed, whenever such deviations are more likely to satisfy the intent of this Section. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-18 1/29/90 LANDSCAPING STANDARDS. 19.22 TYPE A TYPICAL OPAQUE SCREENS ~ ~ - - " ......~- "" -.-- - - ..".. " - " - -, ':"'. , ' TYPES TYPICALSEMI~iJCI . ~.-.",..'.,n ,~~~ ~ SMAll TREES PLANTED 30' ON CENTER. 6' HIGH EVERGREEN SCREENING SHRUBS PLANTED 4' C.C. LARGE TREES PLANTED 40' ON CENTER. 6'HIGH MASONRY WALL TALL EVERGREEN TREES STAGGER PLANTED. WITH BRANCHES TOUCHING GROUND. SMAll TREES PLANTED 30' ON CENTER. 3' HIGH WAll SMALL TREES PLANTED 20'-30' ON CENTER ON TOP OF BERM. 3' HIGH BERM WITH GROUNDCOVER. LARGE TREES PLANTED 40' ON CENTER. 3' HIGH EVERGREEN SHRUB HEDGE PLANTED 3' C.C. FIGURE 22-1 TYPICAL SCREENING METHODS TYPEC =.~. . ..!L " , . ~"!'6~~:~~D n IT OPEN FENCE SMALL TREES PLANTED 30' ON CENTER. LARGE TREES PLANTED 40' ON CENTER. ASSORTED SHRUBBERY. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 1/29/90 III-7ft LANDSCAPING STANDARDS - 19.22 19.22.050 PARKWAY TREATMENT STANDARDS Landscape plans for parkway areas shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Parkways shall be properly designed and landscaped in order to establish high level of development quality while providing for neighborhood identity where appropriate. The design shall utilize uniform street tree plantings with com- plementary Iandscape materials. 2. Provide a design which ensures the desired screening, shading, appearance and compatibility with established parkways, including a sensitive transition be- tween diverse landscape types and patterns. 3. Incorporate mounding within the overall design, with landscaped slopes not exceeding a 3:1 ratio, or 3 feet in height. A minimum of 6 feet of landscaping shall be placed on the exterior of perimeter walls and fences. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III-So 1/29/90 LANDSCAPING STANDARDS - 19.22 4. Incorporate walls and fences into the landscape design, including the special treatment of meandering walls, and wall breaks or openings where the design shall complement the interior landscaping of the adjacent development. 5. Street tree varieties and exact location shall be detenmined by the Director of Parks and Recreation. The Parks and Recreation Department shall mark loca- tions and inspect plant material on site, priorto planting. Sidewalks, curb and gutter, must be clean of debris prior to marking. A 24 hour notice is required for inspection. The size of the street trees shall be 24 inch box specimens. The 24 inch box trees shall be planted as street trees within the public parkway or City property. 19.22.060 CORNER TREATMENT STANDARDS Landscape plans for any development involving corner lots shall include additional spe- cial design requirements, including but not limited to the following: 1. A minimum landscape area of 100 square feet for corner areas. 2. Incorporate significant landscape and water features, including specimen trees, coordination with wall breaks or openings, and special "city entry" image treatment wherever appropriate. 3. Specimen trees shall be a minimum of 48 inch box size. 4. Ensure that any corner landscape plan within the "Traffic Safety Sight Area", as defined, shall be designed to protect public safety. 19.22.070 INSTALLATION OF LANDSCAPING All required landscaping shall be properly installed, irrigated, inspected and permanent- ly maintained prior to use inauguration or the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, whichever first occurs. 19.22.080 MAINTENANCE OF LANDSCAPING 1. Maintenance of approved landscaping shall consist of regular watering, mowing, pruning, fertilizing, clearing of debris and weeds, the removal and re- placement of dead plants, and the repair and replacement of irrigation systems and integrated architectural features. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-81 1/29/90 LANDSCAPING STANDARDS - 19.22 2. Prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, the landowner shall file a maintenance agreement and easement subject to the approval of the City Attor- ney. The agreement and easement shall ensure that if the landowner, or sub- sequent owners, fails to maintain the required/installed site improvements, the City will be able to file an appropriate Iien(s) against the property in order to ac- complish the required maintenance. 19.22.090 REMOVAL OR DESTRUCTION OF TREES Removal of healthy, shade providing, aesthetically valuable trees shall be discouraged. In the event that more than 5 trees are to be cut down, uprooted, destroyed or removed within a 36 month period, a permit shall first be issued by the Department, pursuant to Chapter 15.34 of the Municipal Code. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-82. 1/29/90 LANDSCAPE DESIGN GUIDEUNES - G19.22 G19.22.100 LANDSCAPE DESIGN GUIDELINES 1. PURPOSE The following design guidelines are intended as a reference framework to assist the designer in understanding the City's goals and objectives for high quality development. The guidelines will be utilized during'the City's design review process to encourage the highest level of design quality while at the same time providing the flexibility necessary to encourage creativity on the part of project designers. 2. APPLICABILITY The provisions of this section apply to all development projects within the City, unless otherwise specified herein. Any addition, remodeling, relocation, or con- struction requiring a building permit within any industrial district subject to review by the Development Review Committee, shall adhere to these guidelines where applicable. 3. GENERAL GUIDELINES A. Landscaping and open spaces should be designed as an integral part of the overall site plan design. Landscaping and open spaces should en- hance the building design, enhance public views and spaces, provide buf- fers and transitions, provide for a balance of solar uses, and provide screening. B. Landscape design should accent the overall design theme through the use of structures such as arbors and trellises which are appropriate to the particular architectural style of adjacent buildings. C. Landscaped areas should incorporate plantings utilizing a three tier system; 1) grasses and ground covers, 2) shrubs, and 3) trees. D. The following are common planting design concepts that should be used whenever possible: 1. Specimen trees used in informal grouping and rows at major focal points 2. Extensive use of flowering vines both on walls and arbors 3. Pots, vases, wall or raised planters 4. The use of planting to create shadow and patterns against walls 5. Trees to create canopy and shade, especially in parking areas 6. The use of flowering trees in informal groups to provide color 7. Informal massing of colorful plantings 8. Use of distinctive plants as focal points 9. Berms, plantings, and low walls to screen parking areas from view of public rights-of-way while allowing filter views of larger buildings beyond PREUMINARY DRAFT ill-83 1/29/90 LANDSCAPE DESIGN GUIDEliNES - G19.22 E. Planting areas between walls and streets should be landscaped in a hierarchy of plants in natural formations and groupings. Solid walls 3' -0" or higher should receive vines when adjacent to public streets. F. A colorful landscape edge should be established at the base of buildings. Avoid asphalt edges at the base of structures as much as possible. Plant materials located in containers are appropriate. G. Planting masses on-site should assume a simple, non-uniform arrangement+. The diversity of massing types should be great enough to provide interest, but kept to a level which evokes a relaxed natural feeling. 4. INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE A. TREES AND SHRUBS Trees should be 15 gallon size having a minimum height of eight feet at time of planting. Shrubs should be a minimum of 1 gallon size at time of planting. Trees should be adequate in trunk diameter to support the top. Trees, shrubs, and vines should have body and fullness that is typical of the species. B. GROUND COVER All ground cover should be healthy, densely foliated, and well rooted cut- tings, or one gallon container plants. Herbaceous and flat plant ground covers should be planted no more than 18 inches on center and woody, shrub ground cover should be planted no more than four feet on center. C. SPACING The spacing of trees and shrubs should be appropriate to the species used. The plant materials should be spaced so that they do not interfere with the adequate lighting of the premises or restrict access to emergency ap- paratus such as fire hydrants or fire alarm boxes. Proper spacing should also insure unobstructed access for vehicles and pedestrians in addition to providing clear vision of the intersections from approaching vehicles. PREUMINARY DRAFT m-B~ 1/29/90 LANDSCAPE DESIGN GUIDELINES - G19.22 Plant material should conform to the following spacing standards: 1. A minimum of 25 feet from the property corner at a street intersection to the center of the first tree or large shrub. 2. A minimum of 15 feet between center of trees and large shrubs to light standards. 3. A minimum of 15 feet between center of trees or large shrubs and fire hydrants. 4. A minimum of 10 feet between center of trees or large shrubs and edge of driveway. DO THIS DON'T DO THIS PREliMINARY DRAFT 1129/90 m-8'5 LANDSCAPING STANbARDS. 19.22 19.22.110 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS All landscape plans shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Chapters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Chapter 19.42 Chapter 19.20 Chapter 19.18 Chapter 19.40 Chapter 19.14 Chapter 19.16 Conditional Use Permits Off-Street Loading Standards Off-Street Parking Standards Planned Development Permits Property Development Standards Sign Standards PRELIMINARY DRAFT III.~ 1/29/90 NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURES AND USES. 19.24 CHAPTER 19.24 NONCONFORMING STRUCTURES AND USES 19.24.010 PURPOSE These provisions provide for the orderly termination of nonconforming structures and uses to promote the public health, safety, and general welfare, and to bring these struc- tures and uses into conformity with the goals and policies of the General Plan. This Chapter is intended to prevent the expansion of nonconforming structures and uses to the maximum extent feasible, to establish the criteria under which they may be con- tinued or possibly expanded, and to provide for the correction or removal of these land use nonconformities in an equitable, reasonable and timely manner. It is hereby declared that nonconforming structures and uses within the City are detrimental to both orderly and creative development, and the general welfare of citizens and property. It is further declared that nonconforming structures and uses shall be eliminated as rapidly as possible without infringing upon the constitutional rights of property owners. . 19.24.020 NONCONFORMING STRUCTURES A structure which lawfully existed prior to the effective date of this Code is a legal non- conforming structure, and may continue even though the structure fails to conform to the present requirements of the land use district in which it is located. A legal noncon- forming structure may be maintained as follows: 1 . A nonconforming structure which is damaged to an extent of 1/2 or more of its replacement cost immediately prior to such damage may be restored only if made to conform to all provisions of this Code. However, aAy' .oi, ,,,,Ie family residential structure destroyed by a catastrophe may be reconstructed up to its original size and placement. 2. Necessary repairs and desired alterations may be made to a legal nonconforming single-family residential structure. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III- 81 1/29/90 NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURES AND USES - 19.24 3. Reasonable repairs and alterations may be made to legal nonconforming structures other than single-family residential structures, provided that no struc- tural alterations shall be made which would prolong the life of the supporting members of a structure, such as bearing walls, columns, beams, or girders. Structural elements may be modified or repaired only' if the Chief Building Official determines that such modification or repair is immediately necessary to protect the health and safety of the public or occupants of the nonconforming structure, or adjacent property and the cost does not exceed 1/2 of the replacement cost of the legal nonconforming structure. However, improvements required to reinforce non-reinforced masonry structures shall be permitted without replacement cost limitations, provided that such retrofitting is strictly limited to compliance with earthquake safety standards. 4. Changes to interior partitions or other nonstructural improvements and repairs may be made to a legal nonconforming structure, other than a single-family residential structure, provided that the cost of the desired improvement or repair shall not exceed 1/2 of the replacement cost of the nonconforming structure over any consecutive 5 year period. 5. The replacement cost shall be determined by the Director. 6. Any additional development of a parcel with a legal nonconforming structure will require that all new structures be in conformance with this Code. 7. If the use of a nonconforming structure is discontinued for a period of 6 or more consecutive calendar months, the structure shall lose its legal nonconforming status, and shall be removed or altered to conform to the provisions of this Code. A use of a legal nonconforming structure shall be considered discontinued when any of the following apply: A. The intent of the owner to discontinue use of the nonconforming structure is apparent, as determined by the Director. B. Where characteristic furnishings and equipment associated with the use have been removed and not replaced with equivalent furnishings and equipment during this time, and where normal occupancy and/or use has been discontinued for a period of 6 or more consecutive calendar months. PRELIMINARY DRAFT 111-88 1/29/90 NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURES AND USES - 19.24 19.24.030 NONCONFORMING USES A nonconforming use is one which lawfully existed prior to the effective date of this Code, but which is not now permitted in the land use district in which it is located. The continuance of a legal nonconforming use is subject to the following: 1. Change of ownership, tenancy, or management of a nonconforming use shall not affect its legal nonconforming status, provided that the use and intensity of use does not change. 2. If a nonconforming use is discontinued for a period of 6 or more consecutive calendar months, it shall lose its legal nonconforming status, and the continued use of the property shall be required to conform with the provisions of this Code. 3. Additional development of any property on which a legal nonconforming use exists shall require that all new uses conform to the provisions of this Code. 4. If a nonconforming use is converted to a conforming use, no nonconforming use may be resumed. 5. No nonconforming use may be replaced by another nonconforming use, nor may any nonconforming use be expanded. 6. In the CR-2 (Commercial Regional-Downtown) land use district, a change in use which would normally require additional off-street parking may be permitted without the requirement for additional parking as long as no previously provided parking facilities are eliminated. 7. A legal nonconforming use of a structure or portion of a structure that conforms to the standards of this Chapter shall not be expanded into any other portion of the structure nor changed except to a conforming use. The nonconforming use of land shall not be expanded or extended in area. 8. A legal nonconforming use shall not be permitted to change in mode or character of operation. A change in mode or character shall include but not be limited to extended hours of operation, substantial remodeling or a change in number of seats or service area floor space for bars and restaurants. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III- 89 1/29/90 NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURES AND USES - 19.24 19.24.040 ABATEMENT OF NONCONFORMING USES. Legal nonconforming uses shall be discontinued within the following specified time limits, from the effective date of this Code: 1. A nonconforming use which does not occupy a structure 5 years 2. The nonconforming use of a conforming structure within any residential land use district 15 years 3. The nonconforming use of a conforming structure within any commercial/industrial land use district 20 years 19.24.050 STRUCTURE PERMITS OR CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY PROHIBITED When any nonconforming structure or use is no longer permitted pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter, no permit for a structure shall thereafter be issued for further continuance, alteration, or expansion. Any permit issued in error shall not be construed as allowing the continuation of the nonconforming structure or use. 19.24.060 REMOVAL OF ILLEGAL NONCONFORMING STRUCTURES AND USES Nothing contained in this Chapter shall be construed or implied so as to allow for the continuation of illegal nonconforming structures and uses. Said structures and uses shall be removed immediately subject to the provisions of Chapter 19.64 (Enforcement of Provisions) and State law. PRELIMINARY DRAFT III-~O 1/29/90 SUBDIVISION STANDARDS - 19.26 CHAPTER 19.26 SUBDIVISION STANDARDS (NOTE: This chapter to be provided at a later date) PRELIMINARY DRAFT III- 't I 1/29/90 ARTICLE IV INTRODUCTION ARTICLE IV - ADMINISTRATION INTRODUCTION The purpose of this Article is to outline procedures together with various land use permit options, in addition to providing for amendments to the General Plan and this Code. Table 28.01 (Threshold of Review) identifies the full range of land use permit options and applicable final review authority. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-I 1/29/90 ARTICLE IV INTRODUCTION TABLE 28.01 THRESHOLD OF REVIEW Director DRC Commission Council Certificate of Occupancy X Home Occupation Permits X TemDorarv Use Permits X Minor Modifications X Minor Exceptions X Variances X Planned Development Permits X Residential: 1 - 3 Dwelling Units X 4 - 15 Units X 16 + Units X Commercial: 1 - 30,000 sq. ft. X 30,000 + SQ. ft. X Industrial: 1 - 50,000 sq. ft. X 50.000 + SQ. ft. X Conditional Use Permits X Tentative Parcel Maps X Tentative Tract Maps X Final Maps X Specific Plans (X)* X General Plan Amendments (X)* X Development Code Amendments (X)' X Design Review X Development Agreements (X)' X Surface Mining and Land Reclamation (CUP) (X)' X Sign Permits X , Commission recommends to Council for final determination PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-2, 1/29/90 ARTICLE IV INT,RODUCTION MULTIPLE PERMIT APPLICATIONS An applicant for a development project which would require the filing of more than 1 land use permit application shall file all related permits concurrently under a single ap- plication, entitled "Multiple Permit Application" (MPA), and pay appropriate fees, as out- lined in Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). Processing and environmental review shall be concurrent and the final decision on the project shall be made by the highest level of review authority, pursuant to Table 28.01 (Threshold of Review). For example, a project requiring a Variance and Planned Development Permit applications shall be determined by the Commission, while a project requiring a Planned Development Per- mit, Tentative Tract Map, and General Plan Amendment shall be determined by the Council. PRE-APPLICATION CONFERENCE A prospective applicant or agent ~ request a pre-application conference with the Department prior to formal submittal of a single land use permit application. Develop- ment projects involving multiple permit applications ~ require a pre- application con- ference. This conference should take place prior to any substantial investment (i.e., land acquisition, site, engineering and construction plans) in the preparation of the proposed development project application. During the conference, the Department rep- resentative(s) shall inform the applicant of applicable policies, plans, and requirements as they apply to the proposed development project, review the appropriate procedures outlined in this Code, and examine possible alternatives or modifications relating to the proposed project. A fee shall be imposed for the pre-application conference pursuant to the City's "Schedule of Fees". , PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV.~ 1/29/90 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY -19.28 CHAPTER 19.28 CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY 19.28.010 PURPOSE. The following provisions are intended to ensure that any initiation or re-establishment of a legally permitted use within a legally established (or a legal nonconforming) structure shall comply with all applicable provisions of the Municipal Code. 19.28.020 APPLICATION No vacant. relocated, altered. repaired. or hereafter erected structure shall be occupied, or no change in use of land or structure(s) shall be inaugurated until a Certificate of Oc- cupancy has been issued by the Department. An application for the permit shall be on a form prescribed by the Director and shall be filed with the Department pursuant to Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). 19.28.030 APPLICABILITY 1. A Certificate of Occupancy for a structure which is to be relocated, remodeled, or erected shall be filed at least 30 days prior to the intended occupancy. 2. A Certificate of Occupancy for the use of vacant land or structure(s), or a change in occupancy shall be filed at least 30 days prior to the intended use in- auguration; and 3. A Certificate of Occupancy may be issued by the Department subject to the conditions imposed on the use. provided that a deposit is filed with the Depart- ment prior to the issuance of the certificate. The deposit or security shall guaran- tee the faithful performance and completion of all terms, conditions and pertor- mance standards imposed on the intended use. The form of the deposit or security shall be subject to the approval of the Director, upon the recommenda- tion of the City Engineer. The deposit or security shall be returned to the depositor within 10 days following a determination by the Director that all of the terms, conditions and performance standards have been met. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV." 1/29/90 HOME OCCUPATION PERMITS -19.30 CHAPTER 19.30 HOME OCCUPATION PERMITS 19.30.010 PURPOSE These provisions allow for the conduct of home enterprises which are incidental to and compatible with surrounding residential uses. A home occupation represents a legal in- come producing activity by the occupant of the dwelling. 19.30.020 APPLICATION The conduct of a home occupation requires the approval of the Director who may estab. Iish conditions to further the intent of this Chapter. An application for a Home Occupa- tion Permit shall be on a form prescribed by the Director and shall be filed with the Department pursuant to Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). 19.30.030 OPERATING STANDARDS Home occupations shall comply with all of the following operating standards: 1. The home occupation shall not alter the appearance of the dwelling unit; 2. There shall be no displays, sale or delivery of merchandise, or advertising signs on the premises; 3. There shall be no signs other than the address and name of the resident; 4. There shall be no advertising which identifies the home occupation by street address; 5. The home occupation shall be confined completely to 1 room located within the dwelling. It shall not occupy an area equivalent to more than 10 percent of the gross area of 1 floor. No portion of any garage, carport, or other accessory struc- ture shall be used for home occupation purposes. Horticulture activities may be conducted outdoors but within the rear 1/3 of the lot; 6. Only 1 vehicle no larger than a 3/4 ton truck may be used by the occupant directly or indirectly in connection with a home occupation; 7. The home occupation shall not encroach into any required parking, setback, or open space areas; PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV.?, 1/29/90 HOME OCCUPATION PERMITS -19.30 8. There shall be no use or storage of material or mechanical equipment not recognized as being part of a normal household or hobby use; 9. Activities conducted and equipment or material used shall not change the fire safety or occupancy classifications of the premises. Utility consumption shall not exceed normal residential usage; 10. No use shall create or cause noise, dust, vibration, odor, gas, fumes, toxic/hazardous materials, smoke, glare, or electrical interference or other hazards or nuisances; 11. Only the occupants of the dwelling may be engaged in the home occupation; 12. The home occupation shall not involve the use of commercial vehicles for delivery of materials to or from the premises; 13. The home occupation shall not generate pedestrian or vehiculartraffic in excess of that customarily associated with the land use district in which it is lo- cated; 14. No home occupation shall be initiated until a current business license is obtained, pursuant to Title 5 of the Municipal Code; 15. A Home Occupation Permit shall not be transferable; 16. There shall be no more than 1 home occupation in any dwelling unit; 17. If the home occupation is to be conducted on rental property, the property owner's written authorization for the proposed use shall be obtained prior to the submittal for a Home Occupation Permit; and 18. Any special condition established by the Director and made part of the record of the Home Occupation Permit, as deemed necessary to carry out the intent of this Chapter. 19.30.040 PROHIBITED HOME OCCUPATION USES The following list presents example uses that are not incidental to or compatible with residential activities, and are prohibited: 1. Barber and beauty shop; 2. Businesses which entail the harboring, training, breeding, raising, or grooming of dogs, cats, or other animals on the premises; 3. Carpentry and cabinet making; PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-l> 1/29/90 HOME OCCUPATION PERMITS -19.30 4. Medical and dental offices, clinics, and laboratories; 5. Mini storage; and 6. Repair, fix-it, or plumbing shops; 7. Storage of equipment, materials, and other accessories to the construction and service trades; 8. Vehicle repair (body or mechanical), upholstery, and painting; 9. Welding and machining; 10. Any other use determined by the Director to be not incidental or compatible with residential activities. 19.30.050 REVOCATION A Home Occupation Permit may be revoked or modified by the Director if anyone of the following findings can be made: 1. That the use has become detrimental to the public health, safety, or traffic, or constitutes a nuisance; 2. That the permit was obtained by misrepresentation or fraud; 3. That the use for which the permit was granted has ceased or was suspended for 6 or more consecutive calendar months; 4. That the condition of the premises, or the area of which it is a part, has changed so that the use is no longer justified under the meaning and intent of this Chapter; 5. That 1 or more of the conditions of the Home Occupation Permit have not been met; and 6. That the use is in violation of any statute, ordinance, law, or regulation. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-7 1/29/90 TEMPORARY USE PERMITS - 19.32 CHAPTER 19.32 TEMPORARY USE PERMITS 19.32.010 PURPOSE The Temporary Use Permit allows for short-term activities which may be appropriate when regulated. 19.32.020 PERMITTED USES The following temporary uses may be permitted, subject to the issuance of a Temporary Use Permit: 1. Real estate offices within approved development projects; 2. Outdoor display and sales of merchandise within commercial land use districts, limited to 2 events per calendar year, not exceeding 4 consecutive days, includ- ing only merchandise customarily sold on the premises by a permanently estab- lished business; 3. On- and off-site contractors' construction yards; 4. Trailer, coach or mobile home as a temporary residence of the property owner when a valid residential building permit is in force. The permit may be granted for up to 180 days, or upon expiration of the building permit, whichever first oc- curs; 5. Christmas tree sale lots; however, a permit shall not be required when such sales are in conjunction with an established commercial business holding a valid busi- ness license, provided such activity shall be only held from November 1 st through December 31 st, subject to Chapter 5.04.385 of the Municipal Code; 6. Other seasonal product sales, such as pumpkins, and fireworks, when the latter is in compliance with Chapter 8.60 of the Municipal Code; 7. Circuses, rodeos and carnivals, subject to compliance with Chapter 5.42 of the Municipal Code; 8. Fairs, festivals and concerts, when not held within premises designed to accommodate such events, such as auditoriums, stadiums, or other public as- sembly facilities; PRELIMINARY DRAFT Iv-e 1/29/90 TEMPORARY USE PERMITS - 19.32 9. Farmers' markets and swap meets, when the latter is in compliance with Section 5.04.500 of the Municipal Code; 10. Display and sale of art articles, subject to compliance with Section 5.04.505 of the Municipal Code; and . 11. Similar temporary uses which, in the opinion of the Director are compatible with the land use district and surrounding land uses, pursuant to Section 19.04.030. 19.32.030 APPLICATION A Temporary Use Permit may be approved, modified, conditioned, or denied by the Director. The Director may refer such application to the Commission. Decisions of the Director may be appealed to the Commission, pursuant to Chapter 19.62 (Hearings and Appeals). 19.32.040 FINDINGS The Director may approve, or conditionally approve a Temporary Use Permit applica- tion, only when all the findings contained in Section 19.42.050 (Conditional Use Per- mits) are made. 19.32.050 CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL In approving an application for a Temporary Use Permit, the Director may impose condi- tions deemed necessary to ensure that the permit will be in accordance with the find- ings required by Section 19.42.050. These conditions may involve any pertinent factors affecting the operation of such temporary event, or use, and may include but are not limited to: 1 . Provision for a fixed period not to exceed 90 days for a temporary use not occupying a structure, including promotional activities, or 1 year for all other uses or structures, or for a shorter period of time as determined by the Director; 2. Provision for temporary parking facilities, including vehicular ingress and egress; 3. Regulation of nuisance factors such as, but not limited to, prevention of glare or direct illumination on adjacent properties, noise, vibration, smoke, dust, dirt, odors, gases, and heat; 4. Regulation of temporary structures and facilities, including placement, height and size, location of equipment and open spaces, including buffer areas and other yards; PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV- 'I 1/29/90 TEMPORARY USE PERMITS - 19.32 5. Provision for sanitary and medical facilities; 6. Provision for solid, hazardous and toxic waste collection and disposal; 7. Provision for security and safety measures; 8. Regulation of signs; 9. Regulation of operating hours and days, including limitation of the duration of the temporary use, as outlined in Condition No.1; 10. Submission of a performance bond or other surety devices, satisfactory to the City Engineer, to ensure that any temporary facilities or structures used will be removed from the site within a reasonable time following the event and that the property will be restored to its former condition; 11. Submission of a site plan indicating any information required by this Chapter; 12. A requirement that the approval of the requested Temporary Use Permit is contingent upon compliance with applicable provisions of the Municipal Code; and 13. Any other conditions which will ensure the operation of the proposed temporary use in an orderly and efficient manner and in accordance with the in- tent and purpose of this Chapter. 19.32.060 CONDITION OF SITE FOLLOWING TEMPORARY USE Each site occupied by a temporary use shall be left free of debris, litter, or any other evidence of the temporary use upon completion or removal of the use, and shall there- after be used, pursuant to the provisions of this Code. 19.32.070 REVOCATION A Temporary Use Permit may be revoked or modified by the Director if anyone of the following findings can be made: 1. That circumstances have changed so that one or more of the findings of fact contained in Section 19.32.040 can no longer be made; 2. That the Temporary Use Permit was obtained by misrepresentation or fraud; 3. That 1 or more of the conditions of the Temporary Use Permit have not been met; and . PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-IO 1/29/90 TEMPORARY USE PERMITS -19.32 4. That the use is in violation of any statute, ordinance, law, or regulation. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-II 1/29/90 TEMPORARY USE PERMITS -19.34 CHAPTER 19.34 MINOR MODIFICATIONS 19.34.010 PURPOSE The modification procedure is intended to provide a method whereby minor changes may be made to existing, previously approved land use entitlements, without any addi. tional impact or expansion of use or structure(s). 19.34.020 APPLICATION The minor modification of a previously approved entitlement requires the approval of the Director, who may establish additional conditions to further the intent of this Chap- ter. An application for the minor modification shall be on a form prescribed by the Direc. tor and shall be filed with the Department, pursuant to Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). Any modification request which exceeds the prescribed limitations outlined in this Chapter shall require the refiling of the original application and a subsequent hear- ing by the appropriate review authority. 19.34.030 APPLICABILITY The Director may grant a minor adjustment up to a maximum of 10% governing only the following measurable design/site considerations, which in no case would result in a reduction from any minimum standard outlined in this Code: 1. On-site parking, loading and landscaping; 2. Placement and/or height of walls, fences and structures; and 3. Reconfiguration of an architectural feature and/or modification of finished materials that do not alter or compromise the previously approved theme. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-/t.. 1/29/90 MINOR EXCEPTIONS - 19.36 CHAPTER 19.36 MINOR EXCEPTIONS 19.36.010 PURPOSE These provisions shall ensure the following: 1. Minor adjustments from the standards contained in this Code shall be granted only when, because of special circumstances applicable to the property the strict application of this Code deprives such property of privileges enjoyed by other property in the vicinity and under identical land use districts. 2. Any Minor Exception granted shall be subject to such conditions as will ensure that the minor adjustment thereby authorized shall not constitute a grant of special privilege(s) inconsistent with the limitations upon other properties in the vicinity and land use district in which such property is situated. 19.36.020 APPLICATION An application for a Minor Exception shall be filed in a manner consistent with the re- quirements contained in Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). 19.36.030 APPLICABILITY The Director may grant a Minor Exception up to a maximum of 10% governing only the following measureable design/site considerations: 1. 2. 3. Distance between structures Lot Dimensions On-site parking, loading and landscaping 4. 5. Setbacks Structure Heights Any modification request which exceeds the prescribed limitations outlined in this Sec- tion shall require the filing of a Variance application, pursuant to Chapter 19.38. 19.36.040 HEARINGS AND NOTICE Upon receipt in proper form of a Minor Exception application, a public hearing shall be set and notice of such hearing given in a manner consistent with Chapter 19.62 (Hear- ings and Appeals). PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-I?> 1/29/90 MINOR EXCEPTIONS - 19.36 19.36.050 FINDINGS Following a public hearing, the Director shall record the decision in writing and shall recite therein the findings upon which such decision is based, pursuant to Section 65906 of the Government Code. The Director may approve 'and/or modify an applica- tion in whole or in part, with or without conditions, Q if all of the following findings are made: 1. That there are special circumstances applicable to the property, including size, shape, topography, location or surroundings, the strict application of this Code deprives such property of privileges enjoyed by other property in the vicinity and under identical land use district classification; 2. That granting the Minor Exception is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial property right possessed by other property in the same vicinity and land use district and denied to the property for which the Minor Exception is sought; 3. That granting the Minor Exception will not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to the property or improvements in such vicinity and land use district in which the property is located; 4. That granting the Minor Exception does not constitute a special privilege inconsistent with the limitations upon other properties in the vicinity and land use district in which such property is located; 5. That granting the Minor Exception does not exceed 10% of the standard(s) being modified, or allow a use or activity which is not otherwise expressly authorized by the regulations goveming the subject parcel; and 6. That granting the Minor Exception will not be inconsistent with the General Plan. 19.36.060 PRECEDENTS The granting of a prior Minor Exception is not admissible evidence forthe granting of a new Minor Exception. 19.36.070 BURDEN OF PROOF The burden of proof to establish the evidence in support of the findings, as required by Section 19.36.050, is the responsibility of the applicant. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-I" 1/29/90 MINOR EXCEPTIONS -19.36 19.36.080 MINOR EXCEPTION EXPIRATION A Minor Exception shall be exercised within 1 year from the date of approval, or the Minor Exception shall become null and void. 19.36.090 TIME EXTENSION The Director may, upon an application being filed 30 days prior to expiration and for good cause, grant a time eX1ension not to exceed 6 months. Upon granting of an exten- sion, the Director shall ensure that the Minor Exception complies with all current Code provisions. 19.36.100 USE OF PROPERTY BEFORE FINAL DECISION No permit shall be issued for any use involved in an application for approval of a Minor Exception until, and unless, the same shall have become final, pursuant to Section 19.62.120 (Effective Date). 19.36.110 REVOCATION The Director may hold a public hearing to revoke or modify a Minor Exception granted pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter. Fifteen days prior to the public hearing, notice shall be delivered in writing to the applicant and/or owner of the property for which such Minor Exception was granted. Notice shall be deemed delivered 2 days after being mailed, first class postage paid, to the owner as shown on the current tax rolls of the County of San Bemardino, and/or the project applicant. A Minor Exception may be revoked or modified by the Director if anyone of the follow- ing findings can be made: 1 . That circumstances have changed so that 1 or more of the findings contained in Section 19.36.050 can no longer be made, and the grantee has not substantially exercised the rights granted by the Minor Exception; 2. That the Minor Exception was obtained by misrepresentation or fraud; 3. That the improvement authorized pursuant to the Minor Exception had ceased or was suspended for 6 or more consecutive calendar months; 4. That 1 or more of the conditions of the Minor Exception have not been met, and the grantee has not substantially exercised the rights granted by the Minor Exception; 5. That the improvement authorized pursuant to the Minor Exception is in violation of any statute, ordinance, law, or regulation; and PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-/~ 1/29/90 MINOR EXCEPTIONS .19.36 6. That the improvement permitted by the Minor Exception is detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or constitutes a nuisance. IV. I" 1/29/90 PRELIMINARY DRAFT VARIANCES - 19.38 CHAPTER 19.38 VARIANCES 19.38.010 PURPOSE These provisions shall ensure the following: 1. Variances from the terms of this Code shall be granted only when, because of special circumstances applicable to the property, including size, shape, topog- raphy, location or surroundings, the strict application of this Code deprives such property of privileges enjoyed by other property in the vicinity and under identical land use districts; 2. Any Variance granted shall be subject to such conditions as will assure that the adjustment thereby authorized shall not constitute a grant of special privilege(s) inconsistent with the limitations upon other properties in the vicinity and land use district in which such property is situated; and 3. The power to grant Variances does not extend to use regulations. Flexibility in use regulations is provided in the Conditional Use Permit provisions of this Code. 19.38.020 APPLICATION Application for a Variance shall be filed in a manner consistent with the requirements contained in Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). 19.38.030 APPLICABILITY The Commission may grant a Variance from the requirements of this Code governing only the following matters: 1. Permit the modification of the dimensional standards of the following: A. B. C. Distance between structures Lot Area Lot Coverage D. E. F. Lot Dimensions Setbacks Structure Heights 2. Permit the modification of sign regulations; and 3. Permit the modification of the number and dimensions of parking area or loading space requirements. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-IT 1/29/90 VARIANCES -19.38 19.38.040 HEARINGS AND NOTICE Upon receipt in proper form of a Variance application, a public hearing shall be set and notice of such hearing given in a manner consistent with Chapter 19.62 (Hearings and Appeals). 19.38.050 FINDINGS Following a public hearing, the Commission shall record the decision in writing and shall recite therein the findings upon which such decision is based, pursuant to Section 65906 of the Government Code. The Commission may approve and/or modify an ap- plication in whole or in part, with or without conditions, Q.D.!:i if .all of the following find- ings are made: 1. That there are special circumstances applicable to the property, including size, shape, topography, location or surroundings, the strict application of this Code deprives such property of privileges enjoyed by other property in the vicinity and under identical land use district classification; 2. That granting the Variance is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial property right possessed by other property in the same vicinity and land use district and denied to the property for which the Variance is sought; 3. That granting the Variance will not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to the property or improvements in such . vicinity and land use district in which the property is located; 4. That granting the Variance does not constitute a special privilege inconsistent with the limitations upon other properties in the vicinity and land use district in which such property is located; 5. That granting the Variance does not allow a use or activity which is not otherwise expressly authorized by the regulations governing the subject parcel; and 6. That granting the Variance will not be inconsistent with the General Plan. 19.38.060 PRECEDENTS The granting of a prior Variance is not admissible evidence for the granting of a new Variance. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-/8 1/29/90 VARIANCES. 19.38 19.38.070 BURDEN OF PROOF The burden of proof to establish the evidence in support of the findings, as required by Section 19.38.050, is the responsibility of the applicant. 19.38.080 VARIANCE EXPIRATION A Variance shall be exercised within 1 year from the date of approval, or the Variance shall become null and void. 19.38.090 TIME EXTENSION The Commission may, upon an application being filed 30 days prior to expiration and for good cause, grant a time extension not to exceed 6 months. Upon granting of an exten- sion, the Commission shall ensure that the Variance complies with all current Code provisions. 19.38.100 USE OF PROPERTY BEFORE FINAL DECISION No permit shall be issued for any use involved in an application for approval of a Variance until, and unless, the same shall have become final, pursuant to Section 19.62.120 (Effective Date). 19.38.110 REVOCATION The Commission may hold a public hearing to revoke or modify a Variance granted pur- suant to the provisions of this Chapter. Fifteen days prior to the public hearing, notice shall be delivered in writing to the applicant and/or owner of the property for which such Variance was granted. Notice shall be deemed delivered 2 days after being mailed, first class postage paid, to the owner as shown on the current tax rolls of the County of San Bernardino, and/orthe project applicant. A Variance may be revoked or modified by the Commission if anyone of the following findings can be made: 1. That circumstances have changed so that 1 or more of the findings contained in Section 19.38.050 can no longer be made, and the grantee has not substantially exercised the rights granted by the Variance; 2. That the Variance was obtained by misrepresentation or fraud; 3. That the improvement authorized pursuant to the Variance had ceased or was suspended for 6 or more consecutive calendar months; PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-I'! 1/29/90 VARIANCES - 19.38 4. That 1 or more of the conditions of the Variance have not been met, and the grantee has not substantially exercised the rights granted by the Variance; 5. That the improvement authorized pursuant to the Variance is in violation of any statute, ordinance, law, or regulation; and 6. That the improvement permitted by the Variance is detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or constitutes a nuisance. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV- 2.0 1/29/90 PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PERMITS -19.40 CHAPTER 19.40 PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PERMITS 19.40.010 PURPOSE The Planned Development Permit procedure is intended to protect the integrity and character of the residential, commercial and industrial areas of the City, through the ap- plication of the provisions of this Chapter consistent with the General Plan. At the time of application submittal a review of the location, design, configuration and impact of the proposed use shall be conducted by comparing such use to established standards and design guidelines. This review shall determine whether the permit should be approved by weighing the public need for and the benefits to be derived from the use against the impacts it may cause. 19.40.020 APPLICATION Application for a Planned Development Permit shall be filed in a manner consistent with the requirements contained in Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). 19.40.030 APPLlCABI LIlY. A Planned Development Permit shall be required for all applicable uses and structures permitted by this Code; however, none shall be required for alterations to an existing single- family home. Specifically, a permit shall be required under the following cir- cumstances: 1. For a new use or structure; 2. Expansion or conversion of an existing use or structure; 3. Construction or conversion of a structure(s) to allow a mixed-use development(s); 4. For the enlargement or exterior alteration of an existing structure for which a Planned Development Permit has not been issued, excluding existing single-fami- ly homes; 5. For any change in use of a structure or parcel of land for which a Planned Development Permit has not been issued; and 6. For the movement and relocation of any structure, including factory-built and manufactured housing, to any parcel within the City. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-2.1 1/29/90 PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PERMITS - 19.40 19.40.040 PROJECT REVIEW Each Planned Development Permit application shall be analyzed to ensure that the ap- plication is consistent with the intent and purpose of this Chapter. To ensure effective im- plementation of General Plan policies relating to design guidelines, each application for a Planned Development Permit shall be reviewed by the Development Review Commit- tee (DRC) prior to approval by the applicable review authority. 19.40.050 HEARINGS AND NOTICE Upon receipt in proper form of a Planned Development Permit application, a hearing shall be set and notice of the hearing given in a manner consistent with Chapter 19.62 (Hearings and Appeals). 19.40.060 FINDINGS Following a hearing, the appropriate review authority as outlined in Table 28.01 shall record the decision in writing and shall recite therein the findings upon which any such decision is based. The review authority may approve and/or modify a Planned Develop- ment Permit in whole or in part, and shall impose specific development conditions. These conditions shall relate to both on- and off-site improvements that are necessary to mitigate project-related adverse impacts, and to carry out the purpose and require- ments of the respective land use district. The review authority may approve a Planned Development Permit, m if all of the following findings are made: 1. The proposed use is one permitted within the subject land use district and complies with all of the applicable provisions of this Code, including prescribed development standards and design guidelines; 2. The subject site is physically suitable for the type and intensity of the land use being proposed; 3. The proposed use is compatible with existing and future uses within the land use district and general area; 4. There are adequate provisions for water, sanitation, and public utilities and services to ensure that the proposed use is not detrimental to public health and safety; 5. There is adequate public access to serve the subject proposal; 6. There are no significant harmful effects upon the environmental quality and natural resources; PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-Z'Z.. 1/29/90 PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PERMITS. 19.40 7. The negative impacts of the proposed use shall be mitigated; 8. The proposed use is consistent with the General Plan; and 9. The proposed location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the requested use are not detrimental to the public interest, health, safety, con- venience, or welfare of the City. 19.40.060 PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PERMIT EXPIRATION Within 1 year of Planned Development Permit approval, commencement of construction shall have occurred or the permit shall become null and void. 19.40.070 USE OF PROPERTY BEFORE FINAL DECISION No permit shall be issued for any use involved in an application for approval of a Planned Development Permit until, and unless, the same shall have become final, pur- suantto Section 19.62.120 (Effective Date). 19.40.080 MODIFICATION OF PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PERMIT An approved planned development may be modified, in a manner pursuant to Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). Minor modifications to an approved planned develop- ment may be approved by the Director, pursuant to Section 19.34 (Minor Modifications). 19.40.090 TIME EXTENSION The review authority may, upon an application being filed 30 days prior to expiration and for good cause, grant a time extension not to exceed 6 months. Upon granting the extension, the review authority shall ensure that the Planned Development Permit com- plies with all current Code provisions. 19.40.100 REVOCATION The review authority may hold a hearing to revoke or modify a Planned Development Permit granted pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter. Fifteen days prior to the hear- ing, notice shall be delivered in writing to the applicant and/or owner of the property for which such Planned Development Permit was granted. Notice shall be deemed delivered 2 days after being mailed, first class postage paid, to the owner as shown on the current tax rolls of the County of San Bemardino, and/or the project applicant. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV.2.~ 1/29/90 PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PERMITS -19.40 A Planned Development Permit may be revoked or modified by the review authority if anyone of the following findings can be made: I. That circumstances have changed so that 1 or more of the findings contained in Section 19.40.060 can no longer be made; 2. That the Planned Development Permit was obtained by misrepresentation or fraud; 3. That the use for which the Planned Development Permit was granted had ceased or was suspended for 6 or more consecutive calendar months; 4. That 1 or more of the conditions of the Planned Development Permit have not been met; 5. That the use is in violation of any statute, ordinance, law, or regulation; and 6. That the use permitted by the Planned Development Permit is detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or constitutes a nuisance. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-1.'1 1/29/90 CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS. 19.42 CHAPTER 19.42 CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS 19.42.010 PURPOSE Conditional uses are unique and their effect on the surrounding environment cannot be determined in advance of the use being proposed for a particular location. At the time of application, a review of the location, design, configuration, and potential impact of the proposed use shall be conducted by comparing the use to established development standards and design guidelines. This review shall determine whether the proposed use should be permitted by weighing the public need for and the benefit to be derived from the use against the impact which it may cause. 19.42.020 APPLICATION An application for a Conditional Use Permit shall be filed in a manner consistent with the requirements contained in Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). 19.42.030 PROJECT REVIEW Each Conditional Use Permit application shall be analyzed to assure that the applica- tion is consistent with the intent and purpose of this Chapter. To ensure effective im- plementation of General Plan policies relating to design guidelines, each application for a Conditional Use Permit shall be reviewed by the Development Review Committee (DRC) prior to approval by the Commission. 19.42.040 HEARINGS AND NOTICE Upon receipt in proper form of a Conditional Use Permit application, a hearing shall be set and notice of the hearing given in a manner consistent with Chapter 19.62 (Hear- ings and Appeals). 19.42.050 FINDINGS Following a hearing, the Commission shall record the decision in writing and shall recite therein the findings upon which such decision is based. The Commission may approve and/or modify a Conditional Use Permit application in whole or in part, with or without conditions, ~ if .all of the following findings are made: 1. The proposed use is conditionally permitted within the subject land use di strict and complies with all of the applicable provisions of this Code; PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV. 25" 1/29/90 CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS. 19.42 2. The proposed use would not impair the integrity and character of the land use district in which it is to be located; 3. The subject site is physically suitable for the type and intensity of land use being proposed; 4. The proposed use is compatible with the land uses presently on the subject property; 5. The proposed use would be compatible with existing and future land uses within the general area in which the proposed use is to be located; 6. The proposed use is harmonious in scale, mass, coverage, density, and intensity with all adjacent land uses; 7. There are adequate provisions for water, sanitation, and public utilities and services to ensure that the proposed use would not be detrimental to public health and safety; 8. There will be adequate provisions for public access to serve the subject proposal; 9. There will not be a harmful effect upon desirable neighborhood characteristics; 10. The proposed use is needed at the prescribed location, as demonstrated in the market/feasibility study, if required; 11 . The proposed use is consistent with the General Plan; 12. There will not be significant harmful effects upon environmental quality and natural resources; 13. The negative impacts of the proposed use are mitigated; and 14. The proposed location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the proposed use would not be detrimental to the public interests, health, safety, convenience, or welfare of the City. 19.42.060 USE OF PROPERTY BEFORE FINAL DECISION No permit shall be issued for any use involved in an application for approval of a Condi- tional Use Permit until, and unless, the same shall have become final, pursuant to Sec- tion 19.62.120 (Effective Date). PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV- z.ip 1/29/90 CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS. 19.42 19.42.070 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT EXPIRATION A Conditional Use Permit shall be exercised within 1 year from the date of approval or the Conditional Use Permit shall become null and void. 19.42.080 TIME EXTENSION The Commission may, upon an application being filed 30 days prior to expiration and for good cause, grant a time extension not to exceed 6 months. Upon granting of an exten- sion, the Commission shall ensure that the Conditional Use Permit complies with all cur- rent Code provisions. 19.42.090 REVOCATION The Commission may hold a hearing to revoke or modify a Conditional Use Permit granted pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter. Fifteen days prior to the hearing, notice shall be delivered in writing to the applicant and/or owner of the property for which such Conditional Use Permit was granted. Notice shall be deemed delivered 2 days after being mailed, first class postage paid, to the owner as shown on the current tax rolls of the County of San Bernardino, and/or the project applicant. A Conditional Use Permit may be revoked or modified by the Commission if anyone of the following findings can be made: 1. That circumstances have changed so that 1 or more of the findings contained in Section 19.42.050 can no longer be made; 2. That the Conditional Use Permit was obtained by misrepresentation or fraud; 3. That the use for which the Conditional Use Permit was granted had ceased or was suspended for 6 or more consecutive calendar months; 4. That 1 or more of the conditions of the Conditional Use Permit have not been met; 5. That the use is in violation of any statute, ordinance, law, or regulation; and 6. That the use permitted by the Conditional Use Permit is detrimental to the public health, safety or welfare or constitutes a nuisance. 19.42.100 CONDITIONAL USE PERMITTO RUN WITH THE LAND A Conditional Use Permit granted pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter shall con- tinue to be valid upon a change of ownership of the site, business, service, use or struc- ture which was the subject of the permit application. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-2.7 1/29/90 TENTATIYE PARCEL MAPS -19.44 CHAPTER 19.44 TENTATIVE PARCEL MAPS (NOTE: This chapter to be provided at a later date) PRELIMINARY DRAFT IY-U 1/29/90 TENT A TIVE TRACT MAPS 0 19.46 CHAPTER 19.46 TENTATIVE TRACT MAPS (NOTE: This chapter to be provided at a later date) PRELIMINARY DRAFT IVo2.,! 1/29/90 FINAL MAPS -19.48 CHAPTER 19.48 FINAL MAPS (NOTE: This chapter to be provided at a later date) PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-~ 1/29/90 SPECIFIC PLANS -19.50 CHAPTER 19.50 SPECIFIC PLANS 19.50.01 0 PURPOSE The purpose of this Chapter is to establish uniform procedures for the adoption and im- plementation of Specific Plans for the coordination of future development within the City, consistent with Section 19.10.01 0(2C)(SP Specific Plan District) and pursuant to Government Code Section 65450 ~~. 19.50.020 CONTENT OF SPECIFIC PLAN A Specific Plan application shall include a text and a diagram(s) which contain all of the provisions outlined in Government Code Sections 65451 and 65452, in addition to all data and related exhibits required by the Department. 19.50.030 HEARINGS AND NOTICE Upon receipt in proper form of a Specific Plan application, or direction of the Council, and following Department review, hearings shall be set before the Commission and Council. Notice of the hearings shall be given pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 19.62 (Hearings and Appeals). 19.50.040 COMMISSION ACTION ON SPECIFIC PLANS The Commission shall make a written recommendation on the proposed Specific Plan whether to approve, approve in modified form or disapprove, based upon the findings contained in Section 19.50.060. Commission action recommending that the proposed Specific Plan be approved, ap- proved in modified form, or denied shall be considered by the Council within 45 days fol- lowing Commission action. 19.50.050 COUNCIL ACTION ON SPECIFIC PLANS Within 45 days of receipt of the Commission's recommendation, the Council may ap- prove, approve with modifications, or disapprove the proposed Specific Plan based upon the findings contained in Section 19.50.060. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-~I 1/29/90 SPECIFIC PLANS -19.50 19.50.060 FINDINGS. A Specific Plan may be adopted 2n!ll if all of the following findings are made: 1. The proposed plan is consistent with the General Pla'n; 2. The proposed plan would not be detrimental to the public interest, health, safety, convenience, or welfare of the City; 3. The subject property is physically suitable for the requested land use designa- tion(s) and the anticipated land use development(s); 4. The proposed plan shall ensure development of desirable character which will be compatible with existing and proposed development in the surrounding neighborhood; and 5. The proposed plan will contribute to a balance of land uses so that local residents may work and shop in the community in which they live. 19.50.070 SPECIFIC PLAN CONSISTENCY No public works project, tentative map or parcel map, or other land use entitlement may be approved, adopted or amended within an area covered by a Specific Plan, unless found consistent with the adopted Specific Plan. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-l2. 1/29/90 GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENTS. 19.52 CHAPTER 19.52 GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENTS 19.52.010 PURPOSE The Council may amend the General Plan of the City of San Bernardino whenever re- quired by public necessity and general welfare. 19.52.020 HEARINGS AND NOTICE Upon receipt in proper form of a General Plan Amendment application, or direction of the Council, and following Department review, hearings shall be set before the Commis- sion and Council. Notice of the hearings shall be given pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 19.62 (Hearings and Appeals). 19.52.030 COMMISSION ACTION ON AMENDMENTS The Commission shall make a written recommendation on the proposed amendment whether to approve, approve in modified form or disapprove, based upon the findings contained in Section 19.52.050. Commission action recommending that the proposed General Plan Amendment be ap- proved, approved in modified form, or denied shall be considered by the Council within 45 days following Commission action. 19.52.040 COUNCIL ACTION ON AMENDMENTS Within 45 days of receipt of the Commission's recommendation, the Council may ap- prove, approve with modifications, or disapprove the proposed amendment based upon the findings contained in Section 19.52.050. 19.52.050 FINDINGS An amendment to the General Plan may be adopted 2!l& if all of the following findings are made: 1. The proposed amendment is internally consistent with the General Plan; 2. The proposed amendment would not be detrimental to the public interest, health, safety, convenience, or welfare of the City; PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV'l; 1/29/90 GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENTS -19.52 3. The proposed amendment would maintain the appropriate balance of land uses within the City; and 4. In the case of an amendment to the General Plan Land Use Map, the subject parcel(s) is physically suitable (including, but not limited to access, provision of utilities, compatibility with adjoining land uses, and absence of physical con- straints) for the requested land use designation(s) and the anticipated land use development(s). PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV- ~'1 1/29/90 DEVELOPMENT CODE AMENDMENTS - 19.54 CHAPTER 19.54 DEVELOPMENT CODE AMENDMENTS 19.54.010 PURPOSE The Council may amend the provisions of this Code for the public health, safety, con- venience, general welfare and the aesthetic harmony of the City. 19.54.020 HEARINGS AND NOTICE Upon receipt in proper form of a Development Code Amendment application, or direc- tion of the Council, and following Department review, hearings shall be set before the Commission and Council. Notice of the hearings shall be given pursuant to the require- ments of Chapter 19.62 (Hearings and Appeals). 19.54.030 COMMISSION ACTION ON AMENDMENTS The Commission shall make a written recommendation on the proposed amendment whether to approve, approve in modified form or disapprove, based upon the findings contained in Section 19.54.060. Commission action recommending that the proposed Code Amendment be approved, approved in modified form, or denied shall be considered by the Council within 45 days following Commission action.. 19.54.040 COUNCIL ACTION ON AMENDMENTS Within 45 days of receipt of the Commission's recommendation, the Council may ap- prove, approve with modifications, or disapprove the proposed amendment based upon the findings contained in Section 19.54.050. 19.54.050 FINDINGS An amendment to this Code may be adopted ~ if all of the following findings are made: 1. The proposed amendment is consistent with the General Plan. 2. The proposed amendment would not be detrimental to the public interest, health, safety, convenience, or welfare of the City. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-?,b" 1/29/90 DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENTS -19.56 CHAPTER 19.56 DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENTS 19.56.010 PURPOSE 1. The following provisions are intended to establish procedures and require- ments for the consideration of development agreements upon application by, or on behalf of property owners or other persons having a legal or equitable interest in the property proposed to be subject to the agreement. It is intended that the provisions of this Chapter shall be fully consistent, and in full compliance, with the provisions of Article 2.5 of Chapter 4 of Division 1 of Title 7 (commencing with Section 65864) of the Califomia Government Code, and shall be so construed. 2. In construing the provisions of any development agreement entered into pursuant to this Chapter, those provisions shall be read to fully effectuate, and to be consistent with, the language of this Chapter, Article 2.5 of the California Government Code, cited above, and the agreement itself. Should any apparent discrepancies between the meaning of these documents arise, then the docu- ments shall control in construing the development agreement in the following order of priority: A. The plain terms of the development agreement itself; B. The provisions of this Chapter; and C. The provisions of Article 2.5 of the California Government Code, cited above. 19.56.020 APPLICATION 1. Any owner of real property or other person having a legal or equitable interest in the property may request and apply through the Director to enter into a development agreement provided that: A. The property proposed to be subject to the agreement shall be not less than 1 acre in size; B. The application is made on forms approved, and contains all information required, by the Director; C. The status of the applicant as an owner of, or holder of legal or equitable . interest in, the property is established to the satisfaction of the Director; and PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-~ 1/29/90 DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENTS. 19.56 D. The application is accompanied by the fee established pursuant to Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees) and all other lawfully required documents, materials and information. 2. The Director is hereby empowered to receive, review, process and prepare, together with recommendations, for Commission and Council consideration, as applicable, all applications for development agreements. The Director may call upon all other departments of the City for timely assistance in complying with this Chapter. 3. Processing fees, as established by resolution of the Council, shall be charged for any application for a development agreement made pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter, and shall also be so established and charged for peri- odic reviews conducted pursuant to Section 19.56.070. 19.56.030 PUBLIC HEARINGS 1. The Director, upon finding the application for a development agreement complete, shall, within 120 days, set the application, together with recommenda- tions, for public hearing before the Commission pursuant to Chapter 19.62 (Hear- ings and Appeals). Following conclusion of the public hearing by the Commis- sion, the Commission shall recommend to the Council that it approve, conditionally approve, or disapprove the application. 2. Within 45 days of final action by the Commission and receipt of a written report of such action, the City Clerk shall set the application and written report of the Commission for public hearing before the Council. Following conclusion of the public hearing by the Council, the Council shall approve, conditionally ap- prove or deny the application. 3. Notice of the hearings set forth in Subsections 1 and 2, above shall be given in the form of a notice of intention to consider adoption of a development agree- ment as required by Government Code Section 65867. 4. Should the Council approve or conditionally approve the application, it shall, as a part of its action of approval, direct the City Attomey to prepare a develop- ment agreement embodying the terms and conditions of the application as ap- proved or conditionally approved by it, as well as an ordinance authorizing execu- tion of development agreement by the City Administrator. 5. The ordinance shall set forth findings, and the facts supporting them, that the development agreement is consistent with the General Plan and any ap- plicable Specific Plans, this Code, and that it will promote the welfare and public interest of the City. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV'~7 1/29/90 DEVELOPMENT AGREE,EMTS - 19.56 6. The ordinance may be subjected to referendum in the manner provided by law. 19.56.040 CONTENT OF DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT 1. MANDATORY CONTENTS A development agreement entered into pursuant to this Chapter must contain provisions that: A. Specify the duration of the agreement; B. Specify the permitted uses of the property; C. Specify the density or intensity of use; D. Set forth the maximum height and size of proposed structures; E. Set forth provisions, if any, for reservation or dedication of land for public purposes; F. Provisions.l1Q1 permitting protection from either a future growth control ordinance or a future increase in development fees; G. Provisions for a tiered amendment review procedure such as: 1. Director sign-off for small changes; 2. Commission sign-off for large changes; and 3. Major amendments by Council. H. Provisions for a health and safety exception such as a "compelling public necessity" (I.e., a new environmental health hazard is discovered). 2. PERMISSIVE CONTENTS A development agreement entered into pursuant to this Chapter may: A. Include conditions terms, restrictions, and requirements for subsequent discretionary actions, provided that such conditions, terms, restrictions, and requirements for subsequent discretionary actions shall not prevent development of the land for the uses and to the density or intensity of development set forth in the agreement; B. Provide that construction shall be commenced within a specified time and that the project or any phase thereof be completed within a specified time; PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV.~8 1/29/90 DEVELOPMENT AGREE,EMTS - 19.56 C. Include terms and conditions relating to applicant financing of necessary public improvements and facilities, including, but not limited to, applicant participation in benefit assessment proceedings; and D. Include such other terms, conditions and requirements as the Council may deem necessary and proper, including, but not limited to, a require- ment for assuring to the satisfaction of the City performance of all provisions of the agreement in a timely fashion by the applicant/contract- ing party. 19.56.050 EXECUTION AND RECORDATION 1. The City shall not execute any development agreement until on or after the date upon which the ordinance approving the agreement and enacted pursuant to Section 19.56.030 becomes effective. 2. An executed development agreement shall be recorded in the office of the County Recorder no later than 10 days after it is entered into. 19.56.060 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW The approval or conditional approval of a development agreement pursuant to this Chapter shall be deemed a discretionary act for purposes of the Califomia Environmen- tal Quality Act (CEQA). 19.56.070 PERIODIC REVIEW 1. Every development agreement approved and executed pursuant to this Chapter shall be periodically reviewed during the term of the agreement every year follow- ing the date of its execution. 2. The purpose of the reviews conducted pursuant to this Section shall be to determine whether the applicant/contracting party or its successor-in-interest has complied in good faith with the terms of the development agreement. The bur- den shall be on the applicant/contracting party or its successor to demonstrate such compliance to the full satisfaction of, and in a manner as prescribed by the City. 3. If, as a result of periodic review pursuant to this Section, the Council finds and determines, on the basis of substantial evidence, that the applicant/contract- ing party or its successor-in-interest has not complied in good faith with terms or conditions of the agreement, the Council may order, after hearing, that the agree- ment be terminated or modified. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV- ~., 1/29/90 DEVELOPMENT AGREE,EMTS. 19.56 19.56.080 EFFECT OF DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT Unless otherwise provided by the development agreement rules, regulations and official policies governing permitted uses of the land, governing density, and governing design, improvement and construction standards and specifications; applicable to development of the property subject to a development agreement, are rules, regulations, and official policies in force at the time of execution of the agreement. A development agreement does not prevent the City, in subsequent actions applicable to the property, from apply- ing new rules, regulations and policies which do not conflict with those rules, regulations and policies applicable to the property under the development agreement, nor does a development agreement prevent the City from denying or conditionally approving any subsequent development project application on the basis of such existing or new rules, regulations and policies. 19.56.090 APPROVED DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENTS Pursuant to this Chapter, the Council has approved those certain development agree- ments described in this Section. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-~O 1/29/90 SURFACE MINING AND LAND RECLAMATION. 19.58 CHAPTER 19.58 SURFACE MINING AND LAND RECLAMATION 19.58.010 PURPOSE The following provisions are intended to establish procedures implementing the Surface Mining and Land Reclamation Act of 1975 (Public Resources Code Section 2710 .et ~.), consistent with the following policies: 1. Adverse environmental effects should be prevented or minimized and mined land shall be reclaimed to a condition adaptable for alternative land use; 2. The production and conservation of minerals are encouraged, recognizing the importance of recreation, watershed, wildlife, range, forage, and aesthetic enjoy- ment considerations; 3. Residual hazards to the public health and safety should be eliminated; and 4. Regulation of surface mining and reclamation operations should be appropriate to the geologic, topographic, climatic, biologic and social conditions of the specific area being mined. 19.58.020 DEFINITIONS 1. All definitions contained in the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975 (Public Resources Code Section 2710.et ~.), are incorporated herein by reference. 2. Board. The State Mining and Geology Board, established pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 660. 3. Exploration or ProspectinQ The search for minerals by geological, geophysical, geochemical, or other techniques, including, but not limited to, sampling, assay- ing, drilling, or any surface or underground works needed to determine the type, extent, or quantity of mineral present. 4. Hazardous Excavation. An unattended pit, shaft, portal or other surface opening which if not secured by covering, fencing, or having access restricted by gates, doors, or other reasonable means presents a threat to the physical safety of the public. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-'ll 1/29/90 SURFACE MINING AND LAND RECLAMATION - 19.58 5. Minerals. Any naturally occurring chemical element or compound or groups of elements and compounds, formed from inorganic processes and organic sub- stances, including, but not limited to coal, peat, and bituminous rock, but exclud- ing geothermal resources, natural gas, and petroleum. 6. Person. Any individual, firm, association, corporation, organization or partnership, or any city, county, district, or the state or any department or agency thereof. 7. .El.an. A document(s) delineating the proposed program for mining and reclaiming operations of all lands to be affected by the proposed activities. 8. State GeoloQist. The individual holding office as provided in the California Public Resources Code Section 677. 19.58.030 SCOPE The provisions of this Chapter are not applicable to activities excepted under the provisions of the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975. 19.58.040 VESTED RIGHTS The existence of vested rights, and the application of this Chapter to such rights, shall be determined pursuant to the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975. 19.58.050 PLAN AND CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT REQUIRED Except as provided in the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975, any person who proposes to engage in a surface mining activity shall, prior to the commencement of such operations, as defined in this Chapter, first, file and obtain approval from the Com- mission and Council of a Plan and Conditional Use Permit pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter, and Chapter 19.42 (Conditional Use Permits). 19.58.060 PREPARATION OF PLAN The plan shall be prepared by the applicant and filed with the Department for process- ing. The submitted plan shall include the following information and documents: 1. The name and address of the operator and the names and addresses of any persons designated as agent(s) forthe service of process or notices; 2. The anticipated quantity and type of minerals for which the surface mining operation is to be conducted; 3. The proposed dates forthe initiation and termination of such operation; PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-'1Z- 1/29/90 SURFACE MINING AND LAND RECLAMATION -19.58 4. The maximum anticipated depth of the surface mining operation; 5. The size and legal description of the lands that will be affected by such operation, a map that includes the boundaries and topographic details of such lands, a description of the general geology of the area, a detailed description of the geol- ogy of the area in which surface mining is to be conducted, the location of all streams, roads, railroads, and utility facilities within or adjacent to, such lands, the location of all proposed access roads to be constructed in conducting such operation, and the names and addresses of all surface and mineral interests of such lands; 6. A description of and plan for the type of surface mining to be employed and a time schedule that will provide for the completion of surface mining on each seg- ment of the mined lands so that reclamation can be initiated at the earliest pos- sible time on those portions of the mined lands that will not be subject to further disturbance by the surface mining operation; 7. A description of the proposed use or potential uses of the land after reclamation and evidence that all owners of interests in the land have been notified of the proposed use or potential uses; 8. A description of the manner in which reclamation, adequate for the proposed use or potential uses will be accomplished, including a description of the manner of control of contaminants and disposal of mining waste and a description of the manner in which rehabilitation of affected stream bed channels and stream banks to a condition minimizing erosion and sedimentation will occur; 9. An assessment of the effect of implementation of the plan on future mining in the area; 10. A statement that the person submitting the plan accepts responsibility for reclaiming the mined lands pursuant to the plan; and 11. Any other information which the City may require by ordinance, motion or resolution. 19.58.070 APPLICABILITY The plan shall be applicable to a specific piece of property or properties and shall be based upon the character of the surrounding area and such characteristics of the property as type of overburden, soil stability, topography, geology, climate, stream characteristics, and principal mineral commodities. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-l/3 1/29/90 SURFACE MINING AND LAND RECLAMATION -19.58 19.58.080 APPLICATION FEE An application fee for the purpose of processing the Plan and Conditional Use Permit shall be paid to the City at the time of filing. The amount of the required application fee shall be the same as for a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to Chapter 19.60 (Applica- tions and Fees). The purpose of the fees shall be to defray the costs to the City for review of the submitted plan. 19.58.090 PUBLIC HEARING Upon completion of the required environmental studies and the filing of all documents required by this Code, a public hearing will be scheduled for Commission consideration and recommendation regarding the Plan and the companion Conditional Use Permit for the proposed or existing surface mining operation pursuant to Chapter 19.62 (Hearings and Appeals). 19.58.100 DECISION BY COMMISSION The Commission shall make its recommendation and findings in writing to the Council within 45 days after the date of closing the hearing and shall transmit a copy thereof to the applicant and the Council. If the Commission fails to report within the designated time, it shall lose jurisdiction and the applicant may appeal to the Council. 19.58.110 REVIEW BY COUNCIL The Council, after receipt of the Commission's recommendation and findings, may either approve, modify or reject the application. The decision of the Council shall be final. 19.58.120 PERIODIC REVIEW As a condition of approval for the Plan and the companion Conditional Use Permit, a pe- riodic review schedule shall be established and maintained to evaluate the compliance with the approved plan. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV- '1'/ 1/29/90 APPLICATIONS AND FEES - 19.60 CHAPTER 19.60 APPLICATIONS AND FEES 19.60.010 PURPOSE These provisions prescribe the procedures and requirements for filing of applications for permits, amendments, and approvals. 19.60.020 FILING Application for permits, permit modifications, amendments, and other matters pertaining to this Code shall be filed with the Department on a City application form, together with all fees, plans, maps, and any other information required by the Department. The ap- plication shall be made by the owner(s) or lessee(s) of property, or their agent(s), or per- son(s) who have contracted to purchase property contingent upon their ability to acquire the necessary permits under this Code, or the agent(s) of such persons. 19.60.030 FEES The Council shall, by resolution, establish a schedule of fees for permits, amendments, and other matters pertaining to this Code. The schedule of fees may be changed or modified only by resolution of the Council. Until all applicable fees have been paid in full, review shall not commence on any application. The City is not required to continue processing any application unless its fees are paid in full. Failure to pay the applicable fees is grounds for denial of the application. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-'iS- 1/29/90 HEARINGS AND APPEALS - 19.62 CHAPTER 19.62 HEARINGS AND APPEALS 19.62.010 PURPOSE These provisions specify procedures for hearings before the Council, Commission, Development Review Committee and Director and appeals of any requirement, decision or determination made by the Director, Development Review Committee or the Commis- sion. 19.62.020 APPLICATION PROCESSIN~ Applications shall be reviewed and processed in a manner consistent with the provisions of the California Government Code Section 65090. Not less than 10 days before the date of a hearing, public notice shall be given of such hearing in the following manner: 1. By 1 publication in a newspaper of general circulation within the City. The notice shall state the nature of the request, the location of the property (text or diagram), the date, time, and place of the scheduled hearing, and the hearing body; 2. By mailing, 10 days prior to said hearing, postage prepaid, to the owners and tenants of property within a radius of 500 feet of the exterior boundaries of the property involved in the application, using for this purpose the last known name and address of such owners as shown upon the current tax assessors records. Notice is deemed received 2 days after date of postmark. If rental properties are located within the notification area, the applicant shall provide a list of tenant's addresses. The list of property owners and tenant addresses shall be typed upon gummed labels, together with required postage. The list shall be prepared and certified by the applicant, or a title insurance company, civil en- gineer or surveyor licensed to practice in California. The notice shall state the na- ture of the request, location of the property (text or diagram), the date, time, and place of the scheduled hearing, and the hearing body; PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV- 'If4 1/29/90 HEARINGS AND APPEALS. 19.62 3. By mailing, 10 days prior to said hearing, postage prepaid, to the owner of the subject real property or the owner's authorized agent, and to each local agency expected to provide water, sewage, streets, roads, schools, or other es- sential facilities or services to the proposed project. The notice shall state the nature of the request, the location of the property (text or diagram), the date, time, and place of the scheduled hearing, and the hearing body. Notice is deemed received 2 days after date of postmark; and 4. In the event that the number of owners and tenants to whom notice would be sent pursuant to (2.) above is greater than 1000, in lieu of notice pursuant to (2.) notice may be given at least 10 days prior to the hearing by placing a display ad- vertisement of at least 1/8 page in the newspaper having the greatest circulation within the area affected by the proposed action and in at least 1 additional newspaper having general circulation within the area. The notice shall state the nature of the request, the location of the property (text or diagram), the date, time, and place of the scheduled hearing, and the hearing body. 19.62.030 DIRECTOR INVESTIGATION The Director shall make an investigation of the facts bearing on the case to provide the information necessary for action consistent with the intent of this Code and the General Plan; the Director shall report the findings to the Development Review Committee, Com- mission or Council as appropriate. 19.62.040 HEARING PROCEDURE Hearings as provided for in this Chapter shall be held at the date, time, and place for which notice has been given as required in this Chapter. The summary minutes shall be prepared and made part of the permanent file of the case. Any hearing may be con- tinued provided that prior to the adjoumment or recess of the hearing, a clear an- nouncement is made specifying the date, time, and place to which said hearing will be continued. 19.62.050 NOTICE OF DECISION - DIRECTOR AND DEVELOPMENT REVIEW COMMITTEE The Director and/or the Development Review Committee shall announce and record their respective decisions at the conclusion of each scheduled hearing. The decision shall set forth applicable findings and any conditions of approval. Following the hearing a notice of the decision and any conditions of approval shall be mailed to the applicant at the address shown upon the application. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-'t7 1/29/90 HEARINGS AND APPEALS - 19.62 19.62.060 NOTICE OF DECISION - COMMISSION The Commission shall announce and record its decision at the conclusion of the public hearing. The decision shall set forth the findings of the Commission together with all required conditions of approval deemed necessary to mitigate any impacts and protect the health, safety and welfare of the community. Following the hearing, a notice of the decisiOn of the Commission, and any conditions of approval shall be mailed to the applicant at the address shown upon the application. The recommendation with findings of the Commission for the following applications shall be transmitted to the Council for final action: 1. Specific Plans; 2. General Plan Amendments, text or map; 3. Development Code Amendments; 4. Development Agreements; and 5. Surface Mining and Land Reclamation Plans. 19.62.070 NOTICE OF DECISION - COUNCIL The Council shall announce and record its decision at the conclusion of the public hear- ing. The decision shall set forth the findings of the Council and conditions of approval deemed necessary to mitigate any impacts and protect the health, safety and welfare of the City. Following the hearing, a notice of the decision of the Council and any conditions of ap- proval shall be mailed to the applicant at the address shown upon the application. The decision of the Council shall be final. 19.62.080 EFFECTIVE DATE Minor Exceptions, Variances, Planned Development Permits, and Conditional Use Per- mits, shall become effective 15 days following the final date of action (I.e., approval) by the appropriate review authority. Specific Plans, General Plan Amendments, Develop- ment Code Amendments, Development Agreements, and Surface Mining and Land Reclamation Plans shall become effective 30 days following the final date of action (I.e., adoption) by the Council. The letter of approval shall constitute the permit, and the resolution shall constitute the amendment. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV- 9[; 1/29/90 HEARINGS AND APPEALS -19.62 19.62.090 APPEAL OF ACTION Any determination or action taken by the Director or the Development Review Commit- tee may only be appealed to the Commission. In a similar manner, any action taken by the Commission to approve or disapprove an application may be appealed to the Coun- cil. 19.62.100 FILING OF APPEALS All appeals shall be submitted to the Department on a City application form, and shall specifically state the basis of the appeal. An appeal of a Director or Development Review Committee action shall be filed with the Department within 15 days following the final date of action for which an appeal is made. An appeal of a Commission decision shall be filed in the office of the City Clerk within 15 days following the final date of ac- tion for which an appeal is made. Appeals shall be accompanied by a filing fee as specified in Chapter 19.60 (Applications and Fees). 19.62.110 NOTICE OF APPEAL HEARINGS Notice of an appeal hearing shall conform to the manner in which the original notice was given. The appellant shall be responsible for all noticing materials required in the original application. 19.62.120 EFFECTIVE DATE OF APPEALED ACTIONS An action of the Director or Development Review Committee appealed to the Commis- sion shall not become final until upheld by the Commission. An action of the Commis- sion appealed to the Council shall not become final unless and until upheld by the Coun- cil. 19.62.130 REAPPLICATION When an application for a permit or amendment is denied, no application for the same or substantially same permit or amendment shall be filed in whole, or in part, for the en- suing 12 months except as otherwise specified at the time of denial. The Director shall determine whether the new application is for a permit or amendment which is the same or substantially the same as a previously denied permit or amendment. No decision of the Director shall be effective until a period of 15 days has elapsed following the written notice of decision. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV. <f'f 1/29/90 DESIGN REVIEW. 19.64 CHAPTER 19.64 DESIGN REVIEW 19.64.010 PURPOSE These provisions shall ensure the following: 1. The establishment of design review procedures for residential, commercial and industrial development proposals; 2. That proposed development projects comply with all applicable performance standards and design guidelines; 3. A focus on community design principles which result in creative, imaginative solutions which establish quality design for the City; 4. The orderly and harmonious appearance of structures along with associated facilities, such as signs, landscaping, parking areas, etc.; 5. Maintenance of the public health, safety and general welfare and property throughout the City; and 6. Effective implementation of the General Plan policies which encourage the preservation and enhancement of the particular character and unique assets of the City, and its harmonious development. 19.64.020 APPLICATION The following list of structures shall be subject to design review by the Development Review Committee (DRC): 1. New structure(s)/development and related site plans subject to a review authority other than the Director, pursuant to Table 28.01 ; 2. Remodeled structure(s)/development and related site plans, which result in exterior modifications/enlargements that either exceed 25% of the existing floor area, or 50% of the total value before remodeling; 3. A project involving a change or intensification of land use (I.e., conversion of a shoe store to a restaurant, or a residential structure to an office use, etc.); PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV. ~o 1/29/90 DESIGN REVIEW. 19.64 4. New or modified signs; and 5. Fences and walls. 19.64.030 APPLICABILITY The Development Review Committee, acting in their capacity for design review, shall receive and evaluate all projects subject to design review prior to final action by the ap- propriate review authority. The Department as part of the overall project review process shall forward the appropriate materials to the Committee and submit the Committee's report to the review authority. 19.64.040 COMMITTEE FINDINGS The Committee shall determine that the project adequately meets adopted City perfor- mance standards and design guidelines, based upon the following findings: 1. The design of the proposed project would provide a desirable environment for its occupants and visiting public as well as its neighbors through good aes- thetic use of materials, textures, and colors that will remain appealing and will retain a reasonably adequate level of maintenance; 2. The design and layout of the proposed project will not unreasonably interfere with the use and enjoyment of neighboring existing or future development, and will not result in vehicular and/or pedestrian hazards; and 3. The architectural design of the proposed project is compatible with the character of the surrounding neighborhood and will maintain the harmonious, or- derly and attractive development contemplated by this Code and the General Plan. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV- Sf 1/29/90 INTERPRETATION -19.66 CHAPTER 19.66 INTERPRETATION 19.66.010 PURPOSE These procedures ensure the consistent interpretation and application of the provisions of this Code. 19.66.020 PROCEDURE A written appeal of any interpretation of the provisions of this Code may be filed, together with all required fees, with the Department. The appeal shall specifically state the Code provision(s) in question, and provide any information to assist in the review of the appeal. The decision of the Director or the Development Review Committee may only be appealed to the Commission. The decision of the Commission may be ap- pealed to the Council. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV-S'"2. 1/29/90 ENFORCEMENT OF PROVISIONS. 19.68 CHAPTER 19.68 ENFORCEMENT OF PROVISIONS 19.68.010 PURPOSE Enforcement of the provisions of this Code and any entitlements granted by the City shall be diligently pursued in order to provide for their effective administration, to ensure compliance with any conditions of approval, to promote the City's planning efforts and for the protection of the public health, safety, and welfare of the City. 19.68.020 RESPONSIBILITY The Department shall be responsible for enforcing the conditions and standards im- posed on all permits granted by the City and permitted under this Code. Any structure or use which is established, operated, erected, moved, altered, enlarged, or maintained, contrary to the provisions of this Code, is hereby declared to be unlawful and a public nuisance and shall be subject to the remedies and penalties set forth in Chapter 1.12 of the Municipal Code, and/or revocation procedures contained in the following chapters of this Code: Chapter 19.42 - Conditional Use Permits Chapter 19.30 - Home Occuoation Permits Chapter 19.40 . Planned Develooment Permits Chapter 19.32 . Temporary Use Permits Chapter 19.38 - Variances Any permit, certificate, or license issued in conflict with this Code shall be null and void. 19.68.030 REMEDIES All remedies concerning this Code shall be cumulative and not exclusive. The convic- tion and punishment of any person hereunder shall not relieve such person from the responsibility of correcting prohibited conditions or removing prohibited structures, signs, or improvements, and shall not prevent the enforced correction or removal there- of. Any construction in violation of this Code, or any condition(s) imposed on a permit or license shall be subject to the issuance of a 'Stop Work Order". PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV.S) 1/29/90 ENFORCEMENT OF PROVISIONS. 19.68 19.68.040 PENALTIES Any person, partnership, organization, firm or corporation, whether as principal, agent, employee or otherwise, violating any provision(s) of this Code or any condition imposed on an entitlement, development permit, map or license, or violating or failing to comply with any order made hereunder, shall be guilty of an infraction or a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, shall be punished as set forth in Chapter 1.12.010 of the Municipal Code, in addition to any other civil or administrative remedies provided by law. 19.68.050 ENFORCEMENT FEES The City may impose fees on applicants to cover the full costs incurred by the City for the monitoring and enforcement of the requirements of this Code as well as those condi- tions and mitigation measures imposed on an approved permit or license. PRELIMINARY DRAFT IV- sy 1/29/90